Reasoning

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 259

20.

Which of the following cubes can be created by fold- (a) 1 (b) 3


ing the given figure. (c) 5 (d) 2
Question figure : 24. Given various views of a dice, what number will be
F
at the top if its bottom digit 4 is available.
A E
B 4 2 2
C D 3 6 6 4 5 4
Answer figure :
(a) (b) (c)
F F F D (a) 1 (b) 6
B E E D B D E A (c) 5 (d) 2
Direction (25-30): If any cube which opposite side are
(a) (b) (c) (d) coloured with Red, Green and Blue, and its side is 15 cm.
21. Two positions of dice are given. Which number If it is cut into smaller cubes of side 5 cm, then
would be at the top when bottom is 2. 25. Find out number of cubes that are coloured with only
green colour.
3 3 (a) 1 (b) 2
2 5 6 1 (c) 3 (d) 4
(a) 4 (b) 1 26. Find out number of cubes which coloured with at
(c) 5 (d) 6 least two colours.
22. Two positions of a dice are given. How many (a) 15 (b) 18
triangles would be at the top when bottom is one (c) 20 (d) 29
triangle present. 27. The numbers of cubes which doesn’t have any colour
D (a) 1 (b) 15
DD D DDDDD
D D (c) 14 (d) 18
D D D D
DD D D DD D
D 28. The number of cubes that have red colour.
(a) 4 (b) 3 (a) 1 (b) 15
(c) 2 (d) 5 (c) 14 (d) 18
23. Four positions of a dice are given which spot oppo- 29. The number of cubes that have blue but not with red.
site to face of dice having 6 spots. (a) 6 (b) 8
(c) 10 (d) 12
30. The number of cube that have only one face coloured.
(a) 16 (b) 10
(c) 6 (d) 8
(a) (b) (c) (d)

1. (b); From both figures it is clear that numbers adjacent 3. (a); Clearly number 1 will be opposite to number 2.
to 2 are 3, 1 and 4. Hence number 5 or 6 will be 4. (b); Clearly number 6 will be opposite to number 4.
opposite to number 2. 5. (c); From both figure, it is clear that numbers adjacent
2. (d); Clearly that position is rotated from left to right to 5 are 2, 4, 1 and 6. Hence number 3 will be
twice. Hence number 5 will be opposite to opposite to number 5.
number 1. (6 to 8)
(3 to 5)

5 4 5
5
3 1 2 6
2 4 1 6

102 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
6. (a); Clearly number 5 will be opposite of number 4. 18. (b); If we shape the figure in a dice then opposite
7. (c); Clearly number 6 will be opposite of number 3. sides will be as shown below.
8. (a); Clearly number 2 will be opposite of number 1.
×
9. (a); In such kind of figure the opposite sides of dice
÷
will be in such a way showing below.
+ –

5 *
1 2
4 3 Clearly, symbol 'O' opposite to symbol ÷.
6
19. (c); If we shape the figure in a dice then opposite
Clearly number 3 will be opposite to number 1. side will be as shown below.
10. (a); From the figure (1), (2) and (3) it is clear that
numbers adjacent to 6 are 2, 3, 4, 5. Hence number
1 will be opposite to number 6. *
11. (a); From the figure (1) and (2) It is clear that numbers
adjacent to 3 are 2, 6, 1 and 3. Hence number 5
will be opposite to number 3.
12. (b); If we rotate position (3) from left to right, then we Clearly, symbol Y is opposite of symbol D.
come to know that number 2 will be opposite to 20. (a); If we shape the figure in a dice then opposite
number 4. sides will be as shown below.
13. (b); If we rotate position (1), (2) and (3) from left to
right repectively then we come to know letter E
will be opposite to letter B. Red
Yellow Green Blue
14. (a);
Black
? ÷ White
+ – $ + Green colour is opposite to white colour.
21. (b);

Symbol ? will be opposite to symbol ÷ 5 6


15. (b); If we rotate position (1), (2) and (3) from up to 2 1 3 4
down respectively then we come to know, rosy
will be opposite to black.
16. (a);
5 will be opposite to 6.
× 2 will be opposite to 4.
1 will be opposite to 3.

5
3
6 2
× is opposite to the symbol
1
17. (a); If we shape the figure in a dice then opposite
4
sides will be as shown below.

1 22. (c);
3 2 ×
6 4
5 D ÷ +

Clearly, number 6 will be opposite to number 2.

103 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
'X' is opposite to '×' 31. (d); There are 80 cubes painted at least one side. So
' ' is opposite to '+' smaller cubes whose none side is painted are
'D' is opposite to '÷' 125 - 80 = 45.
32. (b); Clearly, 20 cubes will have only two surfaces
painted with red and blue colours respectvely.
×
33. (a); Clearly, No such cubes are there coloured with
D three surfaces because two opposite side of cubes
+ are unpainted.
÷ 34. (c);
23. (b); If we shape the figure into dice then opposite
sides will be shown below. 35. (d); No. of red colour cubes = 50
No. of remaining cubes = 125 – 50 = 75
(36 to 41)
+
` $ Purple
T

symbol '+' is opposite to 'T'


Black
Symbol '`' is opposite to '$'
symbol 'D' is opposite to ' '

Except (2) in all options opposite symbol are Rosy


shown at the adjacent surfaces.
24. (b); We know that number of smaller cubes with three Blue Green
surfaces painted is always 8.
25. (b); Number of smaller cubes with no surface painted
= (n – 2)3. Here n = 3 27 = 3
So, required number = (3 – 2)3 = 1 white
26. (c); Number of smaller cubes with two surfaces
painted = (n – 2) × 12 36. (d); Only 4 cubes will have two surfaces painted
Here, n = 216 = 6
3 green and white and remaining side without
colour.
So, required number = (6 – 2) × 12 = 4 × 12 = 48
27. (a) 37. (a); Clearly 16 cubes will have atleast blue colour on
28. (b); Here, n = 7 its surface, remaining sides without colour.
So, required no. = (7 – 2) × 12 = 5 × 12 = 60 38. (a); Clearly 8 cubes there whose one surface is rosy
29. (c); Number of smaller cubes with one surface and one surface is either blue or purple.
painted 39. (a); Clearly only 4 cubes are there.
(n – 2)2 × 6 = (7 – 2)2 × 6 = (5)2 × 6 = 25 × 6 = 150 40. (c); Number of smaller cubes with no surface painted
30. (d); Number of smaller cubes with no surface painted = (n – 2)3.
= (n = 2)3 = (7 – 2)3 = (5)3 = 125
Here, n = 3
216 = 6
Red
(31 to 35) \ Required no = (6 – 2)3 = (4)3 = 64
unpainted 41. (a);
42. (a); 'Red' appears in figure (A) along with 'Black' and
'Yellow'. Also 'Black' and 'yellow' appear
together in one more figure (C), along with
'indigo'. Hence, 'Indigo' must be opposite 'Red'.
Blue
43. (b); The numbers 2, 3, 4 and 5 cannot be on the face
Bl

Red oppostie to 1. Therefore, 6 lies opposite to 1.


ue

44. (a); From figure (C) we reject (3) and (4) because green
and brown suraces are adjacent surfaces. After a
close look at fig (A) and (C) we come to know
that red surface is opposite the white surface.
unpainted

104 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Distinct Solutions 1st type: one face blue and one face yellow
4(5 – 2) Þ 4(n – 2) = 4 × 3 = 12
45. (a); 6 appears in one figure (A) along with 3 and 2. 2
2nd type: one face yellow and one face green
and 3 appear together in another figures (C) and
4(n – 2) Þ 4(5 – 2) = 4 × 3 = 12
(D) along with 1. Hence, 1 must be opposite to 6.
3rd type: one face green and one face blue
46. (d); 1 appears in one figure along with 4 and 2. 4 and
2 appear together in another figure along with 6. 4(n – 2) Þ 4(5 – 2) = 4 × 3 = 12
Hence, 6 must be opposite 1. Cubes having only two faces painted = 12 + 12 +
(47 to 60): 12 = 36
Cubes which have no face painted = (n – 2)3 = (5
15 – 2)3= 33 = 27.
n= =5
3 47. (a) 48. (b) 49. (c) 50. (d)
Total number of cubes = 53 = 125 51. (d) 52. (a) 53. (b) 54. (a)
Cubes having only one face green = 2(n – 2)2 = 55. (c) 56. (c) 57. (c)
2(5 – 2)2 = 18. 58. (d); Cubes having one face painted blue are 18. Cubes
Cubes having one face blue = 2(n – 2)2 = 2 × 3 × 3 having one face blue and one face green are 12.
= 18 Cubes having one face blue and one face yellow
Cubes having one face yellow are 12.
= 2(n – 2)2 = 2 × 3 × 3 = 18 Cubes having painted with three colours are 8.
Cubes having only one face painted = 18 + 18 + Hence total such cubes = 18 + 12 + 12 + 8 = 50.
18= 54 59. (d);
Cubes of only two faces painted comprises three 60. (c);
types of cube

1. (c); The symbol of the adjacent faces to the face with 10. (d); Here the common faces with 4 dots are in same
symbol * are @, –, + and $. Hence the required positions. Hence 2 will be opposite to 1.
symbol is 8. 11. (c); From position I and III common face with % is in
2. (d); In these two positions one of the common face the same position. Hence × is oppositie to +.
having 1 point is in the same position. There will 12. (c); In these 2 positions one common face with
be 4 posints on the required face. number 3, is in same position. Hence 1 is opposite
3. (a); Here the common faces with number 3, are in to 6 and 4 and 4 is opposite to 2. Therefore 5 is
same positions. Hence 6 is opposite to 2 and 5 is opposite to 3.
opposite to 1. Therefore 4 is opposite to 3. 13. (a); The colours adjacent to yellow are orange, blue,
4. (c); Common faces with number 3, are in same red and rose. Hence violet will be opposite to
positions. Hence the number of the opposite face yellow.
to face as number 5 will be 6. 14. (a); Common faces with number 2 are in same
5. (d); In first two positions of dice one common face positions. Hence when the digit 5 is on the
containing 5 is same. The face opposite to the bottom then 1 will on the upper surface.
face which contains 2 point, will contains 6 15. (c); The adjacent faces to the face which have 3 points
points. are 2, 1, 4 and 6 points. Hence 5 points will be on
6. (b); As the numbers 2, 3, 4 and 5 are adjacent to 6. the face opposite to the face which contains 3
Hence the number on the face opposite to 6 is 1. points
7. (b); when 'one' is at the top, then 5 will be at the 16. (a); Here one of the two common faces (5) is in the
bottom. same position, the remaining face with the 4 dots
will be opposite to face with dots 2.
8. (a); In these 2 positions one common face with
number 1 is in the same position, 2 is opposite 6 17. (c); When 3 points are at the bottom then 4 points
and 3 is opposite to 5. therefore opposite to 4 is 1. will be at the top.
18. (a); The letters of the adacent faces to the face with
9. (c); Here the common faces with 4 dots are in same
letter A, are B, F, C and E. Hence D is the letter of
positions. Hence 2 will be opposite to 5.
the face opposite to the face with letters (A).

105 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
19. (d); In given figure D have C, E, B as their adjacent
Given side 15 cm
remaining alphabet is A. So it is opposite of D. n= Calculate = 5 cm = 3
20. (b); According to question figure. A is opposite to D,
F is opposite to B and E is opposite of C. So only total no. of cubes = (3)3 = 27
option B can follow the condition. 3 face coloured = 8
21. (d); After counting clockwise direction in both 2 face coloured = 12
diagram 3, 5, 2 and 3, 1, 6 are given so opposite
1 face coloured = 6
of 2 is 6.
Uncoloured = (n – 2)3 = 1
22. (b); After counting clockwise direction in both
25. (b); Coloured with only green colour = 2.
3 5 4 26. (c); Cubes that have at least two colours = 12 + 8 = 20
diagram triangle so 1 is opposite to 3
3 6 2
27. (a); Uncoloured cube = 1.
triangle.
28. (d); Cube that have red colour = 9 + 9 = 18.
23. (a); In given four figures the face which contain 6
29. (a); Cube that have blue but not with red
spots is adjacent of 3, 2, 4, 5, so remaining is 1.
= Only blue + blue with green
Which is opposite to 6.
=2+4=6
24. (a); According to the figure 4 have 3, 6, 2, 5 as their
adjacent so remaining digit is 1 which is opposite 30. (c); Cubes that having only one face coloured
of 4. = 6(n – 2)3 = 6(3 – 2)3 = 6
(25 to 30)

Green

Blue

Red

106 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Clock and Calendar
9 Calendar
Ü Ordinary year (O.Y.) = 365 days = 52 weeks + 1 day
Ü Leap year (L.Y.) = 366 days = 52 weeks + 2 days
Ü 100 years = 76 O.Y. + 24 L.Y.
Ü Odd days : - When total number of days is divided by 7, then the remainder is called odd days
In ordinary year = 1 odd day
In leap year = 2 odd days.
For 100 years = 76 O.Y + 24 L.Y.
¯ ¯
76 odd days 24×2 = 48 odd days
(76  48)
\ Total odd days in 100 years =  124 /7 = 5 odd days
7
\ 100 years = 5 odd days
200 years = (5 + 5 = 10) = 3 odd days
300 years (5 + 5 + 5 = 15) = 1 odd day
400 years = (5 + 5 + 5 + 6 = 21) = 0 odd day
Q (400 year is century year and also leap year so 1 day increases
Ü A year except century year divisible by 4 is called leap year.
Ü A century year divisible by 400 is called leap century.
No. of odd days in months.
(1) January = 3 (2) February = 1 (for L.Y) (3) March = 3 (4) April = 2
= 0 (for O . Y)
(5) May = 3 (6) June = 2 (7) July = 3 (8) August = 3
(9) September = 2 (10) October = 3 (11) November =2 (12) December =3
Week days code
Sunday = 0 Monday = 1 Tuesday = 2 Wednesday = 3
Thursday = 4 Friday = 5 Saturday = 6

Clock
Clock has two types of hand. Minute hand is called long hand while hour hand is known as short hand. In this
topic there are some types of question such as :-
(a) Questions on basic concepts.
(b) Find out angle between both hands of a clock.
(c) Find out accurate time for a given angle.
Concept : Clock works as a circle, such as it has complete 360° angle.
(1) In an hour, a minute hand cover a complete circle or we can say 12 Blocks
12 Block = 360°
1 Block = 30° [Q 1 Block = 5 min]
1 min = 6°
Note : The minute hand cover 6° angle within a minute.
(2) In an hour, a hour hand covers 1 Block. For example. If its 4'0 clock and after one hour it will be at 5'0 clock.
1 hour = 1 Block
60 min = 5 min [Q 1 Block = 5 min]
1
60 min = 30°, \ 1 min = 
2
1
Note : An hour hand cover  angle within a minute.
2
107 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material
Visit: adda247.com
Ü Formula to find angle between hands of clock:-

(11M – 60 H) M
or (M – 5 H) ´ 6 –
2 2

Ü When both the hands of a clock are in opposite direction to each other, when they are 30 minutes space a part and
they make 180°. This situation occurs once in an hour, 11 times in 12 hours and 22 times in a day (24 hours)
because in between 5 to 6 and 6 to 7, they are not in opposite direction.
Ü When the hands of the clock make 0°, they are said to be coincident or overlapping. This situation occurs once in
an hour. 11 times in 12 hours and 22 times in a day (24 hours) because between 12 and 1, overlapping is not
possible.
Ü When both the hands of clock are at right angle (when the distance between two hands measure 90°). At this time,
they are 15 minutes space apart. This situation occurs twice in one hour, 22 times in 12 hours and 44 times in a
day. In between 2 and 3, 3and 4 , one right angle is common and 8 to 9 only one times right angle will possible

60
Ü Between H and (H + 1) hours two hands coincide at =  H past H
11

1. At what angle, the hands of a clock are inclined at 40 Sol. (b); 10°
minutes past 4 ? Angle traced by hour hand in
(a) 75° (b) 80°
20 1 13  360 13 
(c) 90° (d) 100° 4 4  hrs is     130
60 3 3  12 3
Sol. (d); 100°
Angle traced by minute hand in 20 min
11M – 60 H
θ  360 
2 =
  20  =120°
 60 
11×40 – 60 × 4 200 \ Angle between the minute hand and hour hand of
θ= =  100 a clock when the time is 4;20
2 2
= 130° – 120° = 10°
2. An accurate clock shows 8 o'clock in the morning. or
Through how many degrees will the hour hand
rotate when the clock shows 2 o'clock in the 11 M –60 H 11 20 – 60  4
θ= 
afternoon? 2 2
(a) 144° (b) 150°
220 – 240 – 20
(c) 168° (d) 180° =   – 10
2 2
Sol. (d); 180°
Angle traced by the hour hand in 6 hours θ  10
4. What was the day on 15th August 1947 ?
 360 
  6   180 (a) Friday (b) Monday

 12  (c) Sunday (d) Wednesday
3. The angle between the minute hand and the hour Sol. (a); Friday
hand of a clock when the time is 4 : 20 is 1947 August 15
(a) 0° (b) 10° ¯
(c) 5° (d) 20° First of all make pair

108 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
1600 + 300 + 46 and 15 5. If 6th march, 2005 is Monday, what was the day of
odd days in 1600 years = 0 the week on 6th march, 2004 ?
odd days in 300 years = 1 (a) Sunday (b) Saturday
odd days in 46 years = 57 (c) Tuesday (d) Wednesday
(In 46 years = 35 simple years + 11 leap years Sol. (a); Sunday
No of odd days in 35 simple years = 35 odd days 2004 = Leap year = 2 odd days
No. of odd days in 11 leap years = 2 × 11 = 22 odd But, feb 2004 not included because we are calculating
days from March 2004 to March 2005, so it has 1 odd day
\ 35 + 22 = 57 odd days The day on 6th March, 2005 will be 1day beyond the
Number of odd days between 1st January to 15 day on 6th March, 2004
August Given that, 6th March, 2005 is Monday
Jan Feb March Apr. May June July Aug. \ 6th March 2004 is sunday (1 day before to 6th
March 2005)
3 0 3 2 3 2 3 15
6. If the 1st October is Sunday. Then 1st November will
\ Total no. of odd days = 0 + 1 + 57 + 3 + 0 + 3 + 2 + be –
3 + 2 + 3 + 15 = 89
(a) Tuesday (b) Wednesday
(c) Sunday (d) Friday
7 89 12
7 Sol. No of days between 1 Oct. to 1st Nov = 31
st

19
7 31 4
14
28
5
3
Since, Reminder = 5 \ Rem = 3
\ It is Friday
\ 3 days after Sunday will be Wednesday

1. January 1, 2007 was Monday. What day of the week 6. On what dates of April, 2001 did Wednesday fall?
lies on Jan 1, 2008? (a) 1st, 8th, 15th, 22nd, 29th
(a) Monday (b) Tuesday (b) 2nd, 9th, 16th, 23rd, 30th
(c) Wednesday (d) Sunday (c) 3rd, 10th, 17th, 24th
2. January 1, 2008 is Tuesday. What day of the week
(d) 4th, 11th, 18th, 25th
lies on Jan 1, 2009?
(a) Monday (b) Wednesday 7. What was the day of the week on 17th June, 1998?
(c) Thursday (d) Sunday (a) Monday (b) Tuesday
3. On 8th Dec, 2007 Saturday falls. What day of the (c) Wednesday (d) Thursday
week was it on 8th Dec, 2006? 8. What was the day of the week on 28th May, 2006?
(a) Sunday (b) Thursday (a) Thursday (b) Friday
(c) Tuesday (d) Friday (c) Saturday (d) Sunday
4. On 6th March, 2005 Monday falls. What was the day 9. What will be the day of the week on 15th August,
of the week on 6th March 2004? 2010?
(a) Sunday (b) Saturday (a) Sunday (b) Monday
(c) Tuesday (d) Wednesday
(c) Tuesday (d) Friday
5. The calendar for the year 2007 will be the same for
10. Today is Monday. After 61 days, it will be :
the year?
(a) 2014 (b) 2016 (a) Wednesday (b) Saturday
(c) 2017 (d) 2018 (c) Tuesday (d) Thursday

109 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
11. The last day of a century cannot be : 24. How many times in a day, are the hands of a clock in
(a) Monday (b) Wednesday straight line but opposite in direction?
(c) Tuesday (d) Friday (a) 22 (b) 24
12. Which of the following is not a leap year? (c) 44 (d) 48
(a) 700 (b) 800 25. The angle between the minute hand and the hour
(c) 1200 (d) 2000 hand of a clock when the time is 4.30, is:
13. How many days are there in x weeks x days? (a) 0º (b) 45º
(a) 7x2 (b) 8x (c) 5º (d) 20º
26. Which of the follwing is a leap year ?
(c) 14x (d) 7
(a) 900 (b) 600
14. It was Sunday on Jan 1, 2006. Find the day of the
week on Jan 1, 2010? (c) 1600 (d) 1800
(a) Sunday (b) Saturday 27. 9 days before, mohani went to watch cinema. She
goes to watch cinema only on Thursday. What day
(c) Friday (d) Wednesday
of week, is today?
15. On 8th Feb, 2005 it was Tuesday. What was the day
(a) Saturday (b) Thursday
of the week on 8th Feb, 2004?
(c) Sunday (d) Friday
(a) Tuesday (b) Monday
28. If Jan 1, 2011 was Saturday, then what day was on
(c) Sunday (d) Wednesday 31 dec, 2011?
16. An accurate clock shows 9 o’clock in the morning. (a) Friday (b) Saturday
Through how many degrees will the hour hand rotate
(c) Sunday (d) Tuesday
when the clock shows 2 o’clock in the afternoon?
29. If Jan 1, 2012 was Sunday then what day was on Jan
(a) 144º (b) 150º 1, 2013 ?
(c) 168º (d) 180º (a) Sunday (b) Monday
17. How many times are the hands of a clock at right (c) Tuesday (d) Wednesday
angle in a day?
30. Which of the following can be first day of any
(a) 22 (b) 24 century?
(c) 44 (d) 48 (a) Friday (b) Wednesday
18. How many times do the hands of a clock coincide in (c) Monday (d) None of these
a day? 31. Which of the following can be last day of any century?
(a) 22 (b) 24 (a) Saturday (b) Thursday
(c) 44 (d) 48 (c) Friday (d) Tuesday
19. What is the angle between the hands of clock at 32. What day was on Jan 1 AD
3:15AM? (a) Monday (b) Tuesday
(a) 10° (b) 0° (c) Sunday (d) Friday
(c) 7.5° (d) 15° 33. Rahim was born on 8th April, 1985. It was Saturday.
20. What is the angle between hands of a clock at 4:15 On which day will he be 15 years, 6 months and 10
AM days?
(a) 37.5° (b) 40.5° (a) Sunday (b) Saturday
(c) 30° (d) 32° (c) Monday (d) Tuesday
21. A clock is started at noon. By 10 minutes past 5, the 34. If the day, two days after tommorrow is a sunday.
hour hand has turned through: What will be the day, three days before yesterday?
(a) 145º (b) 150º (a) Sunday (b) Saturday
(c) 155º (d) 160º (c) Friday (d) Monday
22. How many times the hands of clock will be opposite 35. If 15th March, 1999 was a Monday. What was the
direction in a day? day the 10th July, 1999?
(a) 24 (b) 23 (a) Friday (b) Tuesday
(c) 22 (d) 21 (c) Saturday (d) Wednesday
23. The angle between the minute hand and the hour 36. At what angle, the hands of a clock are inclined at 42
hand of a clock when the time is 8.30, is: minutes past 5?
(a) 80º (b) 75º (a) 90° (b) 80°
(c) 60º (d) 105º (c) 78° (d) 81°

110 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
37. At what angle, the hands of a clock are inclined at 22 (a) 16 times (b) 17 times
minutes past 9? (c) 15 times (d) None of these
(a) 145° (b) 149° 49. If the actual time is 11 : 30 and when we move minute
(c) 85° (d) 115° hand towards clockwise direction of 135° angle. Then
38. At what angle, the hands of a clock are inclined at 15 what will be time in clock?
minutes past 5? 1
(a) 86.5° (b) 90° (a) 52 minute past 11 (b) 52 minute past 11
2
(c) 78° (d) 67.5°
(c) 51 minute past 11 (d) 50 minute past 11
39. At what time between 6 and 7, are the hands of a
50. If a clock is showing 4 am. Then we move the hour
clock coincides?
hand towards clockwise direction 75° angle then
(a) 32 minutes past 6 what will be time in clock?
(b) 30 minutes past 6 (a) 7 : 25 (b) 7 : 40
8 (c) 6 : 30 (d) 7 : 50
(c) 32 minutes past 6
11
Distinct Questions
(d) None of these 51. A watch which gains uniformly is 2 minutes low at
40. A clock is set right at 12:00 noon. The clock loses 20 noon on Monday and is 4 min. 48 sec fast at 2 p.m. on
minutes in 24 hours. How many minute the clock the following Monday. When was it correct?
will lose till 6 am next day? (a) 2 p.m. on Tuesday
(a) 12 min (b) 20 min (b) 2 p.m. on Wednesday
(c) 18 min (d) 15 min (c) 3 p.m. on Thursday
41. If day before yesterday is a Saturday. What will be (d) 1 p.m. on Friday
sixth day after tomorrow? 52. At what time, in minutes, between 3 o’clock and 4
(a) Sunday (b) Saturday o’clock, both the needles will coincide each other?
(c) Monday (d) Tuesday
1 4
42. Looking into a mirror, the clock shows 3:35 as the (a) 5 min past 3 (b) 12 min past 3
time. The actural time is– 11 11
(a) 8:25 (b) 9:25
(c) 7:35 (d) 8:35 4
(c) 13 min past 3 (d) 16 4 min past 3
43. If tomorrow is Tuesday. What day will be day before 11 11
three days from the day after tomorrow?
53. The train for Delhi from Bhiwani leaves every
(a) Sunday (b) Monday
(c) Tuesday (d) Wednesday 1
4 hours. The enquiry clerk told a passenger that
44. If the real time is 14 : 25 in a clock. What time a clock 2
will show when we are looking in mirror? the train for Delhi left 40 minutes ago and next train
(a) 8:35 (b) 9:25 will be leave at 7.20 pm. what was the time when
(c) 9:35 (d) 8:55 enquiry clerk told this?
45. Find the angle between the hands of clock at 01 : 15 (a) 3 : 30 (b) 2 : 50
AM (c) 4 : 00 (d) 6 : 20
(a) 60° (b) 23° 54. A national leader celebrated his birthday on 29th
Feb. Now, after how many years he will celebrate his
(c) 52.5° (d) 62.5°
birthday?
46. Find the angle between the hands of clock at 12 : 30 ?
(a) 2 years (b) 3 years
(a) 165° (b) 170° (c) 4 years (d) None of these
(c) 175° (d) 155° 55. Ram was asking bus from Delhi to Mumbai. His clock
47. If the day before yesterday was Wednesday. What is 10 minutes fast from right time. According to his
day will be next from day after tomorrow? clock, it was 12 : 20 pm. A traveller told that bus for
(a) Sunday (b) Monday Delhi to Mumbai leaves every 55 minutes and bus
(c) Tuesday (d) Wednesday left 25 minutes ago. Then what is the right time of
48. Six bells rings at regular intervals of 2sec, 4sec, 6sec, next bus?
8sec, 10sec, 12sec. How many times will they ring (a) 1 : 00 pm (b) 5 : 00 pm
together in 30 minutes? (c) 12 : 40 pm (d) None of these

111 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
56. If any year on 3rd March, it was Tuesday then what (a) 11 am on Wednessday
day on the Gandhi Jayanti in the same year? (b) 6 am on Thursday
(a) Saturday (b) Friday (c) 11 pm on Wednesday
(c) Monday (d) None of these (d) 11 pm on Tuesday
57. In 1996, the republic day was celebrated on Saturday. 59. If the actual time is 12:40, Then what time a clock
In the same year on which day the independence will show when we are looking in a mirror?
day was celebrated? (a) 11:20 (b) 11:30
(c) 10:20 (d) 9:40
(a) Friday (b) Saturday
60. Five bells rings at regular intervals of 2 sec, 3sec,
(c) Sunday (d) Tuesday
4sec, 5sec and 6 sec. How many times will they ring
58. A watch which runs uniformly, is 4 minutes slow at together in an hour?
3am on Tuesday and 2 minutes fast at 3 am on. (a) 60 times (b) 62 times
Thursday. When was it correct? (c) 63 times (d) 61 times

1. A clock is set right at 8 am. The clock gains 10 minute 9. In a whole 12 hours the minute hand overlap to the
in 24 hours. What will be the true time when the cock hour hand.
indicates 1 p.m. on the following day? (a) 11 times (b) 23 times
(a) 48 min. past 12 (b) 46 min. past 12 (c) 22 times (d) 24 times
(c) 45 min. past 12 (d) 47 min. past 12 10. What times in a day or 24 hours the angle between
2. The calender for the year 1993 will be same for the minute hand and hour hand is right angle.
year. (a) 44 times (b) 22 times
(a) 2004 (b) 1999 (c) 11 times (d) 12 times
(c) 1998 (d) 2003 11. What time between 4 and 5’ O clock will the hands of
3. A clock is set right at 5 a.m. The clock loses 16 minutes a clock be at rightangle for 2nd time.
in 24 hours. What will be the true time when the clock
indicates 10 pm. on 4th day. 8 2
(a) 3 (b) 38
(a) 11 pm (b) 12 pm 11 11
(c) 1 pm (d) 2 pm 9 1
4. What was the day of the week on. 16th July 1776 (c) 45 (d) 40
11 11
(a) Tuesday (b) Wednesday
12. Find out the angle between hour hand and minute
(c) Monday (d) Saturday
hand at 6 : 49.
5. How many days are there in X weeks X days.
(a) 89.5° (b) 90°
(a) 7x2 (b) 8x (c) 82° (d) 110°
(c) 14x (d) 7x 13. Find out the reflexive angles at 11:05.
6. If immediate next day of Tomorrow in Sunday then (a) 57.5° (b) 360.5°
what will be 3rd day before yesterday. (c) 302.5° (d) 190°
(a) Monday (b) Tuesday 14. At what angle the hands of a clock are undivided at
(c) Saturday (d) Friday 15 minutes past 5.
7. A watch which gains uniformly is 5 min, slow at 8 O’ (a) 57.5° (b) 67.5°
clock in the morning on Sunday and it is 5 min 48 sec. (c) 77.5° (d) 87.5°
Fast at 8 pm. on following Sunday. When was it 15. In every 60 minutes, the minute hand gains minutes
correct on the hour hand.
(a) 7 pm on Wednesday (a) 53 (b) 54
(b) 20min past 7pm on Wednesday (c) 55 (d) 56
(c) 18 min past 7 pm on Wednesday 16. At what time, in minutes, between 3 O’ clock and 4 O’
clock both the needles will coincide each other.
(d) 8 pm on Wednesday
8. At what time between 5 and 6 will the hands of a 4 4
(a) 11 past 4 (b) 13 past 3
clock coincide: 11 11
(a) 200/11 (b) 300/11
4 4
(c) 400/11 (d) 250/11 (c) 15 past 3 (d) 16 past 3
11 11
112 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material
Visit: adda247.com
17. An accurate clock shows 8 O’ clock in the morning. (a) Saturday (b) Friday
Through how many degrees will the hour hand rotate (c) Friday or Saturday (d) Sunday
when the clock show 2 O’ clock in the afternoon. 24. In any special month, three Sunday are on even
(a) 360° (b) 180° number date which day will be on 15th date of month?
(c) 90° (d) 60° (a) Thursday (b) Friday
18. The angle between minute hand and hour hand at (c) Saturday (d) Sunday
10 :20. 25. If 3rd January is Sunday. Which date will be after
(a) 170° (b) 200° three days from fourth Wednesday?
(c) 120° (d) 150° (a) 30 January (b) 27 January
19. How much does a watch lose per day, if its hands (c) 26 January (d) 23 January
coincide every 64 minutes. 26. If in any month, 5th day is after two days from
Monday. What day will be 18th in the month?
8 8 (a) Monday (b) Tuesday
(a) 32 (b) 33
11 11 (c) Wednesday (d) Thursday
8 8 27. If in December month on 17th day is Monday. What
(c) 34 (d) 35 day will be maximum times in the month?
11 11
(a) Monday (b) Tuesday
20. Which year's calender is repeating calender for year (c) Wednesday (d) Friday
2016. 28. If on October 25, is Thursday, How many Monday
(a) 2024 (b) 2023 will be in October month?
(c) 2044 (d) 2045 (a) 3 (b) 4
21. If in any month on third day it is Tuesday. How many (c) 5 (d) 6
maximum Sunday can be in the month? 29. How many times the hands of clock will make right
(a) 4 (b) 5 angle in a day?
(c) 3 (d) None of these (a) 48 (b) 44
22. If on August 2nd, is Friday. What day will be day (c) 43 (d) 42
after thirteen day from 12 August? 30. In any year, world environment day was celebrated
(a) Monday (b) Sunday on Friday. In the same year on which day the children
day was celebrated?
(c) Wednesday (d) Saturday
(a) Friday (b) Tuesday
23. In a 30 days month, there are five Saturday. What will
(c) Saturday (d) Wednesday
be the first day of month?

1. (b); The year 2007 is an ordinary year. So, it has 1 4. (a); The year 2004 is a leap year. So, it has 2 odd
odd day. days.
1st day of the year 2007 was Monday. But, Feb 2004 not included because we are
1st day of the year 2008 will be 1 day beyond calculating from March 2004 to March 2005. So
Monday. it has 1 odd day only.
Hence, it will be Tuesday. The day on 6th March, 2005 will be 1 day beyond
2. (c); The year 2008 is a leap year. So, it has 2 odd the day on 6th March, 2004.
days. Given that, 6th March, 2005 is Monday.
1st day of the year 2008 is Tuesday (Given) 6th March, 2004 is Sunday (1 day before to
So, 1st day of the year 2009 is 2 days beyond 6th March, 2005).
Tuesday. 5. (d); Count the number of odd days from the year 2007
Hence, it will be Thursday. onwards to get the sum equal to 0 odd day.
3. (d); The year 2006 is an ordinary year. So, it has 1 Year : 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
odd day. 2014 2015 2016 2017
So, the day on 8th Dec, 2007 will be 1 day beyond Odd day : 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1
the day on 8th Dec, 2006. Sum = 14 odd days 0 odd days.
But, 8th Dec, 2007 is Saturday. Calendar for the year 2018 will be the same as for
\ 8th Dec, 2006 is Friday. the year 2007.

113 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
6. (d); We shall find the day on 1st April, 2001. 10. (b); Each day of the week is repeated after 7 days.
1st April, 2001 = (2000 years + Period from So, after 63 days, it will be Monday.
1.1.2001 to 1.4.2001) After 61 days, it will be Saturday.
Odd days in 1600 years = 0 11. (c); 100 years contain 5 odd days.
Odd days in 400 years = 0 Last day of 1st century is Friday.
Jan. Feb. March April 200 years contain (5 x 2) 3 odd days.
(31 + 28 + 31 + 1) = 91 days 0 odd days. Last day of 2nd century is Wednesday.
Total number of odd days = (0 + 0 + 0) = 0 300 years contain (5 x 3) = 15 1 odd day.
Last day of 3rd century is Monday.
On 1st April, 2001 it was Sunday.
400 years contain 0 odd day.
In April, 2001 Wednesday falls on 4th, 11th,
Last day of 4th century is Sunday.
18th and 25th.
This cycle is repeated.
7. (c); 17th June, 1998 = (1997 years + Period from
1.1.1998 to 17.6.1998) Last day of a century cannot be Tuesday or
Thursday or Saturday.
Odd days in 1600 years = 0
12. (a); The century divisible by 400 is a leap year.
Odd days in 300 years = (5 x 3) = 1 odd day
The year 700 is not a leap year.
97 years has 24 leap years + 73 ordinary years.
13. (b); x weeks x days = (7x + x) days = 8x days.
Number of odd days in 97 years ( 24 x 2 + 73) = 14. (c); On 31st December, 2005 it was Saturday.
121 = 2 odd days.
Number of odd days from the year 2006 to the
Jan. Feb. March April May June year 2009 = (1 + 1 + 2 + 1) = 5 days.
(31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 17) = 168 days On 31st December 2009, it was Thursday.
168 days = 24 weeks = 0 odd day. Thus, on 1st Jan, 2010 it is Friday.
Total number of odd days = (0 + 1 + 2 + 0) = 3. 15. (c); The year 2004 is a leap year. It has 2 odd days.
Given day is Wednesday. The day on 8th Feb, 2004 is 2 days before the day
8. (d); 28 May, 2006 = (2005 years + Period from 1.1.2006 on 8th Feb, 2005.
to 28.5.2006) Hence, this day is Sunday.
Odd days in 1600 years = 0 16. (b); Angle traced by the hour hand in 5 hours = (360/
Odd days in 400 years = 0 12 × 5)º=150º.
5 years = (4 ordinary years + 1 leap year) = 17. (c); In 12 hours, they are at right angles 22 times.
(4 x 1 + 1 x 2) 6 odd days In 24 hours, they are at right angles 44 times.
Jan. Feb. March April May 18. (a); The hands of a clock coincide 11 times in every
12 hours (Since between 11 and 1, they coincide
(31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 28 ) = 148 days
only once, i.e., at 12 o’clock).
148 days = (21 weeks + 1 day) 1 odd day.
AM: 12:00, 1:05, 2:11, 3:16, 4:22, 5:27, 6:33, 7:38,
Total number of odd days 8:44, 9:49, 10:55
= (0 + 0 + 6 + 1) = 7 0 odd day. PM: 12:00, 1:05, 2:11, 3:16, 4:22, 5:27, 6:33, 7:38,
Given day is Sunday. 8:44, 9:49, 10:55
9. (a); 15th August, 2010 = (2009 years + Period 1.1.2010 The hands coincide 22 times in a day.
to 15.8.2010) 1
Odd days in 1600 years = 0 19. (c); 15 ´ = 7.5°
2
Odd days in 400 years = 0
9 years = (2 leap years + 7 ordinary years) = 15
20. (a); 30° + = 37.5°
(2 x 2 + 7 x 1) = 11 = 4 odd days. 2
Jan. Feb. March April May June July Aug. 21. (c); Angle traced by hour hand in 12 hrs = 360º.
(31+ 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 15) = 227 days Angle traced by hour hand in 5 hrs 10 min i.e.,
227 days = (32 weeks + 3 days) 3 odd days. æ 360 31 ö
31/6 hrs= ç ´ ÷ =155º
Total number of odd days = (0 + 0 + 4 + 3) = 7 =0 è 12 6 ø
odd days. 22. (c); 22 time the hands of clock will be opposite
Given day is Sunday. directions in a day.

114 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
17 35. (c); Day between 15th March to 10 July.
23. (b); Angle traced by hour hand in hrs March = 16
2
April = 30
° May = 31
æ 360 17 ö
=ç ´ ÷
è 12 2 ø June = 30
Angle traced by min. hand in 30 min is = 10
July
° = 117
æ 360 ö
ç ´ 30 ÷ = 180 Hence, no. of odd days = 5
è 60 ø
\ Monday + 5 = Saturday
Required angle = (255 - 180)º = 75º. 36. (d); Required time =
24. (a); The hands of a clock point in opposite directions
42
(in the same straight line) 11 times in every 12 = (42 – 5 ´ 5) ´ 6 – = (42 – 25) ´ 6 – 21
hours. (Because between 5 and 7 they point in 2
opposite directions at 6 o’clcok only). 17 × 6 – 21 = 102° – 21° = 81°
So, in a day, the hands point in the opposite 22
directions 22 times. 37. (b); Required time = (22–5×9) × 6 –
2
25. (b); Angle traced by hour hand in (9/2 hrs) (22–45) × 6 –11 = (–23) × 6 – 11
° = – 138 – 11 = –149 = 149°
æ 360 9 ö = 135°
=ç ´ ÷ 15
è 12 2 ø 38. (d); Required time = (15 – 5 × 5) × 6–
2
Angle traced by min. hand in 30 min. (15 – 25) × 6 – 7.5 – 10 × 6 – 7.5
° = – 60 – 7.5 = – 67.5 = 67.5°
æ 360 ö
=ç ´ 30 ÷ = 180° 60
è 60 ø 39. (c); Required time = ´ (Time ± 0) past 6
11
Required angle = (180 - 135)º = 45º.
26. (c); All are century years divisible by 400 will be leap 60 60 360 8
= ´ (6 + 0) = ´6 = = 32 past 6
year. 1600 is divisible by 400. So 1600 is a leap 11 11 11 11
year. 40. (d); Time from 12 : 00 to 6 : 00 am = 18 hrs.
27. (a); Thursday + 9 days = saturday Q in 24 hours clock loses = 20 min
28. (b); In ordinary year 1 Jan. and 31 Dec. will be same 20
\ In 1 hour clock loses = min
day. If Jan first is Saturday then 31 Dec. will be 24
Saturday also. 20
29. (c); In leap year 1 jan. is sunday then last day or 31 \ In 18 hours clock loses ×18 = 15 minutes.
24
Dec. will be next day from 1 Jan. If here Jan 1, is 41. (c); I Yesterday Today tomorrow + 1 + 5
Sunday then 31st Dec. will be Monday. And on 1 ¯ Tuesday Saturday
Jan 2013 will be next day means Tuesday. i.e. Tuesday + 6 ® Monday
30. (c); 31. (c); 11 : 60 [ For every Question, based
42. (a);
32. (a); It was Monday on Jan 1, A.D. - 3 : 35 on mirror we should subtract
33. (c); 8th April 1985+(diff. between years + no. of leap 8 : 25 actual time from 11 : 60 (if the
year + no. of odd days from Jan. 1 to October 18) time is in between 1 to 11 ]
= Saturday +(15 + 3 + 3 + 1 + 3 + 2 + 3 + 2 + 3 + 3 43. (a); I Today tomorrow 1
+ 2 + 18) ÷ 7 ¯
= Saturday + 58 ÷ 7 Sunday Tuesday 1
= Saturday + 2 days = Monday
34. (a); I I I Yesterday Today tomorrow I I 23 : 60
¯ Sunday - 14 : 25
Sunday 44. (c);
9 : 35

115 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
1 Distinct Solutions
45. (c); Angle between hands of clock = 60° – 15 ×
2 51. (b); Time from 12 p.m. on Monday to 2 p.m. on the
= 52.5° following Monday = 7 days 2 hours = 170 hours.

1 4 34
46. (a); Angle between hands of clock = 180 – 30 × The watch gains (2 + 4 ) min or min in 170
2 5 5
= 165° hrs

47. (b); I yesterday Today tomorrow 1 1 34


Now, min. are gained in 170 hrs.
¯ ¯ 5
Wednesday Monday
5
2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 2 min. are gained in (170 ´ ´ 2) hrs=50 hrs.
34
48. (a); 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Watch is correct 2 days 2 hrs. after 12 p.m. on
3 1, 1, 3, 2, 5, 3 Monday i.e., it will be correct at 2 p.m. on
1, 1, 1, 2, 5, 1 Wednesday.
52. (d); At 3 o’clock, the minute hand is 15 min. spaces
2×2×3×2×5 = 120 second = 2 minutes apart from the hour hand.
\ Bells ring together 1 times in 2 mnutes. To be coincident, it must gain 15 min. spaces.
In 30 minutes bells ring together = 15 + 1 = 16 55 min. are gained in 60 min.
times. 4
49. (b); 15 min. are gained in (60/55 *15)min= 16 min
11 12 1 11
10 2 4
The hands are coincident at 16 min past 3
9 3 11
8 53. (a); Next train time ® 7 : 20
4 Time of previous train ® 7 : 20 – 4 : 30
7 6 5 = 2 : 50 pm = 2 : 50 + 40 min = 3 : 30 pm
54. (c); We know that feb 29 only in leap year. Leap year
15° 11 12 1 comes again after 4 years.
10 2 55. (c); Present right time is 12 : 20 – 0 : 10
30°
9 3 = 12 : 10 pm
30°
Previous bus time was 12 : 10 – 0 : 25 = 11 : 45am
8 4 So, time of next bus = 11 : 45 + 0 : 55 = 12 : 40 pm.
30° 7 6 5 56 (b); Days between 3rd March to 2nd Oct.
30° March = 28 April = 30
1 May = 31 June = 30
Clearly, time will be 11 : 52 O'clock. July = 31 Aug. = 31
2
50. (c); 11 12 1 Sept. = 30 Oct. = 2
10 2 213
No. of odd days = 213/7 = 3
9 3 \ Tuesday + 3 days = Friday
8 4 57. (a); Jan. = 5
7 5 Feb. = 29
6 March = 31
11 12 1 April = 30
10 2 May = 31
June = 30
9 3
July = 31
8 4
= 15
7 5 30° Aug.
6 = 202
30° 30°
\ No. of odd days = 6
Clearly, time will be 6 : 30 \ Saturday +6 days = Friday

116 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
58. (a); Time from 3 am Tuesday to 3 am Thursday = 48
hours. 60. (d); 2 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
In 48 hours clock runs fast = 6 minutes 3 1, 3, 2, 5, 3
Q Clock 6 minutes runs fast = 48 hours 1, 1, 2, 5, 1
48
\ Clock 1 minute runs fast = hours.
6
2×3×2×5 = 60 second = 1 minute
48
\ Clock 4 minutes runs fast ´ 4 = 32 hours bells ring 1 time in 1 min
6
Tuesday + 32 hours = on Wednesday 11 : 00 am \ So in 60 minutes, the bells ring together
(\ clock will show right time when it will run 4 60 times + 1 = 61 times
minutes fast) (\ Here in such kind of questions, we should
59. (a); 23 : 60 add one because when the bells ring. First time
together we count 1)
- 12 : 40
11 : 20

1. (a); Time from 8 a.m. on a day to 1 p.m. on the 1775 years have odd days = (0 + 5 + 2) = 7 = 0 odd
following day = 29 hrs. day
24 hours 10 min. of this clock = 24 hours of the Jan to 16th July extra day = 28 week + 2 days
correct clock. = 2 days
So total no. of odd days = 2 days
145 So the day is Tuesday.
hrs of this clock = 24 hours of correct clock
6 5. (b); Total days = 7x + x = 8x days
6. (a); If next day of tomorrow is Sunday then difference
24 ´ 6 ´ 29
29 hours of this clock = hrs of correct between 3rd day before yesterday is 6.
145 So the day will be Sunday – 6 = Monday.
clock 7. (b); This Sunday morning at 8 : 00 am., the watch is 5
= 28 hrs 48 in of correct clock. min slow and the next Sunday at 8.00 pm it
Therefore, the correct time is 28 hrs 48 min after 8 become 5 min 48 sec fast. The watch gains
a.m. That is 48 min. past 12. 48 54
2. (b); Given year is a general year then add digit 6 5+ 5 = min in a time of (7 × 24) + 12 = 180
60 5
1993 + 6 = 1999, is same as 1993.
hours.
3. (a); Time from 5 a.m. on a day to 10 p.m. on 4th day=
To show the correct time, it has to gain 5 min.
89 hours.
Now 23 hrs 44 min of this clock = 24 hours of 54 180
min = 180 hours, 5 min = ´5
correct clock. 5 54
= 356/15 hrs of the clock = 24 hours of correct 5
clock.
1
æ24×15×89 ö = 83 hrs
= 89 hrs of this clock = çè 3
356 ø hrs of correct
÷
1
clock. Total hrs. = 72 hrs + 11 hrs
3
= 90 hrs of correct clock.
So, the correct time is 11 Pm. = 3 day + 11 hrs + 20 min.
4. (a); 16th July 1776 = (1775 years + period from 1776 \ 20 min. past 7 pm on wednesday
to 16th July 1776), counting of odd days : 8. (b); Let at x minutes hands coincide
1600 years have 0 odd day. x
6x - çæ + 150 ÷ö = 0
100 years have 5 odd days. è2 ø
75 years = (18 leap years + 57 ordinary years)
= (18 × 2 + 57 × 1) = 93 odd days 300
x= min
= 13 week + 2 days = 2 odd days. 11

117 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
9. (a); The both hands overlap to each other in an hour 21. (b); Since 3rd day of the month = Tuesday.
1 times. In 12 hours it will be 11 times. So, 1st day of the month = Sunday
10. (a); Right angle between minute hand and hour hand Therefore, 8th, 15th, 22th and 29th day of the
occur two times in a hours. month will be Sunday.
12 hours = 22 times So, maximum 5 Sunday will be in a given month.
24 hours = 44 times. 22. (b); 2nd August ® Friday
11. (b); Between 4 and 5’ O clock, there are two times 12 August + 13 ® 25 August
right angles occur. First at 5 min, second one at 7 on 25 August, the day will be Sunday.
block means 35 min so 23. (c); In 30 days of month, day which is on Ist day or
12 420 2 2nd day will five times in a given month.
4 O’ clock 35 ´ = = 38 Obviously it may be Friday or Saturday.
11 11 11
24. (c); Three Sunday are on even no. will be possible
12. (a); Angle between hour hand and minute hand. only if first Sunday is 2nd day of a month.
11 ´ 49 – 60 ´ 6 179 So, Sunday as in 2, 9, 16, 23, 30
= = = 89.5° 25. (a); Three days after Wednesday = Saturday
2 2
Since 3rd January is Sunday
13. (c); Angle between both hands at 11.05 O’ clock
So, 2nd January will be Saturday
11 ´ 5 – 60 ´ 11 –605 So, next Saturday will be 9, 16, 23, 30 January
= = = 302.5°
2 2 \ Required date = 30 January
26. (b); 3rd day ® Monday
14. (b); Angle between both hand at 5.15
5th day ® Wednesday
11 ´ 15 – 60 ´ 5 –135 12th day ® Wednesday
= = = 67.5°
2 2 19th day ® Wednesday
15. (c); In every 60 minutes, the minute hand gain 55 Then 18th day will be Tuesday.
minutes on the hour hand. 27. (a); We know that in December, there are 31 days. So,
16. (d); The needles will coincide each other at day which are in 1st, 2nd and 3rd december will
be maximum day.
60 180 Since 17th day of the month is Monday.
= ´ 3 past 3 = past 3
11 11 So, Monday date = 3, 10, 17, 24, 31 = 5 times
4 28. (c); 25th Oct. ® Thursday
= 16 past 3 26th Oct. ® Friday
11
27th Oct. ® Saturday
17. (b); The angle covered through 8 O’ clock to 2 O’ clock
28th Oct. ® Sunday
is 180°.
29th Oct. ® Monday
18. (a); The angle between minute hand and hour hand
29. (b); Clock makes two right angle in an hour but it
at 10.20 O’ clock is 170°.
makes one right angle between 3 to 4 and 9 to 10,
19. (a); 55 min spaces are covered in 60 min
So in 24 hours, clock will make 44 times right
60 angle.
60 min spaces are covered in ´ 60 min
55 30. (c); Saturday
World Environment day - 5 June
5 Children day - 14 Nov.
= 65 min
11 days between 5 June to 14 Nov.
June = 25
5 16
Loss in 64 min = 65 + - 64 = July= 31
11 11
Aug. = 31
16 1 8 Sep. = 30
Loss in 24 hrs = ´ ´ 24 ´ 60 = 32 min
11 64 11 Oct. = 31
20. (c); Given year is a leap year and every leap year Nov.= 14
calender repeat after 28 year so 162
2016 + 28 = 2044. So, no. of odd day = 1
The calender of 2044 is similar as 2016 calender. \ Required day = Friday + 1 = Saturday

118 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Figure Counting
10
It involves the problems related to the counting the number of geometrical figures in a given complex figure.
The systematic method for determining the number of any particular type of figure by the analysis of the complex
figure would be clear from the examples that are given below: -

1. How many triangles are there in the following figure? (a) 18 (b) 14
(c) 10 (d) 9
Sol. If the number of square are equal in horizontal and
vertical direction, then we use formula
N = n2 + (n – 1)2 + (n – 2)2 ......
\ No of square = 32 + 22 + 12 = 9 + 4 + 1 = 14
(a) 6 (b) 10
3. Count the number of triangle in the given square.
(c) 11 (d) 12
Sol. B 1

D F
2 4
E

A D C
Sol. No. of triangles = 4 × 2 = 8
D 's, ABE, BEF, EFC, CDE, AED
ABF, BCE, ACE, ABD, 4. Count the no. of triangle in a given square.
AFC, BCD, & ABC
the answer is (d), 12 1 6
2. Count the number of squares
2 5

3 4

Sol. No. of triangles = 6 × 2 = 12

119 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
1. Find the number of triangles in the given figure. 8. Find the number of triangles in the given figure.

(a) 8 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 14


(a) 11 (b) 13 (c) 15 (d) 17
2. Find the minimum number of straight lines required
9. Find the number of triangles in the given figure.
to make the given figure.

(a) 12 (b) 13 (c) 14 (d) 15


(a) 16 (b) 17 (c) 18 (d) 19 10. Find the number of triangles in the given figure
3. Find the number of triangles in the given figure.

(a) 16 (b) 13 (c) 9 (d) 7


(a) 22 (b) 24 (c) 26 (d) 28 11. Find the number of triangles in the given figure.
4. Find the number of triangles in the given figure.

(a) 12 (b) 18 (c) 22 (d) 26 (a) 21 (b) 23 (c) 25 (d) 27


5. Find the number of triangles in the given figure. 12. Find the number of triangles in the given figure.

(a) 18 (b) 20 (c) 21 (d) 25


(a) 18 (b) 20 (c) 24 (d) 27 13. Find the number of triangles in the given figure.
6. Find the minimum number of straight lines required
to make the given figure.

(a) 5 (b) 9 (c) 12 (d) 10


14. Find the minimum number of straight lines required
(a) 13 (b) 15 (c) 17 (d) 19 to make the given figure.
7. Find the number of triangles in the given figure.

(a) 16 (b) 22 (c) 28 (d) 32 (a) 9 (b) 11 (c) 15 (d) 16

120 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
15. Find the number of triangles in the given figure. 21.

(a) 11 (b) 13 (c) 15 (d) 17

(a) 10 (b) 12 (c) 14 (d) 16 22.


16. How many rectangles are there in the given figure ?

(a) 8 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 14

23.
(a) 6 (b) 7 (c) 8 (d) 9
17. How many tringles are there in the follwoing figure?

(a) 16 (b) 22 (c) 28 (d) 32


24.

(a) 12 (b) 13 (c) 14 (d) 15


18. How many squares are there in the given figure?

(a) 27 (b) 25 (c) 23 (d) 21


25.

(a) 35 (b) 40 (c) 50 (d) 30


19. How many rectangles are there in the given figure?

(a) 8 (b) 10 (c) 11 (d) 12


26.

(a) 12 (b) 15 (c) 17 (d) 18


20. What is the number of straight lines in the following
figure ? (a) 16 (b) 18 (c) 19 (d) 21
A B C 27.
I J
Q R K
S
H D
P T L
V U M (a) 20 (b) 24 (c) 28 (d) 32
O N 28.
G E
F
(a) 10 (b) 15 (c) 16 (d) 18
Distinct Questions
Direction (21 – 28) : In each of the following question, find
the number of triangles in the given figure.
(a) 28 (b) 32 (c) 36 (d) 40
121 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material
Visit: adda247.com
Direction (29 – 30): 29. Find the number quadrilaterals in the given figure.
(a) 6 (b) 7 (c) 9 (d) 11
30. What is the number of pentagons in the given figure?
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 6

1. How many triangles are there in the following figure? 7. In figure A B C D E F how many triangles are there?
A B

F C

E D
(a) 16 (b) 14 (c) 8 (d) 12
(a) 24 (b) 26 (c) 28 (d) 30
2. How many triangles are there in the follwing figure?
8. How many triangles are there in the following figure?

(a) 32 (b) 13 (c) 24 (d) 48


3. How many triangles are there in the following figure?
(a) 27 (b) 23 (c) 29 (d) 36
9. How many triangles are there in ther following
figure?

(a) 10 (b) 11 (c) 12 (d) 13


4. How many triangles are there in the following
figures?
(a) 32 (b) 16 (c) 24 (d) 48
10. How many triangles are there in the following figure?

(a) 15 (b) 16 (c) 17 (d) 18


5. How many triangles are there in the following figure?

(a) 13 (b) 14 (c) 15 (d) 16 (a) 13 (b) 15 (c) 17 (d) 20


6. How many triangles are there in the following figure? (11 – 15):
11. Find the number of triangles in the given figure.

(a) 45 (b) 24 (c) 28 (d) 20 (a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 7

122 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
12. 17.

(a) 15 (b) 16 (c) 17 (d) 18 (a) 6 (b) 7 (c) 9 (d) 10


18. How many triangles and parallelograms are there
13. in the following fugure?

(a) 12 (b) 18 (c) 22 (d) 26

14.

(a) 21, 17 (b) 19, 13 (c) 21, 15 (d) 19, 17


19. How many rectangles are there in the following
(a) 16 (b) 18 (c) 14 (d) 15
figure?

15.

(a) 10 (b) 9 (c) 8 (d) 7


20. Count the number of parallelograms in the given
(a) 18 (b) 20 (c) 28 (d) 34 figure.
(16 – 17): In each of the following questions, count the
number of squares in the given figure.

16.

(a) 8 (b) 12 (c) 15 (d) 18 (a) 20 (b) 18 (c) 16 (d) 12

1. (d); The figure may be labeled as shown. Therefore, there are 6 + 4 + 3 + 1 = 14 triangles in
the given figure.
2. (b); The figure may be labeled as shown.

The simplest triangles are AHG, AIG, AIB, JFE,


CJE and CED i.e. 6 in number.
The triangles composed of two components each
are ABG, CFE, ACJ and EGI i.e. 4 in number. The horizontal lines are IK, AB, HG and DC i.e.
The triangles composed of three components 4 in number.
each are ACE, AGE and CFD i.e. 3 in number. The vertical lines are AD, EH, JM, FG and BC i.e.
There is only one triangle i.e. AHE composed of 5 in number.
four components. The slanting lines are IE, JE, JF, KF, DE, DH, FC

123 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
and GC i.e. 8 is number. The simplest triangles are IJO, BCJ, CDK, KQL,
Thus, there are 4 + 5 + 8 = 17 straight lines in the MLQ, GFM, GHN and NIO i.e. 8 in number.
figure. The triangles composed of two components each
3. (d); The figure may be labeled as shown. are ABO, AHO, NIJ, IGP, ICP, DEQ, FEQ, KLM,
LCP and LGP i.e.10 in number.
The triangles composed of four components each
are HAB, DEF, LGI, GIC, ICL and GLC i.e. 6 in
number.
Total number of triangles in the figure = 8 + 10 +
6 = 24.
6. (a); The figure may be labeled as shown.
The simplest triangles are AGH, GFO, LFO, DJK,
EKP, PEL and IMN i.e. 7 in number.
The triangles having two components each are
GFL, KEL, AMO, NDP, BHN, CMJ, NEJ and HFM
i.e. 8 in number.
The triangles having three components each are
IOE, IFP, BIF and CEI i.e. 4 in number.
The triangles having four components each are
ANE and DMF i.e. 2 in number. The horizontal lines are IJ, AB, EF, MN, HG, DC
The triangles having five components each are and LK i.e. 7 in number.
FCK, BGE and ADL i.e. 3 in number. The vertical lines are AD, EH, IL, FG, BC and JK
The triangles having six components each are i.e. 6 in number.
BPF, COE, DHF and AJE i.e. 4 in number. Thus, there are 7 + 6 = 13 straight lines in the
Total number of triangles in the figure = 7 + 8 + figure.
4 + 2 + 3 + 4 = 28. 7. (c); The figure may be labeled as shown.
4. (b); The figure may be labeled as shown.

The simplest triangles are AFJ, FJK, FKB, BKG,


JKG, JGC, HJC, HIJ, DIH, DEI, EIJ and AEJ i.e. 12
The simplest triangles are AHB, GHI, BJC, GFE, in number.
GIE, IJE, CEJ and CDE i.e. 8 in number.
The triangles composed of two components each
The triangles composed of two components each are JFB, FBG, BJG, JFG, DEJ, EJH, DJH and DEH
are HEG, BEC, HBE, JGE and ICE i.e. 5 in number. i.e. 8 in number.
The triangles composed of three components The triangles composed of three components
each are FHE, GCE and BED i.e. 3 in number. each are AJB, JBC, DJC and ADJ i.e. 4 in number.
There is only one triangle i.e. AGC composed of The triangles composed of six components each
four components. are DAB, ABC, BCD and ADC i.e. 4 in number.
There is only one triangle i.e. AFD composed of Thus, there are 12 + 8 + 4 + 4 = 28 triangles in the
nine components. figure.
Thus, there are 8 + 5 + 3 + 1 + 1 = 18 triangles in 8. (c); The figure may be labeled as shown.
the given figure.
5. (c); The figure may be labeled as shown.

The simplest triangles are AKI, AIL, EKD, LFB,


DJC, BJC, DHC and BCG i.e. 8 in number.

124 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
The triangles composed of two components each There is only one triangle i.e. KSG which is
are AKL, ADJ, AJB and DBC i.e. 4 in number. composed of four components.
The triangles composed of the three components The triangles composed of five components each
each are ADC and ABC i.e. 2 in number. are NEI, ANI, MCG and KCO i.e. 4 in number.
There is only one triangle i.e. ADB composed of The triangles composed of six components each
four components. are GMK and KOG i.e. 2 in number.
Thus, there are 8+ 4 + 2 + 1= 15 triangles in the There is only one triangle i.e. AEI composed of
figure. ten components.
9. (d); The figure may be labeled as shown. There is only one triangle i.e. KCG composed of
eleven components.
Therefore, Total number of triangles in the given
figure = 9 + 9+1 + 4 + 2+1 + 1 = 27.
12. (c); The figure may be labeled as shown.

The simplest triangles are ABF, BIC, CIH, GIH,


FGE and AFE i.e. 6 in number.
The triangles composed of two components each
are ABE, AGE, BHF, BCH, CGH and BIE i.e. 6 in
number.
The simplest triangles are ABI, BIC, AIJ, CIJ, AHJ,
The triangles composed of three components
CDJ, JHG, JDE, GJF and EJF i.e. 10 in number.
each are ABH, BCE and CDE i.e. 3 in number.
The triangles composed of two components each
Hence, the total number of triangles in the figure
are ABC, BCJ, ACJ, BAJ, AJG, CJE and GJE i.e. 7
= 6 + 6 + 3 = 15.
in number.
10. (a); The figure may be labeled as shown.
The triangles composed of four components each
are ACG, ACE, CGE and AGE i.e. 4 in number.
Total number of triangles in the figure =10+ 7 +
4 = 21.
13. (d); The figure may be labeled as shown.

The simplest triangles are AGE, EGC, GFC, BGF,


DGB and ADG i.e. 6 in number.
The triangles composed of two components each
are AGC, BGC and ABG i.e. 3 in number.
The triangles composed of three components The simplest triangles are AJF, FBG, GCH, HDI
each are AFC, BEC, BDC, ABF, ABE and DAC and IEJ i.e. 5 in number.
i.e. 6 in number. The triangles composed of three components
There is only one triangle i.e. ABC composed of each EBH, AIC, EFC, ADG and BJD i.e. 5 in
six components. number.
Thus, there are 6 + 3 + 6 + 1 = 16 triangles in the Thus, there are 5 + 5 = 10 triangles in the figure.
given figure. 14. (b); The figure may be labeled as shown.
11. (d); The figure may be labeled as shown.

The horizontal lines are DE, FH, IL and BC i.e. 4


The simplest triangles are ABL, BCD, DEF, FGP, in number.
PGH, QHI, JQI, KRJ and LRK i.e. 9 in number. The slanting lines are AC, DO, FN, IM, AB, EM
The triangles composed of two components each and HN i.e. 7 in number.
are OSG, SGQ, SPI, SRI, KSQ, KMS, FGH, JHI Thus, there are 4 + 7 = 11 straight lines in the
and JKL i.e. 9 in number. figure.

125 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
15. (c); The figure may be labeled as shown. 20. (c); ® 16
Straight lines : - AC , CE, EG , AG, IK, IO, OM, MK,
QS, ST, TV, VQ, BF, HD, GC, AE

Distinct Solutions
21. (c); AFB, FEB, EBC, DEC, DFE, AFD ® 6 D's
AEB, FBC, DFC, ADE, DBE, ABD ® 6 D's
ADC and ABC ® 2 D's
The simplest triangles are ABJ, ACJ, BDH, DHF, DBC ® 1 D
CIE and GIE i.e. 6 in number.
Total = 6 + 6 + 2 + 1 = 15 D's
The triangles composed of two components each
A B
are ABC, BDF, CEG, BHJ, JHK, JKI and CJI i.e. 7
in number.
There is only one triangle JHI which is composed F
of four components.
E
Thus, there are 6 + 7 + 1 = 14 triangles in the
given figure. D C
I L 22. (c); AEH, EBF, EFI, FGC, EHI, IFG, DGH, HIG ® 8
16. (c); A B D's
E F HEF, EFG, HFG, EHG ® 4 D's
H
K J Total = 8 + 4 = 12 triangles in the figure.
A E B
D C
G
Required rectangles :- H F
I
AIHE, ILFH, ALFE, LBJK, JCGK, LBCG, EFGD,
ABCD
17. (c); ® 14 D G C
23. (c); AFJ, FJK, FKB, BKG, JKG, JGC, HJC, HIJ, DIH,
C D DEI, EIJ, AEJ ® 12 D's
JFB, FBG, BJG, JFG, DEJ, EJH, DJH, DEH ® 8 D's
A H G F AJB, JBC, DJC, ADJ ® 4 D's
O
DAB, ABC, BCD, ADC ® 4 D's
B E Total = 12 + 8 + 4 + 4 = 28 D's
D's ABC, ACH, ABH, DEF, DGF, GEF
A
BDE, CDE, BEC, BOE, EOD, DOC
BOC, BDC E F
18. (d); ® 30 D
K
B
42 + 32 + 22 + 12 = 16 + 9 + 4 + 1 = 30 I
J
19. (b); ® 15 H G
A B C
E C D 24. (a); GLK, DLJ, DJM, HMN, QRE, IRA, IPA, FPO ® 8
I D's
F G H J BDO, CDQ, DLM, PRA, KFI, NEI, HJI, GJI, DKI
and DNI ® 10 D's
K L DIE, DFI, DOA, DQA and GHI ® 5 D's
M N DCA and DBA ® 2 D's
ABCD, ECFG, GCDH, HDIJ, GKLH, KMNL, DEF ® 1 D's
EFJI, EFHD, GCIJ, ABNM, ABLK, MNDC, ABC ® 1 D's
ABGH, GHNM, CDLK Total = 8 + 10 + 5 + 2 + 1 + 1 = 27 D's

126 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
B D C Total = 12 + 10 + 4 + 2 = 28 D's
G J MN
L B C
K N I
O Q
A D
F P I R E G H
J
A F
25. (b); ABG, BCG, CGE, CDE, AGE and AEF ® 6 D's E
28. (c); AML, LRK, KWD, DWJ, JXI, IYC, CYH, HTG,
ABE, ABC, BCE and ACE ® 4 D's
GOB, BOF, FNE and EMA. ® 12 D's
\ Total = 6 + 4 = 10 D's
AEL, KDJ, HIC and FBG. ® 4 D's
C
D APF, EQB, BQH, GVC, CVJ, IUD, DUL and KPA
B
® 8 D's
G
A ASB, BSC, CSD, DSA, AKF, EBH, GCJ, IDL ® 8
E
D's
ADB, ABC, BCD and CDA ® 4 D's
F \ Total = 12 +4 + 8 + 8 + 4 = 36 D's
26. (d); EFH, BIC, GHJ, GIJ, EKD and CKD ® 6 D's A E F B
ABJ, AFJ, GCK, GEK, CED, GIH ® 6 D's
L M N O
GCD, GED, DJB, DJF ® 4 D's P Q G
ABF and GCE ® 2 D's R S T
K U V H
ABD and AFD ® 2 D's
W X Y
FBD ® 1 D
\ Total = 6 + 6+ 4 + 2 + 2 + = 21 D's D J I C
29. (d); ABCD, ABDE, ABDF, ABDH, CDHA, CDEA,
A B CDFA, DEAG, DEFA, FAGD and AGDH.
G I \ The number of quadriaterals in the figure is 11.
C
H J B C
K
F D G
E A D
H
27. (c); ABG, BIG, BIC, CIH, GIH, CDH, HED, GHJ, HJE,
FEJ, GFJ and AGF ® 12 D's F E
ABF, CDE, GBC, BCH, CHG, BHG, GHF, GHE,
30. (d); The pentagons in the figure are ABCDE, ABCDF,
HEF and GEF. ® 10 D's
ABCDH, ABDEF, CDEFA and DEFAG.
ABH, AFH, CDG and GDE. ® 4 D's
Clearly, there are six pentagons in the figure.
BHF, CGE ® 2 D's

or
1. (a); A B C
2 3
1 4
H D
8 5 No. of triangles = 8 × 2 = 16
O
7 6
G F E 2. (b); B
DGEC DGAC DECA DEGA DGOE
DCOE DAOC DAOG DGOF DFOE F
DEOD DDOC DBOC DAOB DAOH G E
DHOG A C
D
127 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material
Visit: adda247.com
DABC DABD DBDC DACE DAGD DAGF DAFE DAQF DFQE DBDC DBPC DPDC
DDEG DABE DBEC DDEC DDFB DAFD DAQB DPQB DABP DAPQ DAOB DBOP
DAED DPOQ DAOQ DDPQ DDQE DEPD DDQP
3. (b); A DERD DDRP DPRQ DQRE DAFP DFPE
DBQC DDQC DAEP DBDQ
M G N D
E
Y X A B C
B 8. (c);
O P C

F K J H D
DABC DEFD DGOP DMAN DEMY DBOY
I
DFOP DPXC DNXD DOGE DGDP

4. (c); B E L M N G F E
G
A P DAKI DAKJ DAJI DAIC DABI DBCI
C
D F DCID DCIH DCHD DKLN DKLM DKMN
DABD DABC DACD DBEF DBDF DDEF DKNI DKJN DJNI DIGD DIHG DGHD
DDEB DDGF DGFE DBEG DBGD DBCG DGDE DGFD DFDE DANK DANI DCGI
DDCG DEGP DPGF DABG DADG DCGD DACN DACG DALN D CGE

D J H 9. (d); A R Y D C
5. (a); A
S Q G S
L M O E
K G K
N V Z
F
J
M O
B C E F I P
B
DADB DBDC DBDE DDEH DDCE DDEJ L X N D
DEJH DEHF DHNG DKDL DELN DLEM
DABC DBCD DACD DADB DAOB DBOD
DMNE
DDOC DAOC DCSE DECD DOEF DOEG
6. (c); A E C DJIO DKOJ DJBL DJBM DAQR DASQ
DQGO DQOK DOIP DOPF DNPD DPOD
DOJP DOEP DOEQ DOQJ DOBX DODX
H O G
DOZC DODZ DOYC DOYA DOVA DOBV
DAMP DADP DCOJ DCRJ DBNE DBSE
B R D
Q P DDSQ DDLQ DEPJ DEJQ DQPE DPQJ

10. (a); A

F
F E
DABH DDGC DHGE DHOE DOGE DHFG
DHOF DGOF DAHE DEGC DBQH DPGD O
DBFD DBRF DDRF DDPF DPFB DFQB G D
DFQD DFGD DBHF DBED DBER DDRE
DAEB DDEC DEFH DEFG
A B H I C
B
7. (c); Q O
F C DABC DAFE DGFO DGBH DGOH DHOI
R P DIOD DIDC DEOD DFEO DAGD DHEC
E D DBFI

128 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
11. (b); A A
15. (c);
E I H
D E
B J L D
O
B F C F K G

ADE, BDF, DEF and EFC ® 4 D's C


ABC ® 1 D
AEI, AIH, BEJ, BJF, CFK, CKG, DGL, DLH, EOJ,
Total = 4 + 1 = 5 D's
FOJ, FOG, LOG, HOL and HOE ® 14 D's
B EAH , FBE, BEO, EOF, BFO, FCG, GDH, HOD,
C
HOG, GOD ® 10 D's
EFH, EHG, FGH, EFG ® 4 D's
12. (c);
A H Total = 14 + 10 + 4 = 28 D's
F G
16. (c); A E B
E D M I
Q UR
ABF, BFG, BCG, CGH, GHD, GED, EFG and AFE H X YV F
® 8 D's
P S N
T W
ABG, BGE, AGE, ABE and GCD ® 5 D's L O K
BCD, CDE, BED and BCE ® 4 D's D G C
Total = 8 + 5 + 4 = 17 D's QUYX, URVY, YVSW and XYWT® 4 square's
IMYP, MJNY, YNKO and PYOL ® 4 square's
A AEYH, EBFY, YFCG, HYGD ® 4 square's
13. (b);
H B IJKL ® 1 square
QRST ® 1 square
G C ABCD ® 1 square
I J \ Total number of square in the given figure = 4 +
D + 4 + 4 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 15 square
F E
17. (c); A B C D
AHB, GHI, BJC, GFE, GIE, IJE, CEJ and CDE® 8
D's
HEG, BEC, HBE, JGE and ICE ® 5 D's J L E
FHE, GCE and BED ® 3 D's K
AGC ® 1 D I H G F
AFD ® 1 D
ABKJ, BCLK, CDEL, LEFG, KLGH and JKHI ® 6
Total = 8 + 5 + 3 + 1 + 1 = 18 D's
squares
CEGK ® 1 square
B C
ACGI and BDFH ® 2 squares
14. (b); G H \ Total = 6 + 1 + 2 = 9 squares
F
E I D
M N
18 (a);
A D K
L K J
N O
C E
BFG, CGH, EFM, FMG, GMN, GHN, HNI, LMK,
MNK and KNJ ® 10 D's L M F
B
FAK and KHD ® 2 D's
BEN, CMI, GLJ and FHK ® 4 D's A H G
BAJ and CLD ® 2 D's
Total = 10 + 2 + 4 + 2 = 18 D's KJN, KJO, CNB, OEF, JIL, JIM, BLA and MFG ®

129 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
8 D's ABJI, BCKJ, IJFG and JKEF ® 4
CDJ, EDJ, NKO, JLM, JAH and JGH ® 6 D's ACKI, BCEF, IKEG and ABFG ® 4
BKI, FKI, CJA and EJG ® 4 D's ACEG ® 1
CDE and AJG ® 2 D's Total = 4 + 4 + 1 = 9 rectangles in the given figure.
BKF ® 1 D
Total = 8 + 6 + 4 + 2 + 1 = 21 D's 20. (b); A B C D
Parallelograms :
NJLB and JOFM ® 2 ||gms
CDKB, DEFK, BIHA and IFGH® 4 ||gms E F G H
BKJA, KFGJ, CJIB, JEFI ® 4 ||gms
BFGA® 1 ||gm
CDJA, DEGJ, CJHA, JEGH ® 4 ||gms
CEFB ® 1 ||gm I J K L
CEGA ® 1 ||gm ABFE, BCGF, CDHG, EFJI, FGKJ and GHLK. ®
Total = 2 + 4 + 4 + 1 + 4 + 1 + 1 = 17 ||gms 6 ||gms
(Here not that the squares and rectangles are
ACGE, BDHF, EGKI, FHLJ, ABJI, BCKJ and
also counted among the parallelograms).
CDLK ® 7 ||gms
A B C ADHE and EHLI ® 2 ||gms
19. (b); ACKI, BDLJ ® 2 ||gms
J K ADLI ® 1 ||gm
H I D
Total = 6 + 7 + 2 + 2 + 1 = 18 parallelograms in
the figure.
G F E

130 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Direction and Distance
11 It is introduced in reasoning tests to gauge the 'sense of direction' of the candidate. But as the reasoning tests have
become frequent in competitive examinations, the usage of such question has been increased. Today, direction tests
are not only used in reasoning tests for checking 'sense of direction' but also for logical comprehension of particular
situations
Ü There are four main directions : -
East, West, North and South
Ü There are four cardinal directions :-
North-East (N-E), North-West (N-W)
South-West (S-W) & South-East (S-E)

North (N)
North West (NW) North East (NE)

45° 45°
45° 45°
West (W) East (E)
45° 45°
45° 45°

South-West (SW) South-East (SE)


South (S)
Ü One should be aware of basic geometric concepts, to find the shortest distance, such as Pythagoras Theorem.
A

Perpendicular Hypotenuse

B C
Base
(Hypotenuse)2 = (Base)2 + (Perpendicular)2
AC2 = BC2 + AB2

AC = BC 2 + AB 2

B 4km
TYPE – 1 : Sol. AC2 = AB2 + BC2 C

1. Ramu moves 3 km towards the North and turns to AC2 = 32 + 42


right upto 4 km. What is the distance from his starting 3km ?
AC2 = 9 + 16
point ?
A
(a) 10 cm (b) 8 km AC = 25 = 5 km Starting Point

(c) 5 km (d) 14 km \ Distance from his starting point = 5 km.

131 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
2. A man walks 6km to the east and then turns to the 4. A person is facing North, he turns to his left and moves
south and walks 5 km. Again he turns to the east and 100 m. Then he turns his right twice and goes straight
walks 6km. Next, he turns northwards and walks 50m and 25m respectively. Then he turns to right up
10km. How for is he now from his starting point ? to 135° and starts moving. Now in which direction he
(a) 15 km (b) 13 km is moving ?
(c) 7 km (d) 12 km (a) South-East (b) South-West
E (c) South (d) West
Sol.
Sol. 25m

B 135°
O 10km
A 6km 50m
5km

C D 100m
BO = CD = 6 km
He is moving towards South-West.
BC = OD = 5 km
\ EO = ED – OD = (10 – 5) km = 5km 5. Raju left for his office in his car. He drove 15 km
AO = AB + BO = 6 + 6 = 12km towards North and then 10km towards west. He then
\ AE2 = AO2 + OE2 turned to the south and covered 5km. Further he
AE2 = 122 + 52 turned to the east and moved 8km. Finally, he turned
AE2 = 144 + 25 right and drove 10 km. How far and in which direction
is he from his starting point ?
AE = 169 = 13km
(a) 2 km west (b) 2 km East
3. Rahul walks 2km Northward and takes a left turn
walks 5km and then turns right, walks 3km and again (c) 3 km North (d) 6 km North
turning right, walks 5km. In which direction is he
now from the starting point? Sol. 10km
(a) East (b) North
C B
(c) West (d) South 5km
Sol. North E
D 8km
5 km 10km

3 km
F A

Raju's distance from the starting point A


5 km
2 km = AF = (BC – DE) = (10 – 8) km = 2 km
Starting Point \ Answer is ; 2km west.

Answer is North

1. If A is to the south of B and C is to the east of B, in 3. Raj travelled from a point X straight towards east to
which direction is A with respect to C? Y at a distance of 80 metres. He turned right and
(a) North-east (b) North-west walked 50 metres, then again turned right and
(c) South-east (d) South-west walked 70 metres. Finally, he turned right and
2. A is 40 m South-west of B. C is 40 m South-east of B. walked 50 metres. How far is he from the starting
Then, C is in which direction of A? point?
(a) East (b) West (a) 10 metres (b) 20 metres
(c) North-east (d) South (c) 50 metres (d) 70 metres

132 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
4. Aditya went 15 kms to the west from his house, then 12. Gaurav walks 20 metres towards North. He then
turned left and walked 20 kms. He then turned East turns left and walks 40 metres. He again turns left
and walked 25 kms and finally turning left covered and walks 20 metres. Further, he moves 20 metres
20 kms. How far was he from his house? after turning to the right. How far is he from his
(a) 5 kms (b) 10 kms original position?
(c) 40 kms (d) 80 kms (a) 20 metres (b) 30 metres
(c) 50 metres (d) 60 metres
5. From his house, Lokesh went 15 kms to the North.
Then he turned West and covered 10 kms. Then, he 13. Radha moves towards South-east a distance of 7 km,
turned South and covered 5 kms. Finally, turning to then she moves towards West and travels a distance
East, he covered 10 kms. In which direction is from of 14 m. From here, she moves towards North-west a
his house? distance of 7 m and finally she moves a distance of 4
m towards East and stood at that point. How far is
(a) East (b) West
the starting point from where she stood?
(c) North (d) South
(a) 3 m (b) 4 m
6. 'Z' started walking straight towards South. He (c) 10 m (d) 11 m
walked a distance of 15 metres and then took a left
turn and walked a distance of 30 metres. Then he 14. A rat runs 20' towards East and turns to right, runs
took a right turn and walked a distance of 15 metres 10' and turns to right, runs 9' and again turns to left,
again. Z is facing which direction ? runs 5' and then turns to left, runs 12' and finally
turns to left and runs 6'. Now which direction is the
(a) North East (b) South rat facing ?
(c) North (d) South-West (a) East (b) West
7. Alok walked 30 metres towards east and took a right (c) North (d) South
turn and walked 40 metres. He again took a right
15. I am facing South. I turn right and walk 20 m. Then I
turn and walked 50 metres. Towards which direction
turn right again and walk 10 m. Then I turn left and
is he from his starting point?
walk 10 m and then turning right walk 20 m. Then I
(a) South (b) West turn right again and walk 60 m. In which direction
(c) South-West (d) South-East am I from the starting point?
8. A man is facing north-west. He turns 90° in the (a) North (b) North-West
clockwise direction and then 135° in the (c) East (d) North-East
anticlockwise direction. Which direction is he facing 16. Rohit walked 25 metres towards South. Then he
now? turned to his left and walked 20 metres. He then
(a) East (b) West turned to his left and walked 25 metres. He again
(c) North (d) South turned to his right and walked 15 metres. At what
distance is he from the starting point and in which
9. A man is facing north-west. He turns 90° in the direction?
clockwise direction, then 180° in the anticlockwise
direction and then another 90° in the same direction. (a) 35 metres East (b) 35 metres North
Which direction is he facing now? (c) 40 metres East (d) 60 metres East
(a) South (b) South-west 17. Starting from a point P, Sachin walked 20 metres
towards South. He turned left and walket 30 metres.
(c) West (d) South-east
He then turned left and walked 20 metres. He again
10. I am facing east. I turn 100° in the clockwise dircrtion turned left and walked 40 metres and reached a point
and then 145° in the anticlockwise direction. Which Q. How far and in which direction is the point Q
direction am I facing now? from the point P ?
(a) East (b) North-East (a) 20 metres West (b) 10 metres East
(c) North (d) South-West (c) 10 metres West (d) 10 metres North
11. Kishankant walks 10 km towards North. From there, 18. A man walks 1 km towards East and then he turns
he walks 6km towards South. Then he walks 3km to South and walks 5 km. Again he turns to East and
towards East. How far and in which direction is he walks 2 km, after this he turns to North and walks 9
with reference to his starting point ? km. Now, how far is he from his starting point?
(a) 5km West (b) 5km North-East (a) 3 km (b) 4 km
(c) 7km East (d) 7km West (c) 5 km (d) 7 km

133 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
19. From his house, Lokesh went 15 kms to the North. 26. Two men 'A' and 'B' Starts their' Journey from a
Then he turned West and covered 10 kms. Then, he special point 'X'. 'A' walks 4 km in the direction of
turned South and covered 5 kms. Finally, turning to west. 'B' walks 1 km in the direction of north then he
East, he covered 10 kms. In which direction is he turns left and walks straight 4 km. 'A' turns right
from his house? and walks 2 km straight. How far is now 'A' from
(a) East (b) West 'B'?
(c) North (d) South (a) 1 km (b) 2 km
20. Two buses start from the opposite point of a main (c) 3 km (d) 4 km
road, 150 kms apart. The first bus runs for 25 kms 27. Morning time, Sohan goes towards sun for a distance
and takes a right turn and then runs for 15 kms. It of 50m. Then he turns right twice and goes straight
then turns left and runs for another 25 kms and takes 40m and 20m respectively. At last he turns once more
the direction back to reach the main road. In the right and goes straight for the ditance of 40m. How
meantime, due to a minor breakdown, the other bus far is he now from his starting point ?
has run only 35 kms along the main road. What (a) 20 m (b) 30 m
would be the distance between the two buses at this (c) 50 m (d) 60 m
point ? 28. Rahul is facing west. Then he turned right three times
(a) 65 kms (b) 75 kms and walked straight for a distance of 15 km, 15 km,
(c) 80 kms (d) 85 kms and 35 km respectively, How far is he from starting
point ?
21. Sohan started from point X and travelled forward 8
(a) 15 km (b) 25 km
km up to point Y, then turned towards right and
travelled 5km up to point Z, then turned right and (c) 30 km (d) 20 km
travelled 7km up to point A and then turned towards Direction (29 – 31): Read the following information for
right and travelled 5km up to B. What is the distance answering the questions that follows :
between points B and X? In a playground, A, B, C, D, & E are standing as described
below facing the North.
(a) 1 km (b) 2 km
(1) B is 50m to the right of D.
(c) 3 km (d) 4 km
(2) A is 60m to the South of B.
22. Raj starts from his office facing west and walks 100 (3) C is 40m to the west of D.
m straight, then takes a right turn and walks 100 m.
(4) E is 80m to the north of A.
Further he takes a left turn and walks 50 m. In which
29. If a boy walks from C, meet D followed by B, A and
direction is Raj now from the starting point?
then E, how many meters has he walked if he has
(a) North-East (b) South-West travelled the straight distance all through?
(c) West (d) North-West (a) 120 (b) 150
23. From a point 'Q' Alok starts walking towards south (c) 170 (d) 230
and after walking 25 m, he turns to his left and walks 30. What is the minimum distance (in metre
40 m and reaches point 'F'. In which direction is he approximately) between C and E?
with reference to the starting point 'Q'? (a) 53 (b) 78
(a) South-West (b) Noth-East (c) 92 (d) 120
(c) North-West (d) South-East 31. Who is to the South-East of the person who is to the
24. Ram is facing north. He proceeded straight for a left of D?
distance of 10km, then he turned left and proceeded (a) A (b) B
straight a distance of 15km. At last he turned left (c) C (d) E
again and proceeded for another 10km. How far is 32. A man is facing west direction. He turns twice in
he from the starting point ? clockwise direction 45° and 180° respectively. He
(a) 10km (b) 5km then turns 270° in the anticlockwise direction. which
(c) 12km (d) 15km direction is facing now?
25. Mohan proceeded straight in the direction of north (a) South (b) North-East
for a distance of 3 km from his house. Then he turned (c) West (d) South-West
right and proceeded straight for a distance of 2km. 33. Four aeroplanes of Air Force viz, A, B, C, D, started
Then he turned right again and proceeded straight for a demonstration flight towards east. After flying
for a distance of 5 km. Then he turned right twice 50 km planes A and D flew towards right, planes B
and proceeded straight for a distance of and C flew towards left. After 50km, planes B and C
2-2km respectively.Which direction is he facing now? flew towards their left, planes A and D also towards
(a) North (b) South their left. In which directions are the aeroplanes A,
(c) West (d) East B, D, C repectively flying now?

134 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
(a) East, West, East, West 41. Satish starts from A and walks 2 km east upto B and
(b) West, East, West, East turns sothwards and walks 1 km upto C. At C he
(c) North, South, East, West turns to east and walks 2 km upto D. He then turns
northwards and walks 4 km to E. How far is he from
(d) South, North, West, East his starting point?
Direction (34 – 35): There are 6 check-posts A, B, C, D, E
(a) 3 km (b) 4 km
and F. Check-post F is 15km to the north of D, which is 25
km to the North-East of B. Check post A is 5 km west of E (c) 5 km (d) 6 km
and 15 km to the South-West of C. Check post B, A and E 42. A man starts his journey from a point 'X'. He goes in
are in a straight line and A is to the east of B. The check north direction for 5 km. Then he turns his left and
post B and E are 30 km apart from each other. goes 2 km, then he turns his right twice and goes
34. If a jeep moves from E to F, via A, B and D, how much straight 3 km and 2 km respectively. How far is he
distance will it have to cover? from his starting point?
(a) 70 km (b) 120 km (a) 7 km (b) 8 km
(c) 100 km (d) 90 km (c) 9 km (d) 6 km
35. Which check post is to the South-West of D? 43. A lady runs 12 km towards north then 6 km towards
(a) A (b) B south and then 8 km east. How far is she from her
(c) C (d) D starting point and in which direction?
36. Vishesh goes in north direction for 5 km. Then he (a) 5 km North-East (b) 5 km East
turns right and goes 5 km straight. Then he turns left (c) 10 km North-East (d) 10 km West
and goes 10km straight. At last, he turned clockwise
44. Two men start walking from one point towards
direction 45° and goes straight. In which direction
opposite direction. After walking 3 km straight the
is Vishesh going now?
both turn right wards and walk straight for the
(a) South (b) South-West distance of 4km. How far are they both from each-
(c) North-East (d) North other?
37. Raju starts his journey in north-west direction 2 km (a) 8 km (b) 7 km
straight. Then he turns 90° clockwise and walks 2
(c) 9 km (d) 10 km
km straight. Then once more he turns 90° clockwise
and walks 2km straight. In which direction is Raju 45. Point 'K' is situated in noth-west direction from 'P'
from his starting point? at the distance of 2 km. Point 'R' is situated in south-
(a) West-South (b) North-East West direction from 'K' at the distance of 2 km. Point
'M' is situated in North-West direction form 'R' at
(c) East-South (d) West the distance of 2km. At last 'T' is situated in South-
38. A watch reads 3 : 30 If the minute hand points West direction from 'M' at the distance of 2 km. In
'North'. In which direction will the hour hand point? which direction is 'T' from point 'P'?
(a) North-West (b) North (a) East (b) West
(c) West (d) East (c) South (d) North
39. A watch reads 9:00. If the minute hand points 'North'
46. If South-East is called East, South-West is called
then minute hand turned 135° clockwise. Then what
South and in the same way directions are
is the time shown by the watch and in which direction
changing.Then what would we say the North
will the minute hand points ?
direction?
(a) South-East, 9:22:5 (b) South, 9:30
(a) North-West (b) North-East
(c) West- North, 9 : 10 (d) South-West, 9:40
(c) South-West (d) South-East
40. A child is looking for his mother. He went 80 meters
in the East before turning to his right. He went 20 47. On a crossing, there is symbol telling the direction of
meters before turning to his right again to trace his roads as North, South, East, West. The symbol turned
mother at his married sister's house, 20 meters from due to an accident. The part which is telling north
this point. His mother was not there. From there he direction now tells the west direction. If a traveller
went 100 meters to his north where he met his mother goes to south direction with the help of turning
who was shopping there in the market. How far did symbol. Then really, in which direction is he going
the son meet from the starting point? now?
(a) 80 m (b) 60 m (a) West (b) East
(c) 100 m (d) 140 m (c) North (d) None of there

135 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Direction (48 – 50): Based on informations given below. 54. Which is in the straight direction out of the
Read carefully and choose best alternatives. following?
In a playground five friends A, B, C, D and E are (a) D, E, A (b) E, G, C
standing facing north in order as described below. (c) D, B, G (d) E, G, B
(i) B is standing at the right of D at distance of 50 m. 55. In which direction is 'A' from 'C'?
(a) East (b) West
(ii) A is standing in the south direction of B at 60 m
(c) North (d) South
distance.
56. Any person from point 'F' starts walking towards
(iii) 'C' is in the west of 'D' at the distance of 40 m. north at the distance of 5 m then turns his rightwards
(iv) 'E' is in the north of A at 80 m distance then to whom he will reach first out of the following?
48. If a boy, who stands near 'C' starts walking and reach (a) G (b) D
to 'D' then B, A, E respectively. (c) E (d) A
How many km he walk from C to E? Directions (57 – 60): Study the informations and answer
the question given below:
(a) 120 m (b) 150 m
Eight friends, A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting in a
(c) 170 m (d) 230 m square dining table. On one side of table, only two friends
49. How many distance is between C and E? can sit. All the friends are sitting at equal distance from
(a) 53 m (b) 78 m each other. A is facing south. 'B' and 'F' are sitting opposite
(c) 92 m (d) 120 m side. 'F' is not facing in that direction in which 'A' and 'H'
50. Who is in the South-East from the person who is left are facing, 'H' is facing west direction. 'D' and 'C' are both
from 'D' sitting at same side. 'C' is facing to the neigbhour of 'H'. E
is F's neighbour
(a) A (b) B
57. In which direction is 'G' facing?
(c) C (d) D (a) East (b) West
51. Five cities are near to each-other. These cities are A, (c) North (d) South
B, C, D, E. A is to west of B.C is to south of A. E is in 58. In which direction is 'F' facing ?
North of B.D is in the east of E. In which direction is (a) East (b) West
C from D? (c) North (d) South
(a) North-West (b) South-East 59. In which direction is 'D' facing ?
(c) South-West (d) None of above option (a) East (b) West
52. Vijay Kumar walks from his house in the north (c) North (d) South
direction a distance of 15 km. Then he turns west 60. In which direction is 'B' facing ?
direction and walks straight 10 km. At last he turns (a) East (b) West
south direction and walks straight 5 km. How far (c) North (d) South
and in which direction is he from his house? Distinct Questions
(a) 10 km, East (b) 5 km, West 61. Jai Prakash started walking towards south from the
(c) 20 km, North (d) None of these point A, walked 20 m and reached a point B, Again,
53. Raju is the neighbour of Ramu and he lives in South- he turned left and walked 20 m and reached a point
East at the distance of 100 m. Verma is the neighbour C. Now he turned 45° anticlockwise, walked a
of Raju and he lives in south- west direction and 100 distance of 20 2 m and reached a point D. What
m distance from Raju. Mr. Singht is the neighbour of approximately is the shortest distance between the
Ramu and lives 100 m is North-East direction from point A and D?
Ramu. In which direction is Mr. Singh living from (a) Can't say (b) 30 m
Mr. Verma?
(c) 40 m (d) 40 2 m
(a) North-West (b) North-East
62. Rishu started walking towards East from a point
(c) South (d) South-West
'X', walked 250 metres and reached the point 'P'.
Direction (54 – 56) : Each Question is based on information Again, he turned towards South, walked 50 metres
given below: - and reached point Q. Again he turned towards east
Point 'D' is in west direcdtion from 'A' at the distance and walked 250 metres and reached point 'R. He
of 14m. Point 'B' is in south direction from 'D' also a again turned South, walked 50 metres and reached
distance of 4m. Point 'F' is situated 9 m. in south from 'D'. point S. What is the shortest distance between X and
Point E is situated 7m in east from 'B'. Point 'C' is in north S?
from 'E' at the distance of 4m. Point 'G' is in south from 'A' (a) 509.9 metres (b) 1100 metres
at the distance of 4 m. (c) 561.2 metres (d) 590.9 metres

136 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
63. A and B are standing at a distance of 20 km from 67. A mountaineer starts from Camp A and proceeds
each other on a straight East-West road. A and B East to Camp B 4 km away. from camp B he proceeds
start walking simutaneously, eastwards and to camp C, 5km to the south. from there, he returns
westwards respectively, and both cover a distance and proceeds 12km to camp 'D' via camps B and A.
of 5 km. Then A turns to his left and walks 10 km. B How far is he away from the camp A ?
turns to his right and walks 10 km at the same speed. (a) 3 km (b) 6 km
Then both turn to their left and cover a distance of 5 (c) 5 km (d) 12 km
km at the same speed. What will be the distance (e) 8 km
between them? 68. Sunil walks towards the East from point A turns
(a) 10 km (b) 5 km righ at point B and walks the same distance as he
(c) 20 km (d) 25 km walked towards the East. He now turns left, walks
the same distance again and finally makes a left turn
64. After walking 6 km, I turned right and covered a
and stops at point C after walking the same distance.
distance of 2 km, then turned left and covered a
The distance between A and C is how many times as
distance of 10 km. In the end, I was moving towards
that of A and B?
the north. Form which direction did I start my
(a) Can't be determined (b) Two
journey?
(c) Three (d) Four
(a) North (b) South (e) None of these
(c) East (d) West 69. Shyam walked 6 metres facing towards East, then
65. A boy ride his bicycle northwards, then turned left took a right turn and walked a distance of 9 metres.
and ride one km and again turned left and ride 2 km. He then took a left turn and walked a distance of 6
He found himself exactly one km west of his starting metres. How far is he from the starting point ?
point. How far did he ride northwards initially? (a) 15 metres (b) 21 metres
(a) 1 km (b) 2 km (c) 18 metres (d) Can't be determined
(e) None of these
(c) 3 km (d) 5 km
70. Ravi starts from his house and moves towards south.
66. Anuj started walking positioning his back towards He walks 100 m, then turns left and walks 200 m,
the sun. After sometime, he turned left, then turned turns right and walks 500. How far is he from his
right and then towards the left again. In which house?
direction is he going now?
(a) 400 5 m (b) 800 m
(a) North or South (b) East or West
(c) North or West (d) South or West (c) 200 10 m (d) 200 2 m
(e) None of these (e) None of these

1. Going 50 m to the South of her house, Radhika turns again and walked 40 metres. He now turns to the
left and goes another 20 m. Then, turning to the North, left and walks 5 metres. Finally he turns to his left.
she goes 30 m and then starts walking to her house, In which direction is he walking now?
in which direction is she walking now? (a) North (b) South
(a)North-west (b) North (c) East (d) South-west
(c) South-east (d) East 4. You go North, turn right, then right again and then
2. I am facing South. I turn right and walk 20 m. Then I go to the left. In which direction are you now?
turn right again and walk 10 m. Then I turn left and (a) North (b) South
walk 10 m and then turning right walk 20 m. Then I (c) East (d) West
turn right again and walk 60 m. in which direction 5. Deepak starts walking straight towards east. After
am I from the starting point? walking 75 meters, he turns to the left and walks 25
(a)North (b) North-west metres straight. Again the turns to the left, walks a
(c) East (d) North-east distance of 40 meters straight, again he turns to the
3. Aditya starts from his house towards West. After left and walks a distance of 25 metres. How far is he
walking a distance of 30 metres, he turned towards from the starting point?
right and walked 20 metres. He then turned left and (a) 25 metres (b) 50 metres
moving a distance of 10 metres, turned to his left (c) 115 metres (d) None of these

137 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
6. Kunal walks 10 kilometres towards North. From 13. A person starts from a point A and travels 3 km
there, he walks 6 kilometres towards South. Then, eastwards to B and then turns left and travels thrice
he walks 3 kilometres towards East. How far and in that distance to reach C. He again turns left and
which direction is he with reference to his starting travels five times the distance he covered between A
point? and B and reaches his destination D. the shortest
distance between the starting point and the
(a) 5 kilometres West (b) 5 kilometres North-east
destination is
(c) 7 kilometres East (d) 7 kilometres West
(a)12 km (b) 15 km
7. Rohan walks a distance of 3 km towards North, then (c) 16 km (d) 18 km
turns to his left and walks for 2 km. he again turns
14. A girl leaves from her home. She first walks 30 metres
left and walks for 3 km. At this point he turns to his in North-west direction and then 30 metres in South-
left and walks for 3 km. how many kilometers is he west direction. Next, she walks 30 metres in South-
from the starting point? east direction. Finally, she turns towards her house.
(a) 1 km (b) 2 km In which direction is she moving?
(c) 3 km (d) 5 km (a)North-east (b) North-west
8. Manick walked 40 metres towards North, took a left (c) South-east (d) South-west
turn and walked 20 metres. He again took a left turn 15. Sanjeev walks 10 metres towards the South. Turning
and walked 40 metres. How far and in which to the left, he walks 20 metres and then moves to his
direction is he from the starting point? right. After moving a distance of 20 metres, he turns
to the right and walks 20 metres. Finally, he turns to
(a) 20 metres East (b) 20 metres North
the right and moves a distance of 10 metres. How far
(c) 20 metres South (d) None of these and in which direction is he from the starting point?
9. Namita walks 14 metres towards west, then turns to (a)10 metres North
her right and walks 14 metres and then turns to her (b) 20 metres South
left and walks 10 metres. Again turning to her left (c) 20 metres North
she walks 14 metres. What is the shortest distance (d) 10 metres South
(in metres) between her starting point and the present
16. Kashish goes 30 metres North, then turns right and
position? walks 40 metres, then again turns right and walks
(a)10 (b) 24 20 metres, then again turns right and walks 40
(c) 28 (d) 38 metres. How many metres is he from his original
10. A man leaves for his office from his house. He walks position?
towards East. After moving a distance of 20 m, he (a)0 (b) 10
turns South and walks 10 m. then he walks 35 m (c) 20 (d) 40
towards the West and further 5 m towards the North. 17. A man walks 30 metres towards South. Then, turning
He then turns towards East and Walks 15 m. What to his right, he walks 30 metres. Then, turning to his
is the straight distance (in Metres) between his initial left, he walks 20 metres. Again, he turns to his left
and final positions? and walks 30 metres. How far is he from his initial
(a) 0 (b) 5 position?
(c) 10 (d) Cannot be determined (a)20 metres (b) 30 metres
(c) 60 metres (d) None of these
11. Radha moves towards South-east a distance of 7 km,
then she moves towards West and travels a distance 18. Rohit walked 25 metres towards South. Then he
of 14 m. From here, she moves towards North-west a turned to his left and walked 20 metres. He then
distance of 7 m and finally she moves a distance of 4 turned to his left and walked 25 metres. He again
m towards East and stood at that point. How far is turned to his right and walked 15 metres. At what
the starting point from where she stood? distance is he from the starting point and in which
direction?
(a) 3 m (b) 4 m
(c) 10 m (d) 11 m (a) 35 metres East (b) 35 metres North
(c) 40 metres East (d) 60 metres East
12. Amit walked 30 metres towards East, took a right
turn and walked 40 metres. Then he took a left turn 19. Starting from a point P, Sachin walked 20 metres
and walked 30 metres. In which direction is he now towards South. He turned left and walked 30 metres.
from the starting point? He then turned left and walked 20 metres. He again
turned left and walked 40 metres and reached a point
(a) North-east (b) East
Q. How far and in which direction is the point Q
(c) South-east (d) South
from the point P?

138 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
(a) 20 metres West (b) 10 metres East (a) North-west (b) North
(c) 10 metres West (d) 10 metres North (c) South-west (d) West
20. Ramakant walks northwards. After a while, he turns 26. I am facing east. I turn 100º in the clockwise direction
to his right and a little further to his left. Finally, and then 145º in the anti clockwise direction. Which
after walking a distance of one kilometer, he turns to direction am I facing now?
his left again. In which direction is he moving now?
(a) East (b) North-east
(a) North (b) South (c) North (d) South-west
(c) East (d) West 27. A rat runs 20´ towards East and turns to right, runs
21. A man is facing south. He turns 135º in the anti 10´ and turns to right, runs 9´ and again turns to left,
clockwise direction and then 180º in the clockwise runs 5´ and then turns to left, runs 12´ and finally
direction. Which direction is he facing now? turns to left and runs 6´. Now, which direction is the
(a)North-east (b) North-west rat facing?
(c) South-east (d) South-west (a) East (b) West
22. A man is facing north-west. He turns 90º in the (c) North (d) South
clockwise direction and then 135º in anti clockwise 28. Maya starts at point T, walks straight towards North
direction. Which direction is he facing now? to point U which is 4 ft away. She truns left at 90º
(a)East (b) West and walks 1 ft to Q, turns left at 90º and goes to V,
(c) North (d) South who is 1 ft away and once again turns 90º right and
goes to R, 3 ft away. What is the distance between T
23. A man is facing towards west and turns through 45º
and R?
clockwise, again 180º clockwise and then turns
through 270º anti clockwise. In which direction is (a) 4 ft (b) 5 ft
he facing now? (c) 7 ft (d) 8 ft
(a)West (b) North-east 29. A villager went to meet his uncle in another village
situated 5 km away in the North-east direction of
(c) South (d) South-west
his own village. From there he came to meet his
24. A river flows west to east and on the way turns left father-in-law living in a village situated 4 km in the
and goes in a semi-circle round a hillock, and then south of his uncle’s village. How far away and in
turns left at right angles. In which direction is the what direction is he now?
river finally flowing? (a)3 km in the North (b) 3 km in the East
(a) West (b) East
(c) 4 km in the East (d) 4 km in the West
(c) North (d) Sourh
30. Aditya walked 15 m. towards south took a right turn
25. I am Standing at the centre of a circular field. I go and walked 3 m. He took a right turn again and
down south to the edge of the field and then turning walked 15 m before stopping. Which direction did
left I walk along the boundary of the field equal to he face.
three-eights of its length. Then I turn left by 45° and
(a) East (b) West
go right across to the opposite point to the boundary.
(c) North (d) South
In which direction am I from the starting point?

1. (d); B 10 70
C 3. (a);
X 80 Y

50 50

A 70
2. (a);
B
10
4. (b); 10 km
15
40 40 20 20

25
A C

139 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
5. (c); 10 10. (b); As shown in Fig. the man initially faces towards
eact i.e., in the firection OA. On moving 100°
clockwise he faces in the directin OB. On further
5 5
moving 145°clockwise, he faces in the dirction
OC, Claearely, OC makes an angle of (145°–100°)
15
10 i.e. 45° with OA and as such points in the
direction North-east.
10
C
6. (b); Obviously, Z is facing south

O 45°
Q Starting Point
0° A
10
15m 145°

30m 15m B
11. (b); The movements of Kishankant are as shown in
P Fig. (A to B, B to C and C to D).
AC = (AB-BC) =(10–6) km = 4 km
7. (c); Starting point Kishankant's distance from startimg point A
N
30 m = AD = AC 2 + CD 2 = 4 2 + 3 2 = 25 = 5 km
40 m W E So Kishankant is 5 km to the North-east of his
starting point.
B
50 m S
Clearly, Alok is in South-West direction from 6 km 3 km
starting point. 10km C D
4 km
8. (b); As shown in Fig. the man initially faces in the
direction OP. On moving 90° clockwise the man A
faces in the direction OQ. On further moving 135° 12. (d); The movements of Gaurav are as shown in Fig.
anticlockwise, he faces in the direction OR, which Clearly, Gaurav's distance from his initial
is West. position
Q P = PX = (PS + SX)
P = (QR + SX) = (40 + 20)m = 60.
40 m
R
135° 20 m 20 m
90° X
20 m S P
R O
9. (d); As shown in Fig. the man intially faces in the 13. (c); The movements of Radha are as shown in Fig.
direction OP. On moving 90° clockwise, he faces Clearly, Radha's distance from the staring point
in the direction OX. On further moving 180° O = OD = (OC–CD) = (AB–CD) = (14–4) m = 10 m
anticlockwise, he faces in the direction OY.
4mD O
Finmally, on moving 90° anticlockwise, he faces C
in the direction OZ, which is South-east.
7m 7m
P X 14 m
180° B A
90°

O 14. (c); The movements of the rat from A to G are as


shown in Fig.
90° Clearly, it is finally walking in the direction FG,
Y Z ie North.

140 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
E
A B
20 4 km
10 G A
9 F
D C 1 km B
5 6 9 km
E 12 F 5 km

15. (d); The movements of the person are form A to F, as


shown in Fig. Clearly, the final position is F C
2km D
which is to the North-east of the starting point A 19. (c); The movements of Lokesh are as shown in Fig.

E 60 m F (A to B, B to C, C to D and D to E).

20 m Clearly, his final position is E which is to the


10 m
C North of his house at A.
D 10 m
10 km
B 20 m A C B
16. (a); The movements of Rohit are as shown in fig.
5 km
\ Rohit's distance from starting point A = 15 km
AE = AD + DE = BC + DE = (20 + 15)m = 35 m
D 10 km E
Also, E is to the East of A
A 15 m A
E
D 20. (a); Let X and Y be two buses.

25 m 25 m 150 km
X Y
25 km A D 35km
P Q
E
B 20 m C 15 km 15 km
17. (c); The movements of Sachin are as shown in Fig.
(P to B, B to C, C to D and D to Q)
B 25 km C
Clearly, distance of Q from P
Bus X travels along the path PA, AB, BC, CD.
= PQ = (DQ - PD) = (DQ - BC)
= (40 - 30) m = 10 m Now, AD = BC =25 km
Also, Q is to the West of P. So, PD = PA + AD = 50 km
\ Q is 10 m West of P. Bus Y travels 35 km upto E
Q P 40 m \ Distance between two buses = PQ - (PD + QE)
D
= {150 - (50+35)} = 65 km
20 m 20 m 21. (a); Clearly, the route of Sohan is as shown in the
B C diagram given below :
30 m Here, XB = XY – YB = XY – AZ (\ YB = AZ)
18. (c); The movements of the man are as shown in Fig.
= 8 km – 7 km = 1 km
(A to B, B to C, C to D and D to E)
Y 5 km
Clearly, DF = BC = 5 km Z
EF= (DE- DF) = (9-5) km = 4 km
BF = CD = 2 km 7 km
8 km
AF = AB + BF = AB + CD = (1 + 2) km = 3 km
\ Man's distance from starting point A = AE B A
5 km
= AF 2 + EF 2 = 3 2 + 4 2 = 25 = 5 km X

141 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
22. (d); From the figure given below, Raj is finally in the
27. (b); Starting 50m
North-West direction from the starting point. point
D A
X N

50 m 40m W E
End N 40m Sun
NW NE
S
W E C 20m B
100 m
XD = XA – AD = 50 – 20 = 30m
SW SE
S
28. (b); A 15km B
Start
100 m

23. (d); From the figure, it is clear that Alok is in the 15km 35km
South-East direction with reference to starting
point Q. S 15km
C

Q 20km
N
D

25 m W E Let his starting point is S.


AB = SC =15 m, BC = AS = 15km
SE BD - BC = 35 - 15 = 20 km
F S
40 m SD = SC 2 + CD 2 = 152 + 202
24. (d); = 225 + 400 = 625 = 25km
(29 – 31):
B 15km A N
E
10km 10km W E
Starting
C 15km X point S C
40m
D
50m
B 80m

60m
25. (a); A 2km B
A
3km
29. (d); Total distance walked by the boy.
5km = 40 + 50 + 60 + 80 = 230 m
E Starting point
30. (c); CE = BC 2 + BE2 = 90 2 + 20 2
2km
= 8100 + 400 = 8500 = 92.19m
D 2km C 31. (a);
32. (d);
Finally he is facing North direction.
270°
26. (a); A
45° 180°
W E
2km B 4km
1km 1km
4km X
(Starting point)

Clearly the distance between A and B = 1km


So, finally he is facing South-West direction.

142 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
33. (a);
38. (a); 12
11 1 S
B C 2
10
A D E W
9 3

N 8 4 N

7 5
6
W E
Obviously, an hour hand points towards North-
West.
S
34. (a); The diagram of check post according to 39. (a);
N
direction. 12 30°
11 1 30°
F 10 2 135° W E
30°
15km C 9 3
30° S
D 4
15km 8
25km 15°
7 5
6
25km 5km
B A E
30km S.E. & Time 9 : 22:5

EF = BE + BD + DF = 30 + 25 +15 = 70km Mother


35. (b); B is located to south-west of D. 40. (c); F

36. (c);
N 100m
45°
Starting E 20m
B
10km W E point A 80m 20m
D 20m C
5km
S AE = AB - EB
5km = 80 – 20 = 60m
EF = DF - DE
= 100 - 20 = 80m
Starting point Now in D AEF,
AF = (AE)2 + (EF)2
Finally Vishesh is facing North-East direction
= 60 2 + 802
37. (b);
90° = 3600 + 6400 = 10000 = 100m
2km 2km E

90° 2
N 41. (c); A
B P
2km 1 2
C D
W E AP = 2 + 2 = 4 km
PE = 4 – 1 = 3km
Þ AE = 16 + 9 = 5km
S
143 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material
Visit: adda247.com
47. (a); N
C D
42. (b);
3km W E
B A
2km
S
5km changed direction
X W
XD = XA + AD = 5 + 3 = 8 km
43. (c); S N
12km
6km
8km
B C E
6km
Oviously, he is going in West direction.
A
Starting point 48. (d); E
20m
(AB ) + ( BC ) = (6) + ( 8)
2 2 2 2
AC = C D B
40m 50m 80m
= 36 + 64 = 100 = 10km
60m
and the direction is North-East
44. (d); C A
Required distance = 40 + 50 + 60 + 80 = 230 m
4km 49. (c); E
D 20m
B 3km A 3km 90°
P B
Starting 4km C 40m 50m
point
( CB ) + ( BE) ( 90) + ( 20 )
2 2 2 2
E EC = =

= 8100 + 400 = 8500 = 92m (near about)


( AB ) + ( BC )
2 2
In D ABC, AC =
50. (a); C D
( 3) + ( 4 ) = 9 + 16 = 25 = 5km
2 2
=

( AD) + ( DE)
2 2
In D ADE, AE =
A
(3) + ( 4 ) = 9 + 16 = 25 =5km
2 2
= 51. (c); E N
D
Hence, CE = 5 + 5 = 10km W E

A B
45. (b); West M K S
2km
2km 2km
m

C
2k

C 10km B
52. (d);
T R P
46. (a); According to question
5km 15km
N N
W N
10km
D E
W E W E N

S W E
E
S S
S
Now North direction is West-North or North- A
West. Starting point

144 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
DE = CB =10km
Here, AC = 20 2 + 20 2 = 20 2 m
AE = AB - BE = 15 – 5 = 10km
(CD = BE) Since AB = BC
AD = DE 2 + AE 2 = (10) + (10)
2 2 \ ÐACB = ÐBAC = 45°
\ ÐACD = 90°
= 100 + 100 = 200 = 100 ´ 2 = 10 2
Now,
Thus it's 10 2 km in North-West direction.
( ) + ( 20 2 )
2 2
AD2 = AC2 + CD2 = 20 2
53. (b); Mr. Singh
100m = 800 + 800 = 1600
\ AD = 1600 =40 m
Ramu
100m
62. (a); X 250m P T
Raju
50m
R
100m Q 250m
50m
Verma
S
Mr. Singh is in North-East direction from Verma.
(54 – 56):
XS = XT 2 + TS 2 = 5002 + 100 2
14m
D C A = 250000 + 10000 = 509.9 metres.

4m 4m 4m 5km F B'5km E
63. (a); A'
7m
9m B E G
10km
5m

A O
B
F 5km C 20km D 5km
54. (d); From given option E,B, G are in a straight line
The above fig. shows the movements of A and B.
55. (a); 'A' is in the East of 'C'.
56. (c); Surely, he will reach at point 'E' first. We have to find A'B'
(57 – 60): A'B' = A'F+FB'
A B FB' = AB – (AC + BD + OD)
= [20 –(5 + 5 + 5) =] 5km
C G
\ A'B' = [5 + 5 ] = 10 km
D H [Q A'F = 5 km, from the fig.]
64. (b); Clearly, the route is as shown in the diagram.
E F Thus, the man started his journey from the South
57. (b); 58. (c); 59. (a); 60. (d); and moved northwards.

Distinct Solutions
61. (c); D 10km
A

20 2m 2km
20m
90° 45° 6km
B 20m C

145 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
65. (b); Clearly, the boy ride from A to B, then to C and 69. (a); Movements of Shyam are as shown in the figure
finally upto D Since D lies to the west of A, so given below:
requied distance = AB = CD = 2 km.
6m B
A E
C B
9m

2km

C 6m D
D 1km A
A = Starting point
66. (a); Clearly, there are two possible movement of Anuj D = End point
as shown below :
AD = AE2 + ED2 ; Here AE = AB + BE (=CD)
North = (6 + 6) = 12m
& ED = BC = 9 m

\ AD = 12 2 + 9 2 = 144 + 81 = 225 = 15m


70. (c); Ravi starts from O and finished at C.

South
O D
Thus, Anuj is finally moving towards either
North or South. 100m
67. (a); Clearly, mountaineer is [(12- (4 + 5) =]3 km away B A
from the point A 200m

D 500m

3 km C
3 km A 4 km
D B
OC = OD 2 + CD 2 = OD 2 + (DA + AC)2
3 km 5 km
= (200)2 + (100 + 500)2 m
D C
= 200 ´ 200 + 600 ´ 600 m
68. (b); Movements of Sunil are as shown in figure.
N = 100 4 + 36 m = 100 40m = 200 10m
A B C [Q OD = AB = 200 m ; DA = OB = 100 m and AC
W E = 500 m]

Hence, AC = AB + BC = 2AB

146 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
1. (a); North-West = AD = AC2 + CD2 = 4 2 + 32 = 25 = 5
km. So, it is 5 km to the North-east of his starting
point
B
50 30

20 6 km
10 km 3 km
2. (d); The movements of the person are from A to F, as C D
shown in figure. Clearly, the final position is F 4 km
which is to the North-east of the starting point.
A
E 60 m F 7. (a); The movements of Rohan are as shown in figure
G
(A to B, B to C, C to D and D to E). Clearly, AD =
20 m
10 m C BC = 2 km
D
10 m
So, required distance = AE = (DE – AD) = (3 – 2)
= 1 km.
B 20 m A
C 2 km B
3. (a); The movements of Aditya are shown in figure
3 km 3 km
from A to G. Clearly, Gopal is finally walking in
the direction FG i.e., North.
D A E
10 m 3 km
D C
8. (d); The movements of Manick are as shown in
20 m figure (A to B, B to C and C to D). Clearly, ABCD
G
is a rectangle and so AD = BC = 20 m. Thus, D is
40 m
B 30 m A 20 m to the west of A.
C 20 m B
E
5m
40 m 40 m
4. (c); The movements indicated are as shown in
figure. Thus, the final movements in the D A
direction indicated by DE, which is east. 9. (b); The movements of Namita are shown in figure
(A to B, B to C, C to D and D to E). Clearly,
B C
Namita’s distance from his initial position =
AE = (AB + BE) = (AB + CD) = (14 + 10) m = 24 m.
E
A D D 10 m C
5. (d); The movements is shown in figure— Clearly,
EB = DC = 40 m. 14 m 14 m
So, distance from the starting point A = (AB –
EB) = (75 – 40) m = 35 m. A
E B 14 m
40 m
D C
10. (b); Clearly, DC = AB + FE. So, F is in the line with A.
25 m 25 m Also, AF = (BC – DE) = 5 m. So, the man is 5
A
E B
metres away from his initial position.
20 m
6. (b); The movements is as shown in figure. A B
AC = (AB – BC) = (10 – 6) km = 4 km. Clearly, D E 15 m
is to the North-east of A. 10 m
F
5m
So, Kunal’s distance from starting point A
D 35 m C

147 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
11. (c); The movements of Radha are as shown in 15. (b); The movements of Sanjeev from A to F are
figure. Clearly, Radha’s distance from the shown in figure. Clearly, Sanjeev’s distance
starting point O = OD = (OC – CD) = (AB – CD) from starting point A = AF = (AB + BF) = AB +
= (14 – 4) m = 10 m. (BE – EF) = AB + (CD – EF) = [10 + (20 – 10)] m =
(10 + 10) m = 20 m. Also, F lies to the South of A.
4m D O So, Sanjeev is 20 metres to the south of his starting
C
point.
7m 7m A
10 m
20 m
B A B C
14 m
10 m F 20 m
12. (c); The movements of Amit are shown in figure (P
to Q, Q to R and R to S). Clearly, his final position E D
20 m
is S which is to the South-east of the starting 16. (b); The movements of Kashish are as shown in
point P. figure (A to B, B to C, C to D, D to E). So, Kashish’s
30m
distance from his original position A = AE =
P Q (AB – BE) = (AB – CD) = (30 – 20) m = 10 m.
40m 40 m
B C
R S 30 m 20 m
30m
E D
13. (b); The movements of the person are as shown in 40 m
figure.
A
Clearly, AB = 3 km; BC = 3AB = (3 × 3) km = 9
km; CD = 5 AB = (5 × 3) km = 15 km. 17. (d); The movements of the man are as shown in
figure. So, Man’s distance from initial position
Draw AE || CD. Then, CE = AB = 3 km and AE =
A = AE = (AB + BE) = (AB + CD) = (30 + 20) m =
BC = 9 km.
50 m.
DE = (CD – CE) = (15 – 3) km = 12 km. In “AED,
A
AD2 = AE2 + DE2 ; AD = 9 2 + 12 2
30m
= 225 = 15 km. So, required distance
30m
= AD = 15 km. C B
20m
D 15 km E C
D
30m E
18. (a); The movements of Rohit are as shown in the
9 km
figure.
3 km So, Rohit’s distance from starting point A = AE
A B = (AD + DE) = (BC + DE) = (20 + 15) m = 35 m.
Also, E is to the East of A.
14. (a); The movements of the girl are as shown in figure
(A to B, B to C, C to D, D to A). Clearly, she is A D E
finally moving in the direction DA i.e., North- 25m
east. 25m

B B 20m C
30 m 30 m 19. (c); The movements of Sachin are as shown in figure
C A (P to B, B to C, C to D and D to Q). Clearly,
distance of Q from P = PQ = (DQ – PD) = (DQ –
30 m BC) = (40 – 30) m = 10 m. Also, Q is to the West
D
of P. So, Q is 10 m West of P.

148 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Q 40 m D
P C
D
20 m 20 m A B
25. (c); The movements are as indicated in figure (O to
B 30 m C A, A to B and B to C). Clearly, C lies to the South-
20. (d); The movements of Ramakant are as shown in west of O.
figure. Clearly, he is finally walking in the
B
direction DE i.e., West.

D O
E
1 km
C
B A
C
26. (b); As shown in figure, the man initially faces
A
towards east i.e., in the direction OA. On moving
21. (d); As shown in figure , the man initially faces in 1000 clockwise, he faces in the direction OB. On
the direction OA. On moving 135 0 anti- further moving 1450 clockwise, he faces in the
clockwise, he faces in the direction OB. On direction OC. Clearly, OC makes an angle of
further moving 1800 clockwise, he faces in the (1450 - 1000 ) i.e., 450 with OA and as such
direction OC, which is South-west. points in the direction North-east.

B C

O
O A
135°
C 100°
180° 145°
A
B
22. (b); As shown in figure, the man initially faces in
the direction OP. on moving 900 clockwise, the 27. (c); The movements of rat from A to G are as shown
man faces in the direction OQ. On further in figure. Clearly, it is finally walking in the
moving 1350 anti clockwise, he faces in the direction FG i.e., North.
direction OR, which is West.
20
A B
Q
10 G
D 9 C
P 5 6
135° E F
12
90° 28. (b); The movements of Maya from T to R are as
R
shown in figure.

23. (d); B Q 1ft U


270°
1ft
45° 3ft
A 180°
R V' 4ft
O V
C
D
24. (b); As shown in figure, the river flows eastwards T
from A towards B, turns left and follows a semi-
circular path to reach C where it turns left and RT = (RV')2 +(TV')2 = 16 + 9 = 5ft
flows east wards towards D.

149 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
29. (b); The villager moves from his village at O to his
uncle’s village at A and thereon to his father-in- 30. (c);
law’s village to B. Clearly, “ OBA is right-angled
at B. So, OA2 = OB2 + AB2 ; OB2 = OA2 – AB2 ; OB 15 15
= 25 – 16 = 9 = 3 km. Thus, B is 3 km to the
east of his initial position O.
3
A

5 km 4 km

O B

150 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Blood Relation
12 Blood relationship means persons connected by relations like - father, mother, son-daughter, brother-sister,
grand father, grand mother, uncle-aunty, nephew-niece, brother-in-law, sister-in-law etc. The list can go on and on
adding members from father's side and mother's side etc.
Question in Test of Reasoning on Family/ Blood relationship are about the relationship of a particular person
with another person of the family, based on the chain of relationships between other members of that family.
Family/Blood Relation Tests are an exercise to test the candidates ability to comprehend and come to the crux of
an issue from complex, lengthy and unclear data.
l Relations from Paternal Side
l Father's Father ® Grandfather l Father's Mother® Grand mother
l Father's Sister ® Aunt l Father's Brother ® Uncle
l Wife of Uncle ® Aunt l Husband of Aunt ® Uncle
l Children of Uncle/Aunt ® cousin
l Relations from Maternal Side
l Mother's father ® Maternal grandfather l Mother's mother ® Maternal grand mother
l Mother's brother ® Maternal Uncle l Mother's sister ® Aunt
l Children of maternal Uncle ® Cousin l Wife of maternal uncle ® Maternal Aunt
l Other Relations
l Grand father's son ® Father/Uncle l Grand father's only son ® Father
l Grand mother's only son ® Father l Grand father's (daughter-in-law) ® Mother
l Father's son ® brother l Father's daughter ® Sister
l Son's wife ® Daughter-in-law l Daughter's husband ® Son–in–law
l Brother's/Sister's son® Nephew l Brother's/sister's daughter ® Niece
l Brother's wife® Sister-in-law l Sister's husband® Brother-in-law
l Husband's or wife brother ® Brother-in-law
l Grandson's or grand daughter's daughter® Great grand daughter.
l We can denote male candidates with (+) sign and female candidate with (–) sign.
Some examples are : –
+

Father – Son


+

Father – Daughter


+

Mother – Son

– –
Mother – Daughter

151 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
1. Pointing out to a lady, Rajan said. "She is the (3); Option (b)
daughter of the woman who is the mother of the From above figure, it is clear that F is daughter-in-law
husband of my mother." Who is the lady to Rajan ? of H
(a) Aunt (b) Grand daughter (4); Option (a)
(c) Daughter (d) Sister From the above figure, it is clear that C is father of E.
Sol. – (5); Option (d)
Father's mother From the above diagram it is clear that either B or F is
the mother of G.
– + – Direction (6-8) : Read carefully the following information
Mother Father Lady and give answer.
'A-B' means A is father of B.

'A+B' means A is daughterof B.
Rajan 'A÷B' means A is son of B.
'A×B' means A is wife of B
Hence, lady is the sister of Rajan's father. So, she is 6. In statement 'P + S – T'. How P is related to T?
his aunt. (a) Sister (b) Wife
2. A is B's sister. C is B's mother. D is C's father. E is D's (c) Son (d) Daughter
mother. Then how is A related to D? Sol. P + S ® P is daughter of S
(a) Daughter (b) Grand daughter S /T ® S is father of T.
(c) Grand mother (d) Grand father
+
– S
Sol. E Mother

P T
+
D Father
Hence, P is sister of T.
– 7. In statement 'P×Q – T'. How is T related to P?
C Mother (a) Daughter (b) Mother
(c) Sister (d) Cannot determine

A B Sol. P × Q ® P is wife of Q
Sister Q – T ® Q is father of T
A is granddaughter of D. Wife
Direction (3–5): A is the mother of B. B is the sister of C.D is P Q
the son of C. E is the brother of D. F is the mother of E. G is So
the grand daughter of A. H has only two children B and C. n/
Da Father
3. How is F related to H ? ug
ht
(a) Son-in-law (b) Daughter-in-law er
T
(c) Father-in-law (d) Grand daughter
4. How is C related to E ? T may be the son or daughter of P.
(a) Father (b) Son Hence, answer is (d) cannot determine.
(c) Mother (d) Cousin brother 8. From the following which means that T is wife of P ?
5. Who is the mother of G ? (a) P × S ÷ T (b) P ÷ S × T
(a) C (b) B (c) P – S ÷ T (d) P – S + T
(c) F (d) Either B or F Sol. P – S ® P is father of S
Sol. – + S + T ® S is daughter of T
A H
+ –
P T
– + –
B C F –
S
Hence, T is wife of P
– + +
G D E Answer is (d) option.

152 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
1. Pointing to a photograph, a man said, “I have no 11. Introducing a man, a woman said, “He is the only
brother or sister but that man’s father is my father’s son of my mother’s mother.” How is the woman
son.” Whose photograph was it? related to the man?
(a) His own (b) His son (a) Mother (b) Aunt
(c) His father’s (d) His nephew’s (c) Sister (d) Niece
2. Pointing towards a boy, Veena said, “He is the son 12. Looking at a portrait of a man, Harsh said, “His
of only son of my grandfather.” How is that boy mother is the wife of my father’s son. Brother and
related to Veena? sisters I have none.” At whose portrait was Harsh
(a) Aunt (b) Uncle looking?
(c) Mother (d) Data inadequate (a) His son (b) His cousin
3. Introducing Reena, Monika said, “She is the only
(c) His uncle (d) His nephew
daughter of my father’s only daughter.” How is
Monika related to Reena? 13. Pointing to a man in a photograph, Asha said, “His
(a) Aunt (b) Niece mother’s only daughter is my mother.” How is Asha
related to that man?
(c) Cousin (d) Data inadequate
4. Pointing to a man a woman said, “His mother is the (a) Nephew (b) Sister
only daughter of my mother.” How is the woman (c) Wife (d) Can’t be determined
related to the mother? 14. Introducing a man, a woman said, “His wife is the
(a) Mother (b) Daughter only daughter of my father.” How is that man related
(c) Sister (d) Grandmother to the woman?
5. If X is the brother of the son of Y’s son, how is X (a) Brother (b) Father-in-law
related to Y? (c) Maternal uncle (d) Husband
(a) Son (b) Brother 15. Pointing towards a girl in the picture, Sarita said,
(c) Cousin (d) Grandson “She is the mother of Neha whose father is my son.”
6. Pointing towards Rita, Nikhil said.” I am the only How is Sarita related to the girl in the picture?
son of her mother’s son.” How is Rita related to (a) Mother (b) Aunt
Nikhil? (c) Cousin (d) Data inadequate
(a) Aunt (b) Niece
16. Deepak said to Nitin,” That boy playing football is
(c) Mother (d) Cousin the younger of the two brothers of the daughter of
7. Pointing to a lady, a man said,” The son of her only my father’s wife.” How is the boy playing football
brother is the brother of my wife.” How is the lady related to Deepak?
related to the man?
(a) Son (b) Brother
(a) Mother’s sister (b) Grandmother
(c) Cousin (d) Nephew
(c) Mother-in-law (d) Sister of father-in-law
17. Pointing to a lady on the platform, Manju said,” She
8. Pointing to Ketan, Namrata said, “He is the son of
is the sister of the father of my mother’s son.” Who is
my father’s only son.” How is Ketan’s mother related
the lady to Manju?
to Namrata?
(a) Mother (b) Sister
(a) Daughter (b) Aunt
(c) Sister (d) Cant be determined (c) Aunt (d) Niece
9. Pointing to a man on the stage, Rashi said, “He is 18. Introducing man to her husband, a woman said, “His
the brother of the daughter of the wife of my brother’s father is the only son of my grandfather.”
husband.” How is the man on the stage related to How is the woman related to this man?
Rashi? (a) Mother (b) Aunt
(a) Son (b) Husband (c) Sister (d) Can’t be determined.
(c) Cousin (d) Nephew 19. A is mother of D and sister of B. B has a daughter C.
10. A woman introduces a man as the son of the brother Who is married to F.G is the husband of A. How is G
of her mother. How is the man related to the woman? related to D?
(a) nephew (b) Son (a) husband (b) son
(c) Cousin (d) Uncle (c) father (d) uncle

153 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
20. Pointing to Kapil, Shilpa said, “His mother’s brother 30. If Neena says, “Anita’s father Raman is the only son
is the father of my son, Ashish.” How is Kapil related of my father-in-law Mahipal”, then how is Bindu
to Shilpa? who is sister of Anita, related to Mahipal?
(a) Sister-in-law (b) Nephew (a) Niece (b) Daughter
(c) Niece (d) Aunt (c) Wife (d) None of these
21. Showing the man receiving the prize, Saroj said, “He 31. Pointing to the woman in the picture, Rajiv said,
is the brother of my uncle’s daughter.” Who is the “Her mother has only one grandchild whose mother
man to Saroj? is my wife.” How is the woman in the picture related
(a) Son (b) Brother-in-law to Rajiv?
(c) Nephew (d) Cousin (a) Cousin (b) Wife
22. Pointing to a girl in the photograph, Amar said, “Her (c) Sister (d) Data inadequate
mother’s brother is the only son of my mother’s 32. A girl introduced a boy as the son of the daughter of
father.” How is the girl’s mother related to Amar ? the father of her uncle. The boy is girl’s
(a) Mother (b) Sister (a) Brother (b) Son
(c) Aunt (d) Aunt or Mother (c) Uncle (d) Son-in-law
23. M and F are a married couple A and B are sisters. F is 33. Pointing to a gentleman, Deepak said, “His only
the sister of A. Who is B to M? brother is the father of my daughter’s father.” How
(a) Sister (b) Sister-in-law is the gentleman related to Deepak?
(c) Niece (d) Daughter (a) Grandfather (b) Father
24. X introduces Y saying, “He is the husband of the (c) Brother-in-law (d) Uncle
grand daughter of the father of my father.” How is Y 34. A is B's son C's father is F. F is D's son and B is D's
related to X? daughter. How is A related to F ?
(a) Brother (b) Son (a) Nephew (b) Niece
(c) Brother-in-law (d) Cannot be determined (c) Cousin (d) Son-in-law
25. If Kamal says, “Ravi’s mother is the only daughter 35. Pointing to a photograph, a lady told Pramod, “I am
of my mother”, how is Kamal related to Ravi? the only daughter of this lady and her son is your
(a) Grandfather (b) Father maternal uncle.” How is the speaker related to
(c) Brother (d) Cannot be determined Pramod’s father?
26. Rahul told Anand, “yesterday I defeated the only (a) Sister-in-law (b) Wife
brother of the daughter of my grandmother.” Whom (c) Either (a) or (b) (d) Neither (a) nor (b)
did Rahul defeat? 36. Pointing to a person, a man said to a woman, “His
(a) Son (b) Father mother is the only daughter of your father.” How
(c) Brother (d) Father-in law was the woman related to the person?
27. Pointing to a woman, Naman said, "She is the (a) Aunt (b) Mother
daughter of the only child of my grandmother." How (c) Wife (d) Daughter
is the woman related to Naman? 37. Pointing to a man in a photograph, a woman said,
(a) Sister (b) Niece “His brother’s father is the only son of my
(c) Cousin (d) Data inadequate grandfather.” How is the woman related to the man
in the photograph?
28. Pointing to a photograph, a person tell his friend,”
She is the grand daughter of the elder brother of my (a) Mother (b) Aunt
father.” How is the girl in the photograph related to (c) Sister (d) Daughter
this man? 38. If B is the son of A and if A is not the father of B, what
(a) Niece (b) Sister is A to B ?
(c) Aunt (d) Sister-in-law (a) Father (b) Mother
29. A man said to a lady, “Your mother’s husband’s (c) Grandfather (d) Grandmother
sister is my aunt.” How is the lady related to the 39. Pointing to an old man, Kunal said, “His son is my
man? son’s uncle.” How is the old man related to Kunal?
(a) Daughter (b) Grand daughter (a) Brother (b) Uncle
(c) Cousin (d) Sister or Cousin. (c) Father (d) Grandfather

154 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
40. Pointing to a photograph, a woman says, “This 50. Pointing to Mona, Swarup says, "She is the daughter
man’s son’s sister is my mother-in-law.” How is the of only one child of my grandfather. "How is Mona
woman’s husband related to the man in the related Swarup?
photograph? (a) Aunt (b) Cousin
(a) Grandson (b) Son (c) Data inadequate (d) Sister
(c) Son-in-law (d) Nephew
Directions (51 – 53): Read the following information
Directions (41 – 45): Study the following information
carefully and answer the questions given below:
carefully and answer the questions given below:-
A is the son of B. C, B’s sister, has a son D and a daughter
(i) 'P × Q' means P is the brother of Q
E. F is the maternal uncle of D.
(ii) 'P – Q' means P is the mother of Q
(iii) 'P + Q' means P is the sister of Q 51. How is A related to D?
(iv) 'P ÷ Q' means P is the father of Q (a) Cousin (b) Nephew
41. How is W related to M in the expression W + T ÷ R × (c) Uncle (d) Brother
M? 52. How is E related to F?
(a) Maternal Aunt (b) Paternal Aunt (a) Sister (b) Daughter
(c) Grand mother (d) Data inadequate (c) Niece (d) Wife
42. How is K related to D in the expression D – J + M ÷ K?
53. How many nephews does F have?
(a) Grandson (b) Nephew
(a) Nil (b) One
(c) Niece (d) Data inadequate
43. How is R related to M in the expression M + J ÷ T × (c) Two (d) Three
R? Directions (54 – 55): Read the following information and
(a) Nephew (b) Niece answer the questions given below it:
(c) Nephew of Niece (d) Data inadequate A is the father of C. But C is not his son. E is the
44. Which of the following expression represents T is daughter of C. F is the spouse of A. B is the brother of C. D
nephew of J ? is the son of B. G is the spouse of B. H is the father of G.
(a) J × M – F + T (b) J × M – F + T 54. Who is the grandmother of D?
(c) J × M ÷ F × T (d) None of these (a) A (b) C
45. Which of the following expression represents B is
(c) F (d) H
the paternal uncle of H ?
55. Who is the son of F?
(a) B × M ÷ H (b) B + H ÷ H
(c) B × M + H (d) B + M – H (a) B (b) C
46. P’s father Q is B’s paternal uncle and A’s husband (c) D (d) E
M is P’s paternal uncle. How is A related to B? Directions (56 – 59): Following information is given about
(a) Cousin (b) Aunt a family.
(c) Mother (d) Data inadequate Meena is Reena’s only sibling. Sita is Ruchi’s
47. Shobha is the niece of Ashish. Ashish’s mother is grandmother. Nutan is Sujata’s and Ram’s grandchild.
Priya. Kamla is Priya’s mother. Kamla’s husband is Sujata has only one child, a son. Meena is Vishu’s sister
Hari. Krishna is the mother-in-law of Hari. How is in law and Ruchi’s mother. Nutan is Vishu’s daughter.
Shobha related to Hari? Ram is Sita’s husband.
(a) Daughter 56. How is Nutan related to Ruchi?
(b) Great grand daughter
(a) Sister (b) Cousin
(c) Grand niece
(c) Aunt (d) Niece
(d) Great grandson’s daughter
48. Kalyani is mother-in-law of Veena who is sister-in- 57. How is Sita related to Vishu?
law of Ashok. Dheeraj is father of Sudeep, the only (a) Mother (b) Aunt
brother of Ashok. Veena is the only daughter of her (c) Mother-in-law (d) Sister
parents. How is Kalyani related to Ashok? 58. How is Vishu related to Ruchi?
(a) Cousin (b) Wife (a) Father (b) Uncle
(c) Mother-in-law (d) None of these
(c) Grandfather (d) Brother
49. Nandini is only daughter of Madan's sister Sangita's
brother. How is Nandini related to Madan? 59. How is Ram related to Sujata?
(a) Daughter (b) Niece (a) Brother (b) Husband
(c) Cousin (d) Niece or Daughter (c) Sister (d) None of these

155 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
60. Pointing to a photograph Rasika said, "He is the Direction (65-67) : Study the following information
grand son of my grandmother's only son, "How is carefully to answer the questions.
the boy in photograph related to Rasika? 'P × Q' means P is wife of Q.
(a) Son (b) Either Nephew or Son 'P ÷ Q' means P is father of Q.
(c) Brother (d) Can not be determined 'P + Q' means P is son of Q.
'P – Q' means P is sister of Q.
Distinct Questions 65. In H + I ÷ L, how is L related to H?
61. When Anuj saw Manish, he recalled, “He is the son (a) Brother (b) Sister
of the father of my daughter’s mother.” Who is (c) Cousin (d) Brother or sister
Manish to Anuj? 66. Which of the following represents S is mother of T ?
(a) Brother-in-law (b) Father (a) S × M ÷ H – T (b) S × M + H – T
(c) M × S ÷ H – T (d) M × S ÷ H + T
(c) Cousin (d) Uncle
67. In J – F + R × B, how is R related to J ?
62. Pointing to a photograph, Arun said, “She is the
(a) Father (b) Mother
mother of my son’s wife’s daughter.” How is Arun
(c) Paternal Aunt (d) Can not determined
related to the lady?
Directions (68-70): S’s mother is Y’s sister. Y has a
(a) Uncle (b) Cousin daughter called ‘H’. H is very attached to her mother’s
(c) Daughter-in-law (d) None of these mother Z.
63. Pointing out to a lady, a girl said, “She is the 68. How is S related to Z?
daughter-in-law of the grandmother of my father’s (a) Grandchild (b) daughter
only Son ,” How is the lady related to the girl? (c) Niece (d) Cannot be determined
(a) Sister-in-law (b) Mother 69. If we know that Z has two daughters X and Y, how
(c) Aunt (d) Cannot be determined is S related to Y?
(a) Niece (b) daughter
64. Arun said, “This girl is the wife of the grandson of
(c) Aunt (d) Cannot be determined
my mother.” Who is Arun to that girl?
70. If R is H’s mother, then how is Y related to S?
(a) Father-in-law (b) Uncle
(a) Father (b) Brother
(c) Aunt (d) all are possible (c) Uncle (d) None of these

1. A, B and C are sisters. D is the brother of E and E is 5. I. F is the brother of A,


the daughter of B. how is A related to D? II. C is the daughter of A,
(a) Sister (b) Cousin III. D is the sister of F,
(c) Niece (d) None of these IV. G is the brother of C.
2. A, B are married couple. X and Y are brothers. X is Then who is the uncle of G?
the brother of A. how is Y related to B? (a) A (b) C
(a) Brother-in-law (b) Brother (c) F (d) K
6. A is the paternal uncle of B, who is the daughter of C
(c) Cousin (d) Niece
and C is the daughter-in-law of P. How is A related
3. Deepak has a brother Anil. Deepak is the son of Prem. to P?
Aditya is Prem’s father. In terms of relationship,
(a) Brother (b) Son
what is Anil of Aditya?
(c) Son-in-law (d) Data inadequate
(a) Son (b) Grandson
7. P’s father is Q’s son. M is the paternal uncle of P and
(c) Brother (d) Grandfather N is the brother of Q. How is N related to M?
4. B is husband of P. Q is the only grandson of E, who (a) Brother (b) Nephew
is wife of D and mother-in-law of P. How is B related (c) Cousin (d) None of these
to D? 8. Q is the brother of R; P is the sister of Q. T is the
(a) Nephew (b) Cousin brother of S; S is the daughter of R. who are the
(c) Son-in-law (d) Son nephew/niece of Q?

156 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
(a) R and P (b) P and T 18. If Maya says, "Vaishali's father Vinayak is the only
(c) Q and T (d) S and T son of my father-in-law, Vishwanath, "then how is
9. E is the son of A. D is the son of B. E is married to C. Roopa, who is sister of Vaishali related to
C is B’s daughter. How is D related to E? Vishwanath ?
(a) Brother (b) Uncle (a) Wife (b) Daughter
(c) Father-in-law (d) Brother-in-law (c) Grand daughter (d) Sister-in-law
10. A is father of C and D is son of B. E is brother of A. If 19. A woman introduces a man as the son of the brother
C is sister of D, how is B related to E? of her mother. How is the man related to her?
(a) Son (b) Uncle
(a) Daughter (b) Brother-in-law
(c) Cousin (d) Grand son
(c) Husband (d) Sister-in-law
20. Sheela is Ravi's sister-in-law. Ram is Ravi's brother.
11. Q’s mother is sister of P and daughter of M. S is
Ram's wife is Sheela. Deepa is Ravi's sister. Deepa's
daughter of P and sister of T. How is M related to T?
mother is Shanthi. How is Sheela related to Shanthi?
(a) Grandmother (b) Father (a) Daughter-in-law (b) Grand daughter
(c) Grandfather (c) Daughter (d) Mother-in-law
(d) Grandfather or Grandmother 21. Roop is the brother of Omvir. Meena is the sister of
12. D, the son-in-law of B, is the brother-in-law of A who Roop. Ram is the brother of Hemu. Hemu is the
is the brother of C. How is A related to B? daughter of Omvir. Shyam is the father of meena.
(a) Brother (b) Son How is Hemu related to Shyam?
(c) Father (d) Data inadequate (a) Father (b) Maternal Grand father
13. P is the son of Q while Q and R are the sisters to one (c) Maternal Uncle (d) Grand daughter
another. T is the mother of R. If S is the son of T, 22. Tarun is the father of Rohit. Rohit is the brother of
which of the following statements is correct? Kala. Kala is the wife of Dilip. How is Dilip related
(a) T is the brother of Q. to Rohit?
(b) S is the cousin of P. (a) Brother-in-law (b) Father-in-law
(c) Q and S are sisters (c) Son (d) Uncle
(d) S is the maternal uncle of P. 23. Brother of Ramesh's mother is brother of Alok's
14. A is the brother of B. B is the brother of C. D is the father. Then how is Ramesh's mother related to
father of A. Based on these three statements, which Alok?
of the following statements cannot be definitely true? (a) Grandmother (b) Aunt
(a) B is the brother of A. (c) Cousin (d) Sister-in-law
(b) B is the son of D. 24. Ram is brother of Shyam. Kamla is mother of Ram.
Sohan is brother of Kamla. How is Sohan related to
(c) A is the brother of C.
Shyam
(d) C is the brother of A.
(a) Father (b) Grand father
15. A is father of X; B is mother of Y. The sister of X and
(c) Maternal Uncle (d) Can not determined
Z is Y. Which of the following statements is definitely
25. Rohit is son of Ravi's father. Ravi's paternal Aunt is
not true?
Laxmi. Rao is husband of Laxmi and son-in-law of
(a) B is the mother of Z
Mohan. How is Mohan related to Ravi?
(b) X is the sister of Z (a) Nephew (b) Son
(c) Y is the son of A. (c) Brother (d) Grand father/grandmother
(d) B has one daughter. 26. Sita introduces Mala saying that she is daughter of
16. Kannan is the brother of Kumar. Lakshmi is the only sister of my brother. How is Mala related to
daughter of Kumar. Kali is sister of Kannan and Sita?
Govind is the brother of Lakshmi. Who is the uncle (a) Mother (b) Daughter
of Govind ? (c) Maternal Aunt (d) Niece
(a) Kumar (b) Kali 27. Ramesh is uncle of Suresh. Suresh is brother of
(c) Lakshmi (d) Kannan Mukesh. Babita is mother of Mukesh. Sonam is sister
17. Introducing a girl, Vipin said, "Her mother is the of Babita. Anil is brother of Pankaj. Pankaj is son of
only daughter of my mother-in-law. "How is Vipin Raju. Rajus is relative of Babita. How is Pankaj
related to the girl? related to Suresh ?
(a) Uncle (b) Father (a) Son-in-law (b) Brother-in-law
(c) Brother (d) Husband (c) Father-in-law (d) Can not determined

157 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
28. Pointing toward a girl, a man said, "She is daughter 34. Madhu said, "My mother's only son Ashok has no
of only son of my father's wife. "How girl is related son. "Which of the following statements is true?
to man? (a) Ashok has only daughter
(a) Aunt (b) Daughter (b) Ashok is Unmarried
(c) Mother (d) Sister (c) Ashok has only sister
29. Pointing towards his father in a picture, man said to (d) Ashok has no father
a lady that his mother is only daughter of your Directions (35 – 40): Read the following informations
mother. How is lady related to man? carefully and answer the questions which follow :
(a) Sister (b) Mother (i) 'A × B' means A is the father of B.
(c) Wife (d) Grand mother (ii) 'A + B' means A is the daughter of B.
30. Pointing to a photograph Seema says, "This woman (iii) 'A ÷ B' means A is the mother of B.
is only daughter of my mother-in-law's husband. (iv) 'A – B' means A is the brother of B.
Then how is woman in the photograph related to
35. If 'P ÷ R – Q × T', how is P related to T?
Seema's husband?
(a) Grandmother (b) Mother-in-law
(a) Sister (b) Nephew
(c) Sister (d) Grand father
(c) Son-in-law (d) Father
36. If 'P ÷ Q + R × T', how is Q related to T?
31. If X and Y are wife and husband respectively and B
(a) Aunt (b) Sister
is the brother of X, then how is the son of B and Y are
related? (c) Brother (d) Grandson
(a) Father and Child (b) Aunt and Nephew 37. Which of the follwing means that R is wife of P?
(c) Aunt and Niece (d) Uncle and Nephew (a) P × R – Q – T (b) P ÷ T + R – Q
32. P and Q are brothers. R and S are sister. P's son is S's (c) P ÷ R – Q + T (d) P × T – Q + R
brother. How Q is related to R? 38. If 'R – P ÷ J × Q 'how is J related to R?
(a) Uncle (b) Brother (a) Son/Daughter (b) Nephew
(c) Father (d) Grandfather (c) Niece (d) Grandson
33. A is the son of B. B is the wife of C. 39. If 'P + Q – R ÷ T 'how is T related to P?
D is the mother of C. E is husband of D (a) Aunt (b) Aunt/Uncle
E is the father of K. (c) Father (d) None of these
How is A related to E? 40. If 'P × T ÷ Q + R 'how is R related to P?
(a) Grand son (b) Father-in-law (a) Daughter (b) Husband
(c) Son-in-law (d) Paternal Uncle (c) Son-in-law (d) None

1. (b); Since the narrator has no brother, his father’s 7. (d); Wife’s brother—Brother-in-law. Son of lady’s
son is he himself. The photograph is of his son. brother is the brother-in-law of the man. So,
2. (d); Only son of grandfather can be father or uncle. lady’s brother is man’s father -in-law i.e. the lady
So, son of father would be brother and son of is the sister of man’s father-in-law.
uncle would be cousin. Hence data inadequate. 8. (d); My father’s only Son, can be Namrata himself or
Namrata’s brother. In the first case Mother of
3. (d); My fathers’ only daughter can be herself or his ketan will be Namrata’s wife, and in the latter
sister. In the first case, she would be the mother case she would be sister in law of Namrata. Thus
(Monika may be male name). Cannot be answered
In the second case, he would become uncle. So 9. (a); Wife of Rashi’s husband—Rashi; Brother of
data inadequate.. daughter—Son. So, the man on the stage is
4. (b); Only daughter of my mother—Myself. So, the Rashi’s son.
woman is mother’s daughter. 10. (c); Brother of mother—Uncle; Uncle’s son-—Cousin.
5. (d); Son of Y’s son—Grandson; Brother of Y’s 11. (d); Woman is the niece of the man.
grandson—Y’s grandson. So, X is Y’s grandson 12. (a); Since Harsh has no brother or sister, so he is his
father’s only son. So, wife of Harsh’s father’s
6. (a); Rita’s mother son—Rita’s brother. Hence she is
son—Harsh’s wife. Thus, Harsh’s wife is the
aunt.
man’s mother or the man is Harsh’s son.

158 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
13. (d); Asha’s mother’s mother is man’s mother i.e., 27. (a); Only child of Naman’s grandmother—Naman’s
Asha’s mother is man’s sister. But Asha can be father/mother. Daughter of Naman’s father/
niece or nephew as gender not known. mother—Naman’s sister.
14. (d); Only daughter of woman’s father—woman 28. (a); Brother of father—Uncle; Uncle’s grand
herself. So, the man is woman’s husband.
daughter—Daughter of uncle’s son—Daughter
15. (d); Neha is the daughter of Sarita’s son, and the girl of cousin—Niece.
is Neha’s mother. So, the girl is Sarita’s son’s 29. (d); The aunt can be, the sister of either the Lady’s
wife i.e. Sarita is the girl’s mother-in-law or father only or of another sibling other than the
father-in-law as gender cannot be determined. father of the lady. In first case the man become’s
16. (b); Father’s wife—Mother; mother’s daughter— lady’s brother and in the latter he becomes the
sister; Deepak’s sister’s younger brother— cousin.
Deepak’s younger brother. So, the boy is 30. (d); Only son of Neena’s father-in-law Mahipal—
Neena’s husband. So, Raman is Neena’s
Deepak’s brother.
husband and Anita and Bindu are his daughters.
17. (c); Manju’s mother’s son—Manju’s brother; Thus, Bindu is the Grand daughter of Mahipal.
Manju’s brother’s father—Manju’s father, 31. (b); Rajiv’s wife’s child—Rajiv’s child. The woman’s
Manju’s father’s sister—Manju’s aunt. mother is the grandmother of Rajiv’s child. So,
18. (d); My grandfather’s Only son-father, or uncle. If the woman is Rajiv’s wife.
man is the son of father, the woman becomes 32. (a); Daughter of uncle’ father—Uncle’s sister—she
sister. But if he is uncle, she becomes cousin. can be mother or Aunt. Mother son would be
brother and Aunt’s son would be cousin. So best
19. (c); – + answer would be brother.
B A G 33. (d); Father of Deepak’s daughter’s father—Deepak’s
father. So, the man’s brother is Deepak’s father
+ – or the man is the brother of Deepak’s father i.e.,
F C D Deepak’s uncle.

From the diagram it is clear that G is Father of D 34. (a); D


20. (b); Father of Shilpa’s son—Shilpa’s husband. So,
Kapil is the son of sister of Shilpa’s husband.
– +
Thus, kapil is Shilpa’s nephew. B F
21. (d); Brother of uncle’s daughter—Uncle’s son—
Cousin. So, the man is Saroj’s cousin. +
22. (d); Only son of Amar’s mother’s father—Amar’s A C
maternal uncle. So, the girl’s maternal uncle is
Amar’s maternal uncle. Thus, the girl’s mother From the figure, A is Nephew of F.
is Amar’s aunt. Or, if the girl is Amar’s sister, 35. (b); Clearly, the speaker’s brother is Pramod’s
maternal uncle. So, the speaker is Pramod’s
the girl’s mother is his mother.
mother of his father’s wife.
+ – – – 36. (b); Only daughter of woman’s father—woman herself.
23. (b); M F A B So, the woman is person’s mother.
B is sister-in-law of M 37. (c); Only son of woman’s grandfather—woman’s
24. (d); Father’s father—Grandfather; Grandfather’s father; man’s brother’s father—man’s father. So,
the woman is man’s sister.
Grand daughter can be sister or herself. Y can be
her brother in law or husband. 38. (b); A
25. (d); Only daughter of Kamal’s mother can be herself
son
or his sister. In the first case kamal would be the
mother of Ravi otherwise Maternal uncle. B
26. (b); Daughter of Rahul’s grandmother can be her
clearly A is mother of B.
aunt or mother. Her only brother can be Rahul's
39. (c); Kunal’s son’s uncle—Kunal’s brother. So, the
father or uncle. Therefore, the best answer will old man’s son is Kunal’s brother i.e. the old man
be father. is Kunal’s father.

159 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
40. (a); Man’s son’s sister—Man’s daughter. So, the 45. (a); B × M ® B is brother of M
man’s daughter is the mother of the woman’s M ÷ H ® M is father of H
husband. The, the woman’s husband is the
grandson of the man in the photograph
+ brother +
B M
41. (b); W + T ® W is sister of T pa
T ÷ R ® T is father of R ter
na father
l un
R × M ® R is brother of M cle
H
– sister +
W T B is paternal uncle of H.
46. (c); Q is the paternal uncle of B means Q is the brother
paternal father of V’s father, P is the son of Q. so, B’s father and
aunt
P’s father are brothers. Also, M is the paternal
+ uncle of P means M is the brother of P’s father.
M R
brother So, M is the father of B. Since A is the wife of M,
so A is the mother of B.
W is the paternal aunt of M.
47. (b); Shobha is the niece of Ashish means Ashish is
42. (d); D – J ® D is mother of J the uncle of Shobha. Now, Priya is Ashish’s
J + M ® J is sister of M mother. So, Priya is the grandmother of Shobha.
M ¸ K ® M is father of K Hari is Priya’s father. So, Shobha is the great
grand daughter of Hari.
– 48. (d); Veena is sister-in-law of Ashok means Ashok is
D
the brother of Veena’s husband. But Ashok has
only one brother, Sudeep. So, Sudeep is Veena’s
– + husband. Kalyani is mother-in-law of Veena
J M means Kalyani is the mother of Veena’s husband
i.e. Sudeep. Since, Ashok is Sudeep’s brother, so
Kalyani is Ashok’s mother.
K
49. (d); brother
K is grand son or grand daughter
43. (c); M + J ® M is sister of J
J ¸ T ® J is father of T Madan Sangita
T × R ® T is brother of R
– + daughter/niece daughter/niece
M J
Nandini

+
T R
50. (d); Grandfather
Because gender is not defined in the figure. So, R
is nephew or niece of M.
44. (d); J × M ® J is brother of M
M ÷ F ® M is father of F
F × T ® F is brother of T

J brother M Swarup Mona

From the diagram mona is sister of swarup.


father
51. (a); A is the son of B and D is the son of the sister of
B. So, A is the cousin of D.
T F 52. (c); E is the daughter of C and D is the son of C. So, F,
brother
who is the maternal uncle of D, is also the
Gender of T is not clear. maternal uncle of E. Thus, E is the niece of F.

160 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
53. (c); Clearly , F is the maternal uncle of D means F is 62. (d); Arun’s son’s wife’s daughter—Arun’s son’s
the brother of D’s mother i.e. F is the brother of C. daughter; mother of daughter of Arun’s son—
C is the sister of B. So, F is the brother of B who is wife of Arun’s son. So, Arun is the father-in-law
A’s mother. Thus, F is the maternal uncle of A.
of the lady.
So, A and D are nephews of F i.e., F has two
63. (d); Girls’s father’s only son—Girl’s brother.
nephews.
Daughter in law of girl’s grandmother can be
(54 – 55):
their mother, or maternal uncle’s wife, i.e. aunt.
+ – + So relation cannot be determined.
A F H 64. (d); Grand Son of Arun’s Mother – Arun himself or
herself or Arun’s sibling. In the first case, Arun
– + – can be father-in-law or Mother-in-law
C B G depending upon gender of Arun. In the other
case, Arun will be Aunt or Uncle depending
– + upon the gender. Therefore, all the relations are
E D possible.
65. (d); According to question.
54. (c); D is the son of B, B is the brother of C and A is the H + I ® H is son of I
father of C. This means that B is the father of D I ÷ L ® I is father of L
and A is the father of B. So, A is the grandfather +
I
of D. Since F is the spouse of A, so F is the
grandmother of D. +
55. (a); As explained above, B is the son of A and F is the H L
spouse of A. So, B is the son of F. L is brother or sister of H because sex of L is not
(56 – 59): clear.
– 66. (a); From option (1)
Ram Sita Sujata
S × M ® S is wife of M
M ÷ H ® M is father of H
– +
H – T ® H is sister of T
Reena Meena Vishnu
+ –
– M S
Ruchi Nutan
56. (b); Cousin –
57. (c); Mother-in-law H T
58. (b); Uncle
59. (d); None of these 67. (b); J – F ® J is sister of F
F + R ® F is son of R
R × B ® R is wife of B
60. (b); Grandmother
– +
R B
Father
– +
J F
Rasika Son
Directions (68 – 70):

Boy Z

– + –
Distinct Solutions Y R
61. (a); Anuj’s daughter’s mother—Anuj’s wife; Anuj’s

wife’s father-Anuj’s father-in-law; Father-in-
S H
law’s son —Anuj’s brother-in-law. So, Manish
is Anuj’s brother-in-law. 68. (a); 69. (d); 70. (c);

161 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
1. (d); E is the daughter of B and D is the brother of E. 15. (c); A is the father of X and Y is the sister of X. So, Y
So, D is the son of B. Also, A is the sister of B. is the daughter of A.
Thus, A is D’s aunt.
– +
2. (a); A and B are husband and wife. Since X & Y are
16. (d); Kali Kannan Kumar
brothers and X is the brother of A, Y is also the
brother of A. Thus, Y is the brother-in-law of B. – +
3. (b); Anil is the brother of Deepak and Deepak is the Laxmi Govind
son of Prem. So, Anil is the son of Prem. Now,
Aditya is the father of Prem. Thus, Anil is the Hence Kannan is the uncle of Govind.
grandson of Aditya.

4. (d); B is the husband of P and E is mother-in-law of 17. (b);
P. So, B is he son of E. Also, E is wife of D. Thus, Vipin's mother-in-law
B is the son of D.
– +
5. (c); G is the brother of C and C is the daughter of A.
So, G is the son of A. Also, F is the brother of A. Girl's Mother Vipin
So, F is the uncle of G.
6. (b); B is he daughter of C and C is the daughter-in-
Girl
law of P. So, P is the grandfather of B. Also, A is
uncle of B i.e. A is the brother of B’s father. Thus,
A is the son of P. From the figure, Vipin is father of the girl
7. (d); P’s father is Q’s son. So, Q is P’s grandfather. M
is the paternal uncle of P. So, M is the brother of 18. (c); +
P’s father. This means that M is also Q’s son. N Vishwanath
is the brother of Q. Thus, N is the paternal uncle
of M. – +
8. (d); T is the brother of S, who is the daughter of R. So, Maya Vinayak
T and S are the children of R. Now, Q is the brother
of R. So, T & S are the nephew/niece of Q. – –
9. (d); C is B’s daughter and D is B’s son. So, D is the Roopa Vaishali
brother of C. E is a male married to C. So, E is the
husband of C, whose brother is D. Thus, D is the
It is clear from the diagram that Roopa is Grand
brother-in-law of E.
daughter of vishwanath.
10. (d); A is the father of C and C is sister of D. So, A is
father of D. But D is son of B. So, B is the mother – +
of D and wife of A. Also, E is the brother of A. So, 19. (c); brother
B is the sister-in-law of E.
11. (d); S is daughter of P and sister of T. So, T is daughter
of P. Now, the sister of P is the daughter of M. mother
This means that P is the son of daughter of M. +
Clearly, T is the grand daughter or son of M. So, woman man
M is the grandfather or grandmother of T. cousin
12. (b); D is the son-in-law of B and brother-in-law of A. Man is the cousin of the woman.
This means that B is the father/mother of D’s
wife, and A is the brother of D’s wife. Thus, A is –
B’s son. Shanti
13. (d); Q and R are sisters. So, T is the mother of R means
T is the mother of both Q and R. S is the son of T – + +
20. (a); Sheela Ram Ravi Deepa
means S is the brother of Q. Thus, P is the son of
Q means S is the maternal uncle of Q.
From the diagram sheela is shanthi's daughter-
14. (d); A is the brother of B and B is the brother of C. So,
in-law.
C may be the brother or sister of A.

162 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
+ 27. (d); Cannot determined
21. (d); Shyam
+ –
– + 28. (b); Father Mother
Meena Roop Omveer
n
+ – so
ly
Ram Hemu + on
Man
Hemu is grand daughter of shyam.
+
22. (a); Tarun
– daughter
Girl
+ – +
Rohit Kala Dilip
Hence girl is the daughter of man.
Dilip is brother-in-law of Rohit
23. (b);
29. (d); Lady's mother
– + +
Only daughter
Ramesh's mother Alok's father

Father's mother Lady


Aun
t
Ramesh Alok
Father
Hence Ramesh's mother is aunt of Alok.
– +
24. (c); Kamala Sohan Man

+
Hence Lady is Grand mother of the man.
Shyam Ram
30. (a);
Hence Sohan is maternal Uncle of Shyam.
25. (d); – +
Mother-in-law Father-in-Law
Mohan Only daughter

+ – + Husband Seema Woman


+ – –
Ravi's Father Laxmi Rao
Hence woman is sister of Seema's husband
+ + – +
Ravi Rohit 31. (d); B X Y
Hence Mohan is grand father or grand mother of Ravi. cle
un
+ ew
26. (b);
only sister
e ph
Sita Brother of sita B's son N

daughter + +
32. (a);
P Q
Mala uncle
– –
Hence Mala is the daughter of Sita. P's son S R

163 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
– + + –
33. (a);
D E P R

– + + –
B C K T Q

+ 38. (b); R – P ® R is brother of P


A
P ÷ J ® P is mother of J
J × Q ® J is father of Q
A is grandson of E.
34. (a); Ashok has only daughter. + –
35. (a); According to question R P
P ÷ R ® P is mother of R
+
R – Q ® R is brother of Q J
Q × T ® Q is father of T

– Q
P
J is nephew of R.
+ +
R Q 39. (d); P + Q ® P is daughter of Q
Q – R ® Q is brother of R
R ÷ T ® R is mother of T
T
+ –
P is grand mother of T. Q R
36. (b); P ÷ Q ® P is mother of Q –
Q + R ® Q is daughter of R P T
R × T ® R is father of T
T is cousin of P.
– + 40. (c); P × T ® P is father of T
P R T ÷ Q ® T is mother of Q
Q + R ® Q is daughter of R

+
Q T
P
Q is the sister of T. – +
37. (d); from option (d) T R
P × T ® P is father of T
T – Q ® T is brother of Q Q
Q + R ® Q is daughter of R R is the son-in-law of P.

164 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Figure Matrix
13 Matrix is a combination of Row and column. In this type of questions two matrices of letters and numbers are
given in which each letters can be represented by a set of two numbers. The first number (from left) indicates the row
number while the second number indicates the column number. You are required to identify the code for given word
or a group of letters on the basis of given two matrices. If any two digits written as '45' it means 4 is number of row and
5 is number of column.

Directions (1-2): A word is represented by only one set of 3. Read and study the following matrix and explain how
numbers as given in anyone of the atternatives. The sets of the words will be coded ?
numbers given in the alternatives are represented by two
classes of alphabets as in two matrices given below. The 1 2 3 4 5
columns and rows of Matrix I are numbered from 0 to 4 1 H N A S D
and that of Matrix II are numbered from 5 to 9. A letter from
2 D R M S A
these matrices can be represented first by its row and next
by its column. e.g. A can be represented by 01, 20, 42 etc. 3 R M S D H
and H can be represented by 65, 57, 98 etc. 4 N A D M H
Similarly, you have to identify the set for the word 5 S A N D H
given in the question.
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II HANDS
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (a) 35, 42, 53, 21, 14 (b) 35, 42, 53, 21, 23
(c) 35, 42, 53, 21, 43 (d) 11, 35, 42, 53, 21
0 F A N C I 5 S E H B T
Sol. We find the code of the word 'hands'
1 I O F A N 6 H S E T B
H = 11, 35 , 45, 55 A = 13, 25, 42 , 52
2 A N O I F 7 B T S E H
3 O F I N A 8 E H T B S N = 12, 41, 53 D = 15, 21 , 34, 43, 54
4 N I A F O 9 T S E H B
S = 14 , 24, 33, 52
1. (FAITH) Thus the correct code of the word 'HANDS' is
(a) 24, 31, 10, 59, 57 35, 42, 53, 21, 14
(b) 12, 20, 40, 68, 65 4. Which of these columns are co-related and how?
(c) 31, 34, 23, 76, 79
(d) 43, 42, 41, 78, 89 Line I II III IV V
Sol. F Þ 00, 12, 24, 31 , 43 1 20 28.2 10 50 30
A Þ 01, 13, 20, 34 , 42 2 25 30 12.5 60 37.5
3 80 41 40 90 120
I Þ 04, 10, 23 , 32, 41
4 26 70 13 45 39
T Þ 59, 68, 76 , 87, 95 5 30 80 15 80 45
H Þ 57, 65, 79 , 86, 98
(a) Column I, II, V (b) Column II, III, IV
FAITH Þ 31, 34, 23, 76, 79 (c) Column I, III, IV (d) Column I, III, V
2. TOFAN Sol. (d); Column I, III, V
(a) 68, 22, 00, 02, 02 (b) 59, 11, 31, 13, 14 I II V
(c) 76, 44, 43, 33, 67 (d) 87, 30, 12, 42, 98 20 ÷ 2 10 × 3 30
Sol. T O F A N 59 11 31 13 14 25 ÷ 2 12.5 × 3 37.5
80 ÷ 2 40 × 3 120
26 ÷ 2 13 × 3 39
30 ÷ 2 15 × 3 45

165 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
5. Among the four sets, find out the set, which is like Sol. (d); The rule in given set is
given set. 12 × 6 = 72
Given set (12, 72, 216) and 72 × 3 = 216
(a) (4, 24, 48) (b) (7, 42, 252) Similarly, 5 × 6 = 30
(c) (11, 60, 30) (d) (5, 30, 90) and 30 × 3 = 90

Directions (1-2): In the following questions given below 5. FOAM


are two matrices, each containing two classes of letters (a) 24, 01, 55, 22 (b) 43, 32, 56, 33
from the alphabet. The columns and rows of matrix I are (c) 12, 13, 67, 23 (d) 00, 01, 67, 33
numbered from 0 to 4 and that of matrix II from 5 to 9. A
6. STOP
letter from these matrices can be represented first by its
row number and next by its column number. For example, (a) 10, 56, 44, 97 (b) 41, 68, 01, 77
R can be represented by 02, 31. In each of the following (c) 22, 75, 32, 86 (d) 33, 99, 42, 59
questions identify one set of number pairs out of (a), (b), 7. MOST
(c), (d) which represents the given word: (a) 02, 31, 34, 75 (b) 33, 44, 22, 68
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II (c) 41, 01, 42, 68 (d) 21, 32, 33, 98
8. FORK
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II
0 E S R U N 5 W O P T I
1 R N S E U 6 T I O W P 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2 U E N R S 7 O W I P T 0 M R H N F 5 O E A K U
3 S R U N E 8 I P T O W 1 N F M R H 6 K U O E A
4 N U E S R 9 P T W I O 2 R H N F M 7 E A K U O
3 F M R H N 8 U O E A K
1. PENT
4 H N F M R 9 A K U O E
(a) 87, 21, 31, 66 (b) 95, 33, 40, 78
(a) 11, 79, 20, 67 (b) 30, 86, 13, 77
(c) 57, 02, 34, 87 (d) 78, 42, 11, 58
(c) 20, 96, 32, 55 (d) 23, 86, 11, 77
2. NOTE Directions (9-13):
(a) 40, 75, 96, 34 (b) 33, 99, 87, 14 MATRIX-I MATRIX-II
(c) 04, 67, 78, 21 (d) 22, 56, 65, 43 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Directions (3-7): 0 A B C D E 5 P Q R S T
1 B C D E A 6 Q R S T P
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II
2 C D E A B 7 R S T P Q
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 D E A B C 8 S T P Q R
0 F O M S R 5 A T D I P 4 E A B C D 9 T P Q R S
1 S R F O M 6 I P A T D 9. REST
2 O M S R F 7 T D I P A (a) 66, 13, 95, 33 (b) 55, 66, 21, 42
3 R F O M S 8 R A T D I (c) 89, 22, 76, 86 (d) 89, 22, 36, 69
4 M S R F O 9 D I P A T 10. QATAR
(a) 22, 04, 59, 67, 75 (b) 65, 00, 33, 14, 57
3. ROAD
(c) 79, 95, 98, 75, 99 (d) 97, 41, 59, 14, 75
(a) 04, 20, 55, 78 (b) 23, 32, 98, 99 11. RADAR
(c) 42, 32, 79, 58 (d) 11, 13, 67, 69 (a) 75, 32, 03, 41, 57 (b) 76, 24, 30, 15, 78
4. MOST (c) 89, 32, 30, 42, 75 (d) 89, 00, 30, 42, 98
(a) 02, 13, 34, 56 (b) 21, 00, 03, 88 12. READ
(a) 75, 13, 32, 65 (b) 75, 13, 32, 12
(c) 33, 20, 11, 79 (d) 40, 44, 22, 89
(c) 79, 18, 42, 56 (d) 75, 03, 32, 43

166 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
13. TEAR 20. CARD
(a) 95, 40, 32, 72 (b) 95, 58, 90, 66 MATRIX-I MATRIX-II
(c) 95, 40, 23, 66 (d) 66, 58, 95, 23
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Direction (14-16):
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II 0 A B C D E 5 P Q R S T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 D C B A E 6 Q S P R T
0 N K R C B 5 O A I U E 2 B A D C E 7 P T R S Q
1 R N C B K 6 I E O A U 3 D B C A E 8 Q S P R T
2 K R B N C 7 A O E I U 4 C D A E B 9 T P S Q R
3 B C N R K 8 U O A E I (a) 32, 00, 56, 10 (b) 40, 21, 68, 44
4 C B K N R 9 E I U O A (c) 11, 33, 57, 22 (d) 02, 42, 77, 20
14. RICE 21. CHILD
(a) 02, 65, 31, 41 (b) 10, 96, 24, 77 MATRIX-I MATRIX-II
(c) 77, 65, 34, 10 (d) 88, 97, 40, 03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
15. NIKE
0 C D E F G 5 H K L I N
(a) 34, 75, 01, 95 (b) 23, 69, 24, 55
1 F G C D E 6 I N H K L
(c) 34, 57, 24, 66 (d) 11, 78, 34, 77
2 D E F G C 7 K L I N H
16. ROAR
3 E F G C D 8 L I N H K
(a) 50, 67, 86, 02 (b) 44, 05, 98, 44
4 G C D E F 9 N H K L I
(c) 21, 67, 65, 80 (d) 33, 55, 87, 21
Direction (17-18) : (a) 24, 21, 99, 57, 01 (b) 12, 79, 99, 57 , 01
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II (c) 33, 57, 99, 57, 01 (d) 41, 79, 99, 57 , 11
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 22. CALM
0 E S R U N 5 W O P T I MATRIX
1 R N S E U 6 T I O W P
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
2 U E N R S 7 I W I P T
1 H R E I P S
3 S R U N E 8 O P T O W
2 S G N D Z I
4 N U E S R 9 P T W I O
3 B U F T K L
17. PENT 4 V A P C Y A
(a) 87, 21, 31, 66 (b) 95, 33, 40, 78 5 M W C O X N
(c) 57, 02, 34, 87 (d) 78, 42, 11, 58 6 B A E I L O
18. NOTE
(a) 44, 62, 65, 51 (b) 53, 42, 65, 36
(a) 40, 85, 96, 34 (b) 33, 99, 87, 14
(c) 53, 54, 51, 31 (d) 44, 54, 65, 24
(c) 04, 67, 78, 21 (d) 22, 56, 65, 43
19. GUIDE. 23. BEST
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II MATRIX-I MATRIX-II

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 E A O U 5 F D B G H 0 B C D E F 5 P Q R S T
1 A O U I E 6 B G H F D 1 E F B C D 6 S T P Q R
2 E I O U A 7 D F G H B 2 C D E F B 7 Q R S T P
3 O U E A I 8 G H D B F 3 F B C D E 8 T P Q R S
4 U A I E O 9 H B F G D 4 D E F B C 9 R S T P Q
(a) 85, 23, 21, 87, 32 (b) 58, 31, 12, 57, 41 (a) 24, 21, 77, 97 (b) 24, 22, 77, 97
(c) 77, 13, 42, 99, 32 (d) 66, 31, 43, 78, 14 (c) 24, 22, 77, 96 (d) 24, 22, 76, 97

167 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
24. YEAR 32. FASE
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II (a) 67, 33, 95, 43 (b) 56, 21, 59, 11
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 (c) 86, 42, 77, 22 (d) 99, 00, 87, 31
0 Y A H M J 2 E R V N O 33. SERAF
(a) 69, 04, 10, 21, 88 (b) 87, 04, 24, 42, 78
1 M J H A Y 3 V N O E R
(c) 76, 43, 24, 32, 99 (d) 58, 30, 32, 44, 67
2 A Y J H M 4 O E R V N
34. PANT
3 H J Y M A 5 R V N O E
(a) 12, 33, 69, 77 (b) 23, 43, 79, 88
4 J M A Y H 6 N O E R V (c) 01, 21, 56, 66 (d) 01, 21, 85, 77
(a) 23, 27, 15, 61 (b) 16, 38, 15, 30 35. TORN
(c) 34, 31, 32, 28 (d) 45, 50, 36, 29 (a) 96, 13, 24, 69 (b) 77, 31, 42, 85
Directions (25-30): (c) 65, 20, 32, 79 (d) 88, 02, 11, 56
Matrix - I Matrix - II Directions (36-38):
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 I A U E O 5 K R L M N 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 E U O A I 6 M R K N L 0 D O B A I 5 W N R M L
2 O A I E U 7 K N M L R 1 O B A I D 6 N R M L W
3 E U A O I 8 M L K R N 2 B A I D O 7 R M L W N
4 E I O A U 9 N R L K M 3 A I D O B 8 M L W N R
25. MONK 4 I D O B A 9 L W N R M
(a) 58, 33, 67, 98 (b) 65, 02, 59, 67 36. DRAW
(c) 65, 04, 89, 75 (d) 65, 20, 89, 68 (a) 41, 66, 23, 55 (b) 32, 75, 44, 76
26. NAIL (c) 23, 57, 30, 68 (d) 14, 89, 12, 78
(a) 95, 01, 00, 77 (b) 89, 21, 33, 97 37. BAND
(c) 95, 32, 14, 86 (d) 95, 21, 34, 68 (a) 43, 21, 97, 33 (b) 11, 21, 79, 41
27. LANKA (c) 34, 44, 66, 14 (d) 20, 30, 89, 23
(a) 97, 43, 59, 55, 01 (b) 97, 21, 58, 87, 01
38. From the given alternatives select the word which
(c) 69, 31, 76, 75, 01 (d) 78, 32, 89, 86, 12 cannot be formed using the letters of the given word
28. LIKE : (INTERNATIONAL)
(1) 57, 14, 76, 10 (2) 78, 00, 67, 03 (a) ALONE (b) NOTE
(3) 78, 33, 87, 03 (4) 85, 00, 75, 40 (c) LATER (d) RADIO
29. RULE 39. Out of the following options what will be the code of
(a) 95, 02, 58, 30 (b) 79, 24, 85, 98 the word 'SUN' ?
(c) 66, 11, 78, 41 (d) 79, 11, 86, 30
K 3 8 9 7
30. KRONE
U 6 1 4 8
(a) 87, 79, 03, 89, 23 (b) 75, 97, 20, 89, 23
(c) 87, 56, 04, 76, 23 (d) 58, 88, 12, 59, 10 S 7 6 2 3
Direction (31-35) : N 4 0 8 5
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II (a) 7, 4, 0 (b) 2, 7, 8
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (c) 0, 6, 4 (d) 8, 4, 5
0 A P O R E 5 F N M S T 40. Out of the following options what will be the code
for the word 'BAC' ?
1 R E P O A 6 T M F N S
2 O A E P R 7 M S T F N A 5 9 8 7
3 E O R A P 8 N F S T M B 8 6 9 7
4 P R A E O 9 S T N M F C 7 4 2 8
D 2 3 8 9
31. MORT
(a) 66, 21, 32, 77 (b) 75, 44, 02, 65 (a) 2, 5, 7 (b) 7, 8, 2
(c) 57, 13, 03, 88 (d) 68, 31, 41, 96 (c) 9, 8, 3 (d) 4, 6, 2

168 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Distinct Questions 432410 526214 433809 613184
Directions (41 - 43): Some columns are given below and 453041 643182 562141 648932
questions are based on it. Certain numbers are given in 521861 613809 463179 563809
them.
561568 431648 433665 526299
Which of these lines are related and how?
641689 453814 613190 623224
41. Line Column 433488 433214 648179 523879
I II III IV V 44. Which of the examinee having smallest number?
1 9 11 18 27 3
2 5 2 10 15 5 (a) 56 (b) 61
3 7 8 14 21 12 (c) 62 (d) 64
4 3 10 6 9 22 45. In which centre are there maximum number of
5 11 14 22 33 34 examinee?
(a) column I, II and III (b) column I, III and V (a) 43 (b) 45
(c) column II, III and IV (d) column I, III and IV (c) 64 (d) 62
42. Column 46. In which center-pair are there maximum same
Line
number of examinee?
I II III IV V
1 6 12 24 36 54 (a) 43-45 (b) 56-61
2 8 16 24 48 72 (c) 52-56 (d) 43-64
3 5 15 25 30 45
4 9 18 36 54 81 47. In which centre-pair are there last two digits are equal
5 10 20 40 60 90 of number?
(a) 45-56 (b) 64-61
(a) column I, II and V (b) column I, IV and V
(c) column II, III and IV (d) column I, III and V (c) 43-52 (d) 56-43
Direction (48-50): Given below are some question of sets,
43. Line Column among the four sets. Find out the set, which is like the
I II III IV V given set.
1 5 20 25 27 52 48. Given Set : (15, 19, 16)
2 7 40 49 50 94
3 8 32 64 108 46 (a) (17, 22, 19) (b) (25, 30, 28)
4 9 27 81 35 18 (c) (16, 20, 17) (d) (32, 35, 31)
5 4 19 16 49 61 49. Given Set : (826, 574, 952)
(a) column I, III and V (b) column II, III and IV (a) (764, 386, 854) (b) (842, 654, 928)
(c) column I, II and III (d) column II, IV and V (c) (576, 478, 754) (d) (682, 196, 934)
Directions (44 - 47): Below, there is a table of examinee 50. Given Set : (48, 84, 128)
and various examination centre. In the table , from the left (a) (33, 65, 105) (b) (36, 70, 112)
two digit of number are the code of examination centre.
Rest four digit are the roll no. of examinee. (c) (22, 52, 90) (d) (56, 96, 144)

Directions (1-2): 1. SIX-KIDS


MATRIX-I MATRIX-II (a) 86, 87, 99—40, 41, 86, 64
(b) 98, 96, 85—42, 78, 88, 77
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
(c) 77, 69, 76—22, 95, 28, 31
4 A F K P U 9 D I N S X
(d) 65, 55, 67—05, 25, 91, 40
3 F K A U P 8 X S I D N
2. NASA
2 P U F K A 7 N X S I D
(a) 97, 32, 34, 45 (b) 56, 13, 98, 40
1 K P U A F 6 S D X N I
(c) 03, 14, 69, 98 (d) 97, 35, 43, 58
0 U A P F K 5 I N D X S

169 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
3. BEE 10. FATH
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II (a) 69, 13, 79, 24 (b) 95, 31, 99, 12
(c) 88, 21, 87, 42 (d) 77, 22, 96, 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11. KHOLE
1 A B C D E 6 F G H I J
(a) 66, 24, 20, 76, 24 (b) 85, 10, 32, 67, 41
2 E D A B C 7 J I G H F
(c) 97, 33, 12, 89, 34 (d) 79, 43, 03, 98, 12
3 B C D E A 8 F H I J G
12. FEAST
4 D A E C D 9 G J F G I
(a) 77, 00, 14, 86, 96 (b) 56, 12, 22, 69, 65
5 C E B A B 10 H E J F E
(c) 69, 23, 31, 75, 87 (d) 88, 33, 40, 99, 59
(a) 12, , 15, 33 (b) 21, 12, 22 13. LOHA
(c) 12, 15, 41 (d) 12, 21, 15 (a) 98, 20, 42, 04 (b) 76, 32, 01, 41
Directions (4 - 8): (c) 67, 12, 24, 31 (d) 55, 03, 11, 22
Directions (14 - 18):
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 I L A D C 5 W R T E Y
0 A S U E O 5 C R T P N
1 D C I L A 6 R W Y T E
1 U O E S A 6 N P C T R
2 A I D C L 7 E Y W R T
2 S A O U E 7 P C R N T
3 L A C I D 8 Y T E W R
3 E U A O S 8 T N P R C
4 C D L A I 9 T E R Y W
4 O E S A U 9 R T N C P
4. DAILY 14. TUNE
(a) 10, 31, 21, 42 , 85 (b) 22, 43, 00, 32, 67
(a) 68, 31, 79, 41 (b) 85, 10, 97, 22
(c) 41, 14, 13, 24, 98 (d) 34, 44, 21, 01, 76
(c) 79, 23, 86, 30 (d) 96, 42, 65, 12
5. RATE
15. CROPS
(a) 89, 20, 96, 69 (b) 65, 03, 86, 96
(a) 89, 95, 11, 75, 20 (b) 67, 77, 32, 87, 34
(c) 78, 14, 95, 58 (d) 56, 31, 58, 87
(c) 76, 88, 40, 67, 13 (d) 98, 56, 04, 58, 43
6. CIAT
(a) 11, 21, 31, 87 (b) 32, 44, 20, 68 16. SENT
(c) 23, 34, 43, 95 (d) 04, 14, 02, 57 (a) 20, 31, 86, 79 (b) 34, 24, 59, 89
7. WEAR (c) 13, 03, 66, 85 (d) 42, 12, 78, 96
(a) 77, 87, 32, 89 (b) 99, 78, 14, 56 17. PART
(c) 88, 69, 21, 65 (d) 66, 87, 31, 97 (a) 75, 21, 89, 96 (b) 66, 14, 88, 57
8. DWART (c) 87, 00, 95, 69 (d) 99, 43, 78, 85
(a) 10, 77, 32, 89, 68 (b) 22, 88, 02, 89, 57 18. SPENT
(c) 34, 99, 43, 66, 79 (d) 41, 66, 20, 78, 88 (a) 13, 66, 25, 86, 96 (b) 20, 75, 30, 98, 57
Directions (9 - 13): (c) 34, 87, 41, 59, 85 (d) 42, 58, 03, 65, 78
19. Identify the set for the word 'BEAD'
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 E H J O A 5 L F S K T
0 I E A O U 5 F D B G H
1 H O E A J 6 T K L S F
1 A O U I E 6 B G H F D
2 O J A E H 7 S L F T K
2 E I O U A 7 D F G H B
3 J A O H E 8 K S T F L
3 O U E A I 8 G H D B F
4 A E H J O 9 F T K L S
4 U A I E O 9 H B F G D
9. JOLE
(a) 75, 14, 20, 57 (b) 97, 32, 14, 56
(a) 21, 44, 89, 34 (b) 30, 11, 68, 41
(c) 14, 33, 98, 23 (d) 43, 20, 76, 13 (c) 81, 41, 20, 57 (d) 57, 32, 41, 87

170 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
20. Identify the set for the word 'NIFE' ? 24. Identify the set for the word 'PENS' ?
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II MATRIX-I MATRIX-II

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 E F G H I 5 L M N O P 0 P W I N S 5 A E R O H
1 H I E F G 6 O P L M N 1 I S P W N 6 O H A E R
2 F G H I E 7 M N O P L 2 W N I S P 7 E R O H A
3 I E F G H 8 P L M N O 3 S P W N I 8 H A E R O
4 G H I E F 9 N O P L M 4 N I S P W 9 R O H A E
(a) 12, 67, 21, 30 (b) 43, 56, 13, 23
(a) 95, 30, 32, 43 (b) 95, 30, 31, 44
(c) 43, 56, 21, 42 (d) 31, 57, 21, 42
(c) 57, 42, 31, 43 (d) 57, 41, 32, 43 25. Identify the set for the word 'DRIFT' ?
21. Identify the set for the word 'AELO' ? MATRIX-I MATRIX-II
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 0 P I D S T 5 F P R S D
0 A E C B D 0 L M O N P 1 U N R Q M 6 N L M T I
1 C D A E B 1 N P L M O 2 D A E F G 7 A S N P R
2 B E D C A 2 P M O L N 3 B W V L N 8 D G Z W O
3 D A C B E 3 L N P M O 4 C H J K I 9 N C K E S
4 B E D A C 4 O N L P M (a) 20, 57, 69, 23, 68 (b) 20, 12, 69, 32, 40
(c) 85, 75, 96, 32, 40 (d) 58, 57, 96, 23, 40
(a) 31, 00, 23, 22 (b) 43, 01, 12, 42
26. Which of these columns are related and how?
(c) 12, 34, 30, 02 (d) 12, 30, 42, 14
Line Column
22. Identify the set for the word 'STEP' ? I II III IV V
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II 1 6 24 24 89 28
2 5 20 44 78 24
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 7 28 30 77 32
0 A E M N P 5 I L R S T 4 9 36 36 49 40
5 10 40 42 47 44
1 N P A E M 6 R S T I L
(a) Column I, II and III (b) Column I, II and V
2 E M N P A 7 T I L R S
(c) Column II, III and IV (d) Column I, III and IV
3 P A E M N 8 L R S T I
Directions (27-29): Below, a table is given. The number of
4 M N P A E 9 S T I L R first two digit shows the number of gas agency and last
four digits show consumer.
(a) 66, 88, 31, 03 (b) 58, 67, 01, 11
312864 457894 562354 278262
(c) 65, 87, 01, 32 (d) 85, 75, 01, 40 273572 596971 841021 592684
23. Identify the set for the word 'DIRT' ? 451234 272572 316824 844294
MATRIX-I MATRIX-II 847801 312525 459876 311864
275684 561997 594949 457801
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
568585 841874 277582 568234
0 D E F I N 5 O P R S T 27. In which gas agency are there consumers number is
1 I N D E F 6 S T O P R same ?
2 E F I N D 7 P R S T O (a) 56 and 27 (b) 45 and 31
3 N D E F I 8 T O P R S (c) 59 and 84 (d) 84 and 45
4 F I N D E 9 R S T O P 28. In the above table how many consumers are there of
odd number?
(a) 00, 10, 76, 86 (b) 43, 34, 88, 79
(a) 15 (b) 10
(c) 24, 34, 57, 66 (d) 00, 10, 76, 86 (c) 8 (d) 5

171 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
29. In above table, in which gas agency are there 30. Find out the set, which is like the given set.
maximum number of consumers? Given set : (9, 27, 108)
(a) 45 (b) 84 (a) (15, 45, 90) (b) (8, 32, 96)
(c) 27 (d) 31 (c) (5, 15, 75) (d) (11, 33, 132)

Directions (1 - 2): Directions (5 - 7): All the possible representations of letters


E Þ 00, 13, 21, 34, 42 N Þ 04, 11, 22, 33, 40
F = 00, 12, 24, 31, 43 S = 03, 10, 22, 34, 41
O Þ 56, 67, 75, 88, 99 P Þ 57, 69, 78, 86, 95
T Þ 58, 65, 79, 87, 96 O = 01, 13, 20, 32, 44 R = 04, 11, 23, 30, 42
1. (d); M = 02, 14, 21, 33, 40
Option P E N T
(1) 87 21 31 66 5. (d); Option F O A M
(2) 95 33 40 78
(1) 24 01 55 22
(3) 57 02 34 87
(2) 43 32 56 33
(4) 78 42 11 58
(3) 12 13 67 23
2. (a); Option N O T E (4) 00 01 67 33
(1) 40 75 96 34
(2) 33 99 87 14 6. (a);
Option S T O P
(3) 04 67 78 21
(1) 10 56 44 97
(4) 22 56 65 43
(2) 41 68 01 77
Directions (3 - 7): All the possible representations of the (3) 22 75 32 86
letters.
Matrix-I (4) 38 99 42 59
F Þ 00, 12, 24, 31, 43 M Þ 02, 14, 21, 33, 40
O Þ 01, 13, 20, 32, 44 R Þ 04, 11, 23, 30, 42 7. (b); Option M O S T
S Þ 03, 10, 22, 34, 41
(1) 02 31 34 75
Matrix-II
A Þ 55, 67, 79, 86, 98 D Þ 57, 69, 76, 88, 95 (2) 33 44 22 99
(3) 41 01 42 68
I Þ 58, 65, 77, 89, 96 P Þ 59, 66, 78, 85, 97
T Þ 56, 68, 75, 87, 99 (4) 21 32 38 98

3. (d);
Option R O A D
8. (b);
(1) 04 20 55 78
(2) 23 32 98 99
(3) 42 32 79 58
(4) 11 13 67 69
9. (c) 10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (c)
14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (d) 18. (a)
4. (a); Option M O S T 19. (a) 20. (c) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (b)
(1) 02 13 34 56 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (b)
(2) 21 00 03 88 29. (d) 30. (c) 31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (b)
(3) 33 20 11 79 34. (d) 35. (c) 36. (d) 37. (b) 38. (d)
(4) 40 44 22 89 39. (a) 40. (b)

172 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Distinct Solutions 44. (a); On centre 56, roll no. 1568 is smallest number.
41. (d); Column I, III, IV 45. (a); On centre 43, there are 6 examinee.
46. (b); On centre 56 and 61, there are same roll no.
I III IV
examinee.
9 × 1 9 × 2 = 18, 9 × 3 = 27
56 ® 3809 61 ® 3809
5 × 1 5 × 2 = 10, 5 × 3 = 15
47. (c); On centre 43 and 52, the last two digits of
7 × 1 7 × 2 = 14, 7 × 3 = 21
examinee roll no. are same.
3×1 3 × 2 = 6, 3×3=9
43 ® 3214 52 ® 6214
11 × 1 11 × 2 = 22, 11 × 3 = 33
48. (c); As 15 + 4 ® 19 – 3 ® 16
42. (b); Column I, IV, V Similarly, 16 + 4 ® 20 – 3 ® 17
I IV V 49. (d); As
6×6 36 × 1.5 54 826 ® 8 + 2 + 6 ® 16
8×6 48 × 1.5 72 574 ® 5 + 7 + 4 ® 16
5×6 30 × 1.5 45 952 ® 9 + 5 + 2 ® 16
9×6 54× 1.5 81 Similarly,
10 × 6 60 × 1.5 90 682 ® 6 + 8 + 2 ® 16
196 ® 1 + 9 + 6 ® 16
43. (a); Column I, III, V
934 ® 9 + 3 + 4 ® 16
I III V
52 25 interchanges 52 50. (d); As (48, 84, 128) all numbers are divided
72 49 interchanges 94 by 4
82 64 interchanges 46 Similarly, (56, 96, 144) all number are divided
92 81 interchanges 18
by 4.
42 16 interchanges 61

1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (c) L =55, 67, 79, 86, 98 M = 56, 68, 75, 87, 99
6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (d) N = 57, 69, 76, 88, 95 O = 58, 65, 77, 89, 96
P = 59, 66, 78, 85, 97
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (a)
N I F E 95 30 32 43
16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (c)
19. (d); The numbers of all letters.
I = 00, 13, 21, 34, 42 E = 01, 14, 20, 32, 43
Note :- We can solve these question only by the number
A = 02, 10, 24, 33, 41 O = 03, 11, 22, 30, 44 of given letter.

U = 04, 12, 23, 31, 40 F = 55 , 68 , 76, 89, 97 21. (c); A = 00, 12, 24, 31, 43 E = 01, 13, 21, 34, 41
L = 00, 12, 23, 30, 42 O = 02, 14, 22, 34, 40
D = 56, 69, 75, 87, 99 B = 57, 65, 79, 88, 96
AELO = 12, 34, 30, 02
G = 58, 66, 77, 85, 98 H = 59, 67, 78, 86, 95 22. (b); S = 58, 66, 79, 87, 95 T = 59, 67, 75, 88, 96
B E A D 57 32 41 87 E = 01, 13, 20, 32, 44 P = 04, 11, 23, 30, 42
STEP = 58, 67, 01, 11
23. (c); D = 00, 12, 24, 31, 43 I = 03, 10, 22, 34, 41
R = 57, 69, 76, 88, 95 T = 59, 66, 78, 85, 97
20. (a); The numbers of all letters. DIRT= 24, 34, 57, 66
E = 00, 12, 24, 31, 43 F = 01, 13, 20, 32, 44
24. (c); P = 00, 12, 24, 31, 43 E = 56, 68, 75, 87, 99
G = 02, 14, 21, 33, 40 H = 03, 10, 22, 34, 41 N = 03, 14, 21, 33, 40 S = 04, 11, 23, 30, 42
I = 04, 11, 23, 30, 42 PENS = 43, 56, 21, 42

173 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
25. (a); D = 02, 20, 79, 85 I = 01, 44, 69 27. (d); On gas agency 84 and 45, the number is same.
R = 12, 57, 79 F = 23, 55 84 ® 7801 45 ® 7801
T = 04, 68
28. (c); Odd number consumer are
DRIFT = 20, 57, 69, 23, 68
7801, 8585, 6971, 2525, 1997, 1021, 4949, 7801
26. (b); Column I, II, V
I II V 29. (c); Maximum number of consumer are on agency
27.
6×4 24 + 4 28
3572, 5684, 2572, 7882, 8262
5×4 20 + 4 24
7×4 28 + 4 32 30. (d); As, 9 × 3 ® 27 × 4 ® 108
9×4 36 + 4 40 Similarly, 11×3 ® 33 × 4 ® 132
10 × 4 40 + 4 44

174 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Statement and Conclusions
14 Conclusion is the last part of something, result or its end. It means a fact that can be truly inferred from the
contents of a given sentence or passage.
In this topic statement is given and under this statement two or three conclusions are given. It is expected from
you to check that result about statement lies in the conclusion or not.
In this type of questions the most important is to understand the way in which conclusions are given. Some
conclusins are so simple that we can solve them at the first look whereas some are so complex that they need special
observation.
Any conclusion is acceptable if information of the statement is related to it agree with argument etc.

Points to Remember to
findout any conclusion
(1) Conclusion is a result that have to be confirmed.
(2) Conclusion must be related to the statement information.
(3) It always be related, inbuilt and connected to given data.
(4) Never use any assumptions for the conclusion.
(5) A perfect conclusion is based on fact, given statement and other hidden information.

1. Statement: Conclusions:
The distance of 900 km by road between Bombay and (i) People who are living in rural areas are not below
Jafra will be reduced to 280 km by sea. This will lead poverty line.
to a saving of Rs. 7.92 crore per annum on fuel. (ii) Such survey was done in previous year
(a) If only conclusion I follows.
Conclusions:
(b) If only conclusion II follows.
(i) Transportation by sea is cheaper than that of road. (c) If either I or II follows.
(ii) Fuel must be saved to the greatest extent. (d) If neither I nor II follows.
(a) If only conclusion I follows. Sol. (b); In above statement, it is only about people who
(b) If only conclusion II follows. are living in urban areas. Nothing is said about rural
people. Hence statement I is not related to conclusion
(c) If either I or II follows.
I. Now about II conclusion, which is right because
(d) If neither I nor II follows. such survey was done in previous year just then we
Sol. (b); If only conclusion II follows. come to know that people below poverty line has
According to the statement the distance is reduced been increased in urban area.
between two cities and we are confirmed by statement 3. Statements:
that the savings on the fuel but we doesn't confirmed All students in my class are bright. Manish is not
that it is cheaper than that by road. So first conclusion bright
does not follow. Conclusion:
2. Statement: (i) Some students are not bright
(ii) Manish must work hard.
In Urban areas the population of people below
(iii) Non- bright ones are not-students.
poverty lines has been increased in previous year.
(iv) Manish is not a student of my class.

175 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
(a) Only I (b) II and III 5. Statement :
(c) III and IV (d) Only IV All guilty politicians were arrested. Kishan and
Sol. (d); Only IV. chander were among those arrested.
4. Statement : Conclusions:
Morning walks are good for health. (i) All politicians are guilty
Conclusions: (ii) All arrested people are politicians
(i) All healthy people go for morning walks. (iii) Kishan and chander were not politicians
(ii) Evening walks are harmful. (iv) Kishan and chander were guilty.
(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows (a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows
(c) Either I or II follows (d) Neither I nor II follows (c) II and III follow (d) None follow
Sol. (d); Neithr I nor II follows. Sol. (d); Only II follows.
Here, it is mentioned that morning walks improves
From the given statements, it is clear that all the guilty
health. But this does not mean that all healthy people
politicians were arrested. Kishan and chander were
go for morning walks. So, conclusion I does not
among the arrested person but it can not be
follow. Also nothing is mentioned about evening
concluded that they are guilty.
walks in the statement. So, conclusion II does not
follow.

Directions: In each question below is given a statement A. Only conclusion I follows


followed by two conclusions numbered I and II. You have B. Only conclusion II follows
to assume everything in the statement to be true, then C. Both I and II follow
consider the two conclusions together and decide which
D. Neither I nor II follows
of them logically follows beyond a reasonable doubt from
the information given in the statement. 3. Statements:
Give answer: Government has spoiled many top ranking financial
institutions by appointing bureaucrats as Directors
(a) If only conclusion I follows
of these institutions.
(b) If only conclusion II follows Conclusions:
(c) If both I and II follow. I. Government should appoint Directors of the
(d) If neither I nor II follows and financial institutes taking into consideration the
1. Statements: expertise of the person in the area of finance.
In a one day cricket match, the total runs made by a II. The Director of the financial institute should have
team were 200. Out of these 160 runs were made by expertise commensurate with the financial work
spinners. carried out by the institute.
A. Only conclusion I follows
Conclusions:
B. Only conclusion II follows
I. 80% of the team consists of spinners.
C. Both I and II follow
II. The opening batsmen were spinners.
D. Neither I nor II follows
A. Only conclusion I follows
4. Statements:
B. Only conclusion II follows
Population increase coupled with depleting resources
C. Both I and II follow is going to be the scenario of many developing
D. Neither I nor II follows countries in days to come.
2. Statements: Conclusions:
The old order changed yielding place to new. I. The population of developing countries will not
Conclusions: continue to increase in future.
II. It will be very difficult for the governments of
I. Change is the law of nature.
developing countries to provide its people decent
II. Discard old ideas because they are old. quality of life.

176 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
A. Only conclusion I follows A. Only conclusion I follows
B. Only conclusion II follows B. Only conclusion II follows
C. Both I and II follow C. Both I and II follow
D. Neither I nor II follows
D. Neither I nor II follows
5. Statements:
8. Statements:
Prime age school-going children in urban India have
now become avid as well as more regular viewers of Monitoring has become an integral part in the
planning of social development programmes. It is
television, even in households without a TV. As a
recommended that Management Information System
result there has been an alarming decline in the extent
be developed for all programmes. This is likely to
of readership of newspapers.
give a feedback on the performance of the
Conclusions: functionaries and the efficacy with which services
I. Method of increasing the readership of are being delivered.
newspapers should be devised. Conclusions:
II. A team of experts should be sent to other countries I. All the social development programmes should
to study the impact of TV. on the readership of be evaluated.
newspapers. II. There is a need to monitor the performance of
A. Only conclusion I follows workers.
B. Only conclusion II follows A. Only conclusion I follows
C. Both I and II follow B. Only conclusion II follows
D. Neither I nor II follows C. Both I and II follow
6. Statements: D. Neither I nor II follows
In Japan, the incidence of stomach cancer is very 9. Statements:
high, while that of bowel cancer is very low. But
The T.V. programmes, telecast specially for women
Japanese immigrate to Hawaii, this is reversed - the
are packed with a variety of recipes and household
rate of bowel cancer increases but the rate of stomach hints. A major portion of magazines for women also
cancer is reduced in the next generation. All this is contains the items mentioned above.
related to nutrition - the diets of Japanese in Hawaii
Conclusions:
are different than those in Japan.
I. Women are not interested in other things.
Conclusions:
I. The same diet as in Hawaii should be propagated II. An average woman’s primary interest lies in
home and specially in the kitchen.
in Japan also.
A. Only conclusion I follows
II. Bowel cancer is less severe than stomach cancer.
A. Only conclusion I follows B. Only conclusion II follows

B. Only conclusion II follows C. Both I and II follow


C. Both I and II follow D. Neither I nor II follows
D. Neither I nor II follows 10. Statements:
7. Statements: The distance of 900 km by road between Bombay and
Jafra will be reduced to 280 km by sea. This will lead
The Government run company had asked its
to a saving of Rs. 7.92 crores per annum on fuel.
employees to declare their income and assets but it
has been strongly resisted by employees union and Conclusions:
no employee is going to declare his income. I. Transportation by sea is cheaper than that by road.
Conclusions: II. Fuel must be saved to the greatest extent
I. The employees of this company do not seem to A. Only conclusion I follows
have any additional undisclosed income besides B. Only conclusion II follows
their salary.
C. Both I and II follow
II. The employees union wants all senior officers to
declare their income first. D. Neither I nor II follows

177 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
11. Statements: Conclusions:
The manager humiliated Sachin in the presence of I. The Ministers play safe by not giving anti-
his colleagues. government views.
Conclusions: II. The Prime Minister does not encourage his
I. The manager did not like Sachin. colleagues to render their own views.
II. Sachin was not popular with his colleagues. A. Only conclusion I follows
A. Only conclusion I follows B. Only conclusion II follows
B. Only conclusion II follows C. Either I or II follows
C. Both I and II follow D. Neither I nor II follows
D. Neither I nor II follows 15. Statements:
12. Statements: National Aluminium Company has moved India
Women’s organisations in India have welcomed the from a position of shortage to self-sufficiency in the
amendment of the Industrial Employment Rules 1946 metal.
to curb sexual harassment at the work place.
Conclusions:
Conclusions:
I. Previously, India had to import aluminium.
I. Sexual harassment of women at work place is
more prevalent in India as compared to other II. With this speed, it can soon become a foreign
developed countries. exchange earner.
II. Many organisations in India will stop recruiting A. Only conclusion I follows
women to avoid such problems. B. Only conclusion II follows
A. Only conclusion I follows C. Both I and II follow
B. Only conclusion II follows
D. Neither I nor II follows
C. Both I and II follow 16. Statements:
D. Neither I nor II follows Reading makes a full man, conference a ready man
13. Statements: and writing an exact man.
Nation X faced growing international opposition for Conclusions:
its decision to explode eight nuclear weapons at its
test site. I. Pointed and precise expression comes only
through extensive writing.
Conclusions:
II. Extensive reading makes a complete man.
I. The citizens of the nation favoured the decision.
A. Only conclusion I follows
II. Some powerful countries do not want other
nations to become as powerful as they are. B. Only conclusion II follows
A. Only conclusion I follows C. Both I and II follow
B. Only conclusion II follows D. Neither I nor II follows
C. Both I and II follow 17. Statements:
D. Neither I nor II follows Jade plant has thick leaves and it requires little water.
14. Statements: Conclusions:
In a highly centralised power structure, in which I. All plants with thick leaves require little water.
even senior cabinet ministers are prepared to reduce II. Jade plants may be grown in places where water
themselves to pathetic countries or yesmen airing is not in abundance.
views that are primarily intended to anticipate or A. Only conclusion I follows
reflect the Prime Minister’s own performances, there
can be no place for any consensus that is quite B. Only conclusion II follows
different from real or contrived unanimity of opinion, C. Both I and II follow
expressed through a well orchestrated endorsement D. Neither I nor II follows
of the leader’s actions.
178 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material
Visit: adda247.com
18. Statements: 22. Statements:
Use “Kraft” colours. They add colour to our life. - An People who speak too much against dowry are those
advertisement. who had taken it themselves.
Conclusions: Conclusions:
I. Catchy slogans do not attract people. I. It is easier said than done.
II. People like dark colours. II. People have double standards.
A. Only conclusion I follows A. Only conclusion I follows
B. Only conclusion II follows B. Only conclusion II follows
C. Both I and II follow C. Either I or II follows
D. Neither I nor II follows D. Both I and II follow
19. Statements: 23. Statements:
All the political prisoners were released on bail who
The national norm is 100 beds per thousand
had gone to jail for reasons other than political
populations but in this state, 150 beds per thousand
dharnas. Bail was not granted to persons involved
are available in the hospitals.
in murders.
Conclusions: Conclusions:
I. No political - prisoner had committed murder. I. Our national norm is appropriate.
II. Some politicians were not arrested. II. The state’s health system is taking adequate care
A. Only conclusion I follows in this regard.
B. Only conclusion II follows A. Only conclusion I follows
C. Both I and II follow B. Only conclusion II follows
D. Neither I nor II follows C. Either I or II follows
20. Statements: D. Neither I nor II follows
Modern man influences his destiny by the choice he
24. Statements:
makes unlike in the past.
Conclusions: Our securities investments carry market risk. Consult
your investment advisor or agent before investing.
I. Earlier there were fewer options available to man.
II. There was no desire in the past to influence the Conclusions:
destiny. I. One should not invest in securities.
A. Only conclusion I follows II. The investment advisor calculates the market risk.
B. Only conclusion II follows A. Only conclusion I follows
C. Both I and II follow
B. Only conclusion II follows
D. Neither I nor II follows
C. Either I or II follows
Distinct Questions D. Neither I nor II follows
21. Statements: 25. Statements:
Water supply in wards A and B of the city will be Money plays a vital role in politics.
affected by about 50% on Friday because repairing
Conclusions:
work of the main lines is to be carried out.
Conclusions: I. The poor can never become politicians.
I. The residents in these wards should economise II. All the rich men take part in politics.
on water on Friday. A. Only conclusion I follows
II. The residents in these wards should store some B. Only conclusion II follows
water on the previous day. C. Either I or II follows
A. Only conclusion I follows
D. Neither I nor II follows
B. Only conclusion II follows
26. Statements:
C. Either I or II follows
In spite of the claim of the Government of terrorism
D. Both I and II follow being under check, killing continues.

179 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Conclusions: A. Only conclusion I follows
I. The terrorists have not come to an understanding B. Only conclusion II follows
with the government. C. Either I or II follows
II. The government has been constantly telling a lie. D. Both I and II follow
A. Only conclusion I follows 29. Statements:
B. Only conclusion II follows In a recent survey report, it has been stated that those
C. Either I or II follows who undertake physical exercise for at least half an
hour a day are less prone to have any heart ailments.
D. Neither I nor II follows
Conclusions:
27. Statements:
I. Moderate level of physical exercise is necessary
Vegetable prices are soaring in the market. for leading a healthy life.
Conclusions: II. All people who do desk-bound jobs definitely
I. Vegetables are becoming a rare commodity. suffer from heart ailments.
II. People cannot eat vegetables. A. Only conclusion I follows
A. Only conclusion I follows B. Only conclusion II follows
B. Only conclusion II follows C. Either I or II follows
C. Either I or II follows D. Neither I nor II follows
D. Neither I nor II follows 30. Statements:
A bird in hand is worth two in the bush.
28. Statements:
Conclusions:
The serious accident in which a person was run
down by a car yesterday had again focused attention I. We should be content with what we have.
on the most unsatisfactory state of roads. II. We should not crave for what is not.
Conclusions: A. Only conclusion I follows
I. The accident that occurred was fatal. B. Only conclusion II follows
II. Several accidents have so far taken place because C. Either I or II follows
of unsatisfactory state of roads. D. Both I and II follow

1. Statements: Conclusions:
I. All radios on that shop are of high quality. I. If A is beggar, then A is not rich.
II. In that shop some Murfi radio are sold II. If A is not rich, then A is not beggar.
III. All those who are poor are beggars.
Conclusions:
IV. If A is rich, then A is beggar.
I. All high level radios are made by Murfi company. A. Only I conclusion follows.
II. Some Murfi radios are of high quality. B. Only II conclusion follows.
III. None of Murfi radio is of high quality. C. Only III conclusion follows.
IV. Some high quality Murfi radios are sold in that D. Only IV conclusion follows.
shop. 3. Statements:
All scientist working in America are talented. Some
A. Only I and II conclusions follow.
of them are Indians.
B. Only II and IV conclusions follow. Conclusions:
C. Only I and III conclusions follow. I. None of Indian scientist is talented.
D. Only I and IV conclusions follow. II. Some talented Indian scientist have shifted to
2. Statements: America.
III. All talented Indian scientist are in Ameirca.
All beggars are poor
IV. Some Indian scientist are talented.

180 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
A. Only I conclusion follows 8. Statements:
B. Only II conclusion follows No child is voter.
C. Only III conclusion follows Conclusions:
I. All adults are voter.
D. Only II and IV conclusion follows
II. No voter is child
4. Statements:
9. Statement:
Government should ban strikes and rallies like all India is a multi languaged country. Hindi is national
activities. language of India.
Conclusions: Conclusions:
I. Yes, this is only way by which workers can learn I. All Indians should learn multi language.
discipline. II. For being Indian must learn Hindi.
II. No, government cannot prevent their citizens 10. Statements :
from fundamental rights. I. Temple is a place of worship.
III. Yes. this is the only way by which without any II. Church also is a place of worship.
obstacle production can be maximum. Conclusions:
A. Only I conclusion follows I. For worship Hindu and Christ use only one
place.
B. Only II conclusion follows
II. All churches are temples.
C. Only III conclusion follows 11. Statement:
D. Only I and III conclusion follow. Fashion is a form of ugliness. So intolerable that we
Direction (5 - 20): In each of the following questions, a have to alter it every six months.
statement is given followed by two conclusions numbered Conclusions:
I and II give answer. I. Fashion designers do not understand the public
(a) If only conclusion I follows. mind well.
(b) If only conclusion II follows. II. The public by the large is highly susceptible to
(c) If either I or II follows. novelty.
12. Statements:
(d) If neither I nor II follows.
I. In educating their children parents has great
5. Statements: importance.
Self control is key of system of society. II. Every parents should understand this.
Conclusions: Conclusions:
I. If there is no system in society, it is due to the I. Children who do not have parents cannot
people without self control. developed themselves upto their capacity.
II. There is no person in the society who has self II. Parents help in education of their children.
control. 13. Statements:
6. Statements: I. No teacher come on cycle to school.
II. Anand come on cycle to school.
I. Reading is a good hobby.
Conclusions:
II. Spare time can be used very well in any hobby. I. Anand is not a teacher.
Conclusions: II. Anand is a student.
I. Generally, wise person will choose reading as 14. Statements:
their hobby. Book your flat before 15 June and take benefit of
II. Reading can be used as a hobby for using spare interest free loan from builders - An advertisement.
time. Conclusions:
7. Statements: I. No flat will be booked later.
I. Inconclusion in mind creates tension. II. After 15 June no loan will be available.
15. Statement:
II. If mind is conclusive then mental health remains
Due to jump in price of international oil, government
good.
will discuss on the present oil strategy.
Conclusions: Conclusions:
I. Gettting solution of inconclusions a person I. After jump in price of international oil govt. will
becomes strong and tough. increase the price of diesel.
II. Freedom from inconclusions makes good mental II. Althouh their is a jump in price of international
health. oil govt. won't increase the price of diesel.

181 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
16. Statements : Conclusions:
I. Some psychologists are good consultants. I. Chennai and Delhi are attached with airline.
II. All consultants are good doctors. II. There is no convenience from Chennai to Delhi
Conclusions: 19. Statements:
Illiterate people are exploited by other people in
I. All good doctors are psychologists.
society.
II. Some psychologist are good doctor. Conclusions:
17. Statements : I. People only take benefits of illiteracy.
I. AIDS is very dangerous disease. II. Educated people exploit illiterate people in
II. Prevention is easy than cure of AIDS. society.
Conclusions: 20. Statements:
I. Prevention from AIDS is very costly. Modern man influences his destiny by the choice he
makes unlike in the past.
II. People don't co-operate in prevention of AIDS.
Conclusions:
18. Statement:
I. Earlier, there were less options available to man.
For quick travel from Chennai to Delhi use II. There was no desire in the past to influence the
aeroplane. destiny.

1. (d); In statement, number of spinners are not 13. (d); Both are irrelevant points because they are not
specified. So first conclusion is invalid. There is followed by any citizen and country, so both are
no batsmen information given so second invalid.
conclusion is also invalid. 14. (a); Above statement are infavour of govt and for
2. (a); First conclusion is a fact and follow above following action the PM never be against it, so
information second conclusion does not follow second is invalid.
above statement. 15. (c); Self sufficiency from shortage means in previous
3. (c); Government should appoint expert director in time there is shortage of metal and increment shows
area of finance. Both I and II follow a positive result so both are valid.
4. (b); Developing countries's population confirmation 16. (a); Only Conclusion I follows.
for the future are not given. It may say that it 17. (b); Conclusion I does not follows because it is not
increase coupling so it will be difficult to give true for all types of plants & conclusion II can be
decent quality of life. true, so only II follows.
5. (b); Readership doesn't invent and depend on 18. (d); Neither I nor II follows.
newspaper so first is invalid. II implies because
by this information we findout relevant 19. (a); Politician who are already released on bail are
information on readership. not involved in murder. So only I is valid.
6. (d); Neither I nor II follows. 20. (a); No desire in the past to influence the destiny is
not valid.
7. (d); Both conclusion are just common, unrelated
information or opinion based & doesn't having
any result.
Distinct Solutions
8. (c); Monitoring is a process to check performance 21. (d); Due to lack of water wards should economise
and also to evaluate the development and they store some water on previous day.
programme So both are valid. So both follow.
9. (b); There is no information regarding the other 22. (d); Both are valid.
things, so first is invalid. In second conclusion 23. (b); There is no information about national norms
main concentration of women is defined so first is invalid and extra no. of beds shown
according to the statement, so it is valid. adequate care so second follows.
10. (b); Only II is valid, informed already that saving 24. (b); Only II follows as advisors have the knowledge
extention fuel. to calculate the market risk and saves people
11. (d); Both are invalid. from any loss.
12. (d); Conclusion I does not follow as there is no data 25. (d); There is presence of importance of money in
given of other countries. Conclusion II does not politics but there is no comparison between poor
follow because this step is not right. and rich person. Both are illogical.

182 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
26. (d); Neither one nor two follows 29. (a); Above statement shows importance of physical
27. (d); The price of vegatables increases but vegetables exercise for healthy life so first is valid and
are not becoming rare and II is also not valid. So second is invalid because confirmation of all
both are invalid. people are not valid.
28. (d); Run down situation shows that it is dangerous 30. (d); From above qualities of bird we should be content
and these happens because of unsatisfactory with what we have and don't crave for what is
state of roads, so both are valid. not. So, both are valid.

1. (b); It is clear that shop sales high quality radios 12. (b); In statement there is a talk about education not
then some murfi radios are of high quality. about development so conclusion I is false. But
Conclusion II is true also that some murfi radios II conclusion is true because parents help in
are sold there. education of children.
2. (a); True that A is beggar so he is poor and if A is 13. (a); Conclusion I is true because Anand is not teacher
rich so he can not a beggar. and he comes on cycle. But conclusion II is false
3. (d); True that some Indian scientists are in America because it is not necessary that Anand is a
and working there. Clear from statement that all student because other employees than teacher
scientists in America are talented. So we can say also can come on cycle.
that some Indians are also talented.
14. (d); Flat will be given later also and interest will be
4. (b); Only conclusion II follows because other two
available also after 15th June. Advertisement is
activities are not a part of democracy.
only for benefits of interest free loan. So both the
5. (a); Only conclusion I is ture. Lack of self control conclusions are not true.
brings no system. But it is wrong to say that no
person do self control. 15. (c); It is possible that government will increase price
6. (b); It is not necessary only wise men take reading in oil only in case of rising price in international
as their hobby. It is right that reading can be market. Or it is also possible in that case also
used in spare time. government won't increase price.
7. (b); Mental health and Physical stongness are 16. (b); It is wrong that all good doctors are psychologist.
different things but statement bring conclusion Some psychologists may be good doctors because
that a mentally healthy person can solve in some psychologist are good consultants.
conclusion easily. 17. (d); Neither conclusion is taken from given
8. (b); From statement it is not clear that all adults are statements.
voters. But it is clear from statement that voters
18. (a); It is clear that Chennai and Delhi are connected
are not children. So conclusion II is true.
with airline. But it is not clear from the statement
9. (d); By viewing closely, it is clear that neither I nor II
that there is no other convenience from Chennai
is true.
to Delhi. So conclusion II is not true.
10. (d); No conclusion is true. Because temple is for
Hindus and Churches are for Christians and all 19. (b); 'Only' word weakens first conclusion. but seems
churches are not temples. in 2nd conclusion that there are two categories
11. (b); It is clear from the statement that people cannot according to education. Educated and illiterate,
carry with any particular trend for long and seek so 2nd conclusion is true.
change quite often. 20. (a); Conclusion I follows because modern man has
Hence, only conclusion II follows. more options than ancient man.

183 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Coding-Decoding
15
A code is a type of signal. Coding is a method of transmitting a message between the sender and the receiver without
a third person knowing it. Before transmitting the data is encoded and at receiver side encoded data is decoded in
order to obtain original data by determining common key in encoded data.
Approach to solve the questions of this section
• observe alphabets or numbers given in the code keenly.
• Find the sequence it follows whether it is ascending or descending.
• Detect the rule in which the alphabets/numbers/words follow.
• Fill the appropriate letter/number/word in the blank given.
Types of Coding and Decoding
1. Letter coding
2. Number coding
3. Substitution
4. Mixed letter coding
5. Mixed Number coding

Letter Coding: Mixed letter coding:


1. If in any coded language TIMBER is written as 4. In a certain code language:
BERMIT then in same coded language what would (1) 'pod na joc' means 'very bright boy';
stand for BANTER?
(2) 'tam nu pod' means 'the boy comes';
(a) TERNAB (b) RETNAB
(c) TENBAR (d) TABNER (3) 'nu per ton' means 'keep the doll';
(4) 'joc ton su' means 'very good doll'.
Sol. (a); T I M B E R BANTER
Which of the following means 'bright' in the same
B E R M IT TERNAB code language?.
Number Coding: (a) joc (b) pod
2. If 7, 15, 15, 4 is GOOD and 2, 1, 20, 20, 5, 18 is BATTER, (c) ton (d) na
what number represent BEST? Sol. (d); na
(a) 2, 5, 19, 20 (b) 2, 19, 4, 20
From satement 1 and 2, pod is common and the
(c) 2, 4, 19, 20 (d) 2, 5, 20, 19
common word is 'boy' So, 'Pod' stands for 'boy'.
Sol. (a); Letters are coded according to their place value in
Engligh alphabet, So, BEST ® 2, 5, 19, 20. From statement 1 and 4, joc is common and the
Substitution: common word is 'very'
3. If white is called blue, blue is called red, red is called So 'joc' stands for 'very'.
yellow, yellow is called green, green is called black, So, 'na' stands for 'bright'
black is called violet and violet is called orange, what Mixed number coding:
would be the colour of human blood? 5. In a certain code,
(a) Red (b) Green '786' means 'study very hard'
(c) yellow (d) violet '958' means 'hard work pays'
Sol. (c); Yellow '645' means 'study and work'.
The colour of human blood is 'red' and as it it given Which of the following is the code for 'very'?
that 'red' is called 'yellow'. So, the colour of human (a) 7 (b) 5
blood is 'yellow'. (c) 8 (4) 6

184 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Sol. (a); 7 In the first and third statements, the common word is
In first and second statements, the common word is 'study' and the common code digit is 6'. So, '6' means
'hard' and the common code digit is '8'. So, '8' means study. Thus, in the first statement '7' means 'very'.
'hard'.

1. In a certain code, BASIC is written as DDULE. How 10. If 'DELHI' is coded as '73541' and 'CALCUTTA' is
is LEADER written in that code? coded as '82589662' then how 'CALICUT' will be
(a) NGCFGT (b) NHCGGU written in that code language?
(c) OGDFHT (d) OHDGHU (a) 5978213 (b) 5279431
2. In a certain code, SPRING is written as UNUFRC. (c) 8251896 (d) 8543691
How is MOBILE Written in that code? 11. In a certain code "CERTAIN" is written as "QDBVOJB".
(a) KQEFPA (b) OMDGNC How is "RELATED" written in that Code.
(c) OMDGPA (d) OMEFPA (a) QDKCVFE (b) KDQCEFU
3. In a certain code, POETRY is written as QONDSQX (c) DKCQEFV (d) KDQCVFE
and OVER is written as PNUDQ. How is MORE 12. In a certain code "MADRAS" is written as "NZEQBR"
written in that code? then "CALCUTTA" will be written as.
(a) LNNQD (b) NNNQD (a) OZMBVSUB (b) BBKBTVSB
(c) NLNQD (d) NLPQD (c) DZMBVUUZ (d) DZMBVSUZ
4. In a certain code, GERMINATION is written as
13. In a certain code "BROWN" is written as "ZPMUL"
IMGRENNOAIT. How is ESTABLISHED written in
then "VIOLET" will be written as.
that code?
(a) TGMJCR (b) SGMTCQ
(a) BEATSLEIHS (b) BAETSLEDIHS
(c) TGMJCQ (d) TGWCQ
(c) BATESLDEIHS (d) BAETSLDEIHS
14. If "BRASS" is coded as "CTBUT", "AMIT" is coded as
5. In a certain code language, COMPUTER is written as
"BOJV" then what will be code of "ADITYA".
RFUVQNPC. How is MEDICINE written in that
code? (a) BEJUZB (b) CEKVZB
(a) EOJDEJFM (b) EOJDJEFM (c) BFJZVC (d) BFJVZC
(c) MFEDJJOE (d) MFEJDJOE 15. In a certain code "UNDER" is written as "6152@" and
6. If in a certain language, COVALENT is written as "DEAF" is written as "52#7". How "FRAUD" is
BWPDUOFM and FORM is written as PGNS. How written is that code.
is SILVER be written in that language? (a) 7@6#5 (b) 72#65
(a) MJTUDQ (b) KHRSFW (c) 7@#65 (d) None of these
(c) MJTWFS (d) MJTSFW 16. In a certain code "89654" is written as "MNOPQ" and
7. In a certain code, COMPATIBLE is written as "1634" is written as "KOLQ". How "PNKLQ" will be
BQNPDDKAHS. How is STABILISED written in that written in that code.
code? (a) 59134 (b) 58134
(a) TUBCJCDRHK (b) JCBUTEDTHM (c) 59234 (d) 59143
(c) JCBUTCDRHK (d) JCBUTEFTJM 17. In a certain code "TREAD" is written as "7%#94" and
8. If in a certain language, CREATIVE is written as "PREY" is written as "$%#8".How is "ARTERY"
BDSBFUJS. How is TRIANGLE written in that written in that code?
language? (a) 9#7%#8 (b) 9#%7#8
(a) BHSSFKHM (b) BHSSMHHF (c) 9%7#%8 (d) 9%#7%8
(c) BSHSFHKM (d) BSSHFMKH 18. In a certain code "SHINE" is code as "FOJIT" and
9. If in a certain language, CLOUD is written is GTRKF. "AFTER" is coded as "SFUGB". How will "PRITY"
How is SIGHT written in that language? written in that code?
(a) UGHHT (b) UHJFW (a) QSJUZ (b) ZUJSQ
(c) WFJGV (d) WGJHV (c) ZUSJQ (d) ZQUSJ

185 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Directions (19-24): Study the following information to 31. If 'RAM' is coded as '14', 'SHYAM' is coded as '30'
answer the given question: then how would 'MOHAN' will be written in that
ADITYA is related to AYTIDA, SHUKLA is related to code language?
ALKUHS. (a) 20 (b) 24
(c) 36 (d) 37
19. NUMBER is related to
32. If 'green' means 'white', 'white' means 'yellow',
(a) AEBMUN (b) REBMUN 'yellow' means 'blue', 'blue' means 'rosy', 'rosy' means
(c) NUMBER (d) ABCDE 'black' then what will be the colour of milk?
20. PROVIDE is related to (a) yellow (b) green
(a) EDIVORP (b) QSPWJEF (c) blue (d) rosy
33. If 'clouds', means 'white', 'white' means 'rain', 'rain'
(c) FEJWPSQ (d) None of these means 'green', 'green' means 'air', 'air' means 'blue',
21. SANJAY is related to 'blue' means 'water' then, where the birds fly?
(a) YJNAS (b) YBKOBT (a) Green (b) Air
(c) TBOKBZ (d) None of these (c) White (d) Water
34. If 'Earth' is known as 'Water', 'Water' is known as
22. FIRST is related to
'Sky', 'Sky' is known as 'Tree', 'Tree' is known as
(a) TSRIG (b) JSTUJ 'Shadow', 'Shadow' is known as 'Fruit', 'Fruit' is
(c) MNOPQ (d) None of these known as 'Paper' the where will fish swim?
23. SAURABH is related to (a) Water (b) Sky
(c) Shadow (d) Paper
(a) IBBSVBT (b) HBBRVAS
35. If in a code language 'finger' known as 'toe', 'toe'
(c) HBASVBS (d) None of these known as 'foot', 'foot' known as 'thumb', 'thumb'
24. NIKHIL is related to known as 'ankle', 'ankle' known as 'palm', 'palm'
(a) LIHINK (b) LIHKIN known as 'knee' then in that code language, what
will an uneducated man use to mark his signature?
(c) LIHNIK (d) Cannot be determined
(a) Toe (b) Knee
Directions (25-30): In a cetain code code "MANISH" is (c) Thumb (d) Ankle
written as "NCOKTI", "MRADULA" is written as 36. In a code language 'Square' is called 'Rectangle',
"NSCEWMC", "PINKI" is written "QKOLK". 'Rectangle' is called 'Triangle', 'Triangle' is called
25. What will be the code for "ANUP" 'Trapezium', 'Trapezium' is called 'cylinder',
(a) COWQ (b) TQOCM 'cylinder' is called 'cone', 'cone' is called 'circle', 'circle'
is called 'pentagon' then the formula 'pr2h' used for?
(c) CEKUZ (d) BOVQ
(a) Cylinder (b) Cone
26. What will be the code for "SONAL". (c) Rectangle (d) Trapezium
(a) TPOBM (b) TQOCM 37. In a certain code language '4×6' means '34', '9×6'
(c) TQOBM (d) TPOCM means '69' then what would be the meaning of '7×7'
27. What will be the code for "ADITYA" (a) 49 (b) 56
(c) 63 (d) 64
(a) BEJUZB (b) CEKVAB
38. If 'A' is coded as '4', 'B is coded as '8', 'C' is coded as
(c) CEKUZC (d) OWUCO '5', 'O' is coded as 'l', 'L' is coded as '6', 'N' is coded as
28. What will be the code for "NUTAN". '7', 'Q' is coded as '9'. To keep in mind above code
(a) OWUCO (b) PWVCP what would be suitable alphabet in place of ?.
(c) OWCUP (d) OWUCP A Q ? B B = 36
29. What will be the code for "MADHU". (a) B (b) L
(a) NCEIM (b) NCAIM (c) N (d) Q
(c) NCEIW (d) NCWIEC 39. If 'Green' is called 'Yellow' is called 'White', is called
30. What will be the code for "MANOJ". 'Red', 'Red' is called 'Rosy', 'Rosy' is called 'Black'
then what will be the colour of human blood?
(a) NCORK (b) NCOQK
(a) Red (b) Black
(c) NCOCRK (d) NCROCK (c) White (d) None of these

186 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
40. If in a coded language 'Milk' is called 'Banana', 47. What will be the code for 'RED'?
'Banana' is called 'butter, 'butter' is called 'soap', (a) botany (b) whistle
'soap' is called 'ink', 'ink' is called 'pen', 'pen' is called (c) opriment (d) bud
'rose' then what will be used for washing clothes?
48. Alphabets are to be coded as following?
(a) Pen (b) Ink
(c) Rose (d) Soap Alphabet A B C D E F G H I O P R S T U
Direction (41 to 45) : Given below are some words in Code
column I and their equivalents in column II. The letters in What will be the code for 'FIGHT?
the codes are not necessarily in the same order as the letters (a) (b)
in the words to which they stand but the same code stands
(c) (d)
for the same word. Study the two colums carefully and
answer the questions. 49. If some symbol are coded as follows
Column-I Column-II = 2, = 3, = 4, = 10, * = 6, = 7, =5
SBI sa re ga
then choose the best option to complete the answer.
RED ma pa ni
ASD ga da pa × +
RIS ma ga re (a) (b)
41. What will be the code for word 'BIRDS'? (c) (d)
(a) ga sa re ma pa (b) ma ga re sa pa
(e)
(c) sa re ma pa ga (d) ni ma pa ga re
50. Alphabets are to be coded as :-
42. What will be the code for the word 'BREAD'?
(a) sa ni pa ma ga (b) ga ni ga pa ma Alphabet A C E G I K M O Q
(c) sa ma ni da pa (d) ga pa ni re ga Code
43. What will be code for word 'DREADED'? What will be the code for 'COMA'?
(a) pa ma ni da pa ma pa (a) (b)
(b) pa sa ni ga pa ni pa (c) (d)
(c) pa ma ni sa pa ni pa
(d) pa ma ni da pa ni pa Distinct Questions
44. What will be code for word' SERBIA'?
51. If in a certain code, RAIL is written as KCTN and
(a) ga ni ma sa re da (b) ga ni ma pa re da SPEAK is written as CGRUM. How will AVOID be
(c) ga ma ni sa re da (d) pa ga re ma ni sa written in that code?
45. What will be the code for the word 'RAISED'? (a) FKQXC (b) KQXCF
(a) ma da re ga ni pa (b) ma ga re sa ni pa (c) KRXCF (d) KQVCB
(c) ma da pa ga sa ni (d) sa re pa ni ga da 52. In a code language 'Noun' is called 'Pronoun',
Direction (46 to 47) : Two column are given. In column I 'Pronoun' is called 'Article', Article' is called
there are few words. Column II there are codes not 'Preposition', 'Preposition', is called 'Conjunction',
necessarily in the same order. There is a logic. Read 'Conjunction' is called 'Adverb', 'Adverb' is called
carefully and given the answer. 'Verb', 'Verb' is called 'Adjective' then, In which can
Column-I Column-II we use 'IN', 'IT', 'FOR'?
RED botany (a) Preposition (b) Article
BELL whistle (c) Adjective (d) Conjunction
53. If 'Lead' means 'Stick', 'Stick' means 'Nib', 'Nib' means
DRUME opriment
'Niddle', 'Niddle' means 'Rope', 'Rope' means
NATRON lute 'Thread' then what can we use in pen that help us to
SCIENCE stone write?
STEATITE bud (a) Thread (b) Nib
46. What will be the code for 'SCIENCE'? (c) Niddle (d) Stick
(a) bud (b) lute 54. In a coding language 'Hydrosphere' is known as
(c) whistle (d) Stone 'Lithosphere', 'Lithosphere' is known as

187 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
'Troposphere', 'Troposphere' is known as (ii) If the first element is a symbol and last element is
'Stratosphere', 'Stratoshpere' is knwon as 'Biosphere', a number then both are coded as 'y'.
'Biosphere' is known as Atmosphere then where will (iii)If the first element is a number and last element is
be O3 ? a symbol, both are coded by 'z'.
(a) Lithosphere (b) Biosphere (iv) If first and last both elements are even number
(c) Stratoshpere (d) Atmosphere then both are to be coded by the code of first
55. In a coded language 'M' is coded as '26', 'E' is coded element.
as '10' R is coded as '36' then what would be the 56. 4 3 # © 16
perfect code of 'GOLD' in the same coded language? (a) ADFKMU (b) ADFKMA
(a) 67 (b) 76
(c) UDFKMU (d) UDFKMA
(c) 56 (d) 84
57. @92©$5
Direction (56 to 60) : For each of the question given below
(a) JIBKPN (b) YIBKPY
a group of digits followed by four combinations of letters/
symbols numbered (1), (2), (3), (4). The leters are to be coded (c) ZIBKPZ (d) NIBKPJ
as per the scheme and conditions given below. The serial 58. 51%3@$
number of combination that correctly represents the group (a) NMEDJP (b) PMEDJN
of letters is your answer. (c) YMEDJY (d) ZMEDJZ
Digits/symbol codes:- 5 2 3 % 6 @ © 9 59. 9@2463
Letters :- N B D E U J K I (a) IJBAUD (b) DJBAUI
Digits/symbol codes : - 4 $ 1 * 8 7 # (c) IJBAUI (d) DJBASI
Letters : - AP M T R H F
60. 2#4197
Conditions : -
(a) B F A M I H (b) H F A M I B
(i) If the first digit is odd and the last digit is even
(c) B F A M I B (d) Z F A M I Z
number, their codes are to be interchanged.

1. If in a certain code, LUTE is written as MUTE and 6. If in a certain language, OPERATION is written as
FATE is written as GATE, then how will BLUE be NODQBUJPO. How is INVISIBLE written in that
written in that code? language?
(a)CLUE (b) GLUE (a) JOWJTJCMF (b) JOWJTHAKD
(c) FLUE (d) SLUE (c) HMUHTJCMF (d) HMUHTHAKD
7. In a certain code, FAVOUR is written as EBUPTS.
2. If in a certain language, MADRAS is coded as
How is DANGER written in that code?
NBESBT, how BOMBAY coded in that language?
(a) CPNCBX (b) CPNCBZ (a) CBFFDS (b) CBMHDS
(c) EBFHDS (d) EBHHFS
(c) CPOCBZ (d) CQOCBZ
8. If SUMMER is coded as RUNNER , the code for
3. If FISH is written as EHRG in a certain code, how WINTER will be
would JUNGLE be written in that code?
(a) SUITER (b) VIOUER
(a) ITMFKD (b) ITNFKD
(c) WALKER (d) SUFFER
(c) KVOHMF (d) TIMFKD 9. In a certain code, PRODUCTIONS is written as
4. In a certain code, TWINKLE is written as SVHOJKD QQPCVEUHPMT. How is ORIENTATION written
then how would FILTERS be written in that code? in that code?
(a) EHKSDQR (b) EHKUDQR (a) PQJDOVBSJNO (b) PQJDOUBUJPO

(c) EGHUDQR (d) GJMSFST (c) PSJFOVBSJNO (d) NSHFMVBSJN


10. If in a code, MIND becomes KGLB and ARGUE
5. In a certain code, ROAD is written as URDG. How is
becomes YPESC, then what will DIAGRAM be in
SWAN written in that code?
that code?
(a)VXDQ (b) VZDQ (a) BGYEPYK (b) BGYPYEK
(c) VZCP (d) UXDQ (c) GLPEYKB (d) LKBGYPK

188 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
11. If 'EARN' is written as 'RANE' in a certain code and 21. If 'GEAR' is coded as '5914' and 'ROUTE' is coded as
'BOND' is written as 'NODB' then how would 'TEAR' '47289' then 'GATE' may be coded as
be written in the same code? (a) 5187 (b) 5189
(a) EART (b) ATRE (c) 5289 (d) 5429
(c) AERT (d) REAT 22. In a certain code, 'EAT' is written as '318' and 'CHAIR'
12. If 'PAGES' is written as 'RDIHU' in a certain code is written as '24156', then how 'TEACHER' be written
and 'WRITE' is written as 'YUKWG' then how would in that code language?
'OTHER' be written in that same code? (a) 8313426 (b) 8312436
(a) PWIHS (b) RVKGU (c) 8321436 (d) 8312346
(c) RWJHU (d) QWJHT 23. In a certain language, 'spread red carpet' means '247',
13. If in a certain language 'SPORADIC' is coded as 'dust one carpet' means '236', 'one red carpet' means
'QNORDJEB' then how would 'TROUBLES' be coded '234'. Which of the following means 'dust' in that
in that same language? language?
(a) 2 (b) 3
(a) SQTNTFMC (b) TNQSRDKA
(c) 6 (d) None of these
(c) TNQSTFMC (d) TFQSCMFT
Directions (24 - 27): Here English letters are given from A
14. If in a certain language 'LAWN' is coded as 'JCUP'
to Z. Every capital letter is coded by a small letter.
then how would 'SLIT' be coded in that same
language? A B C D E F G H I J K L
(a) QNGV (b) QJGV j n l r i x a v e s o y
(c) QNVG (d) NJGV
15. If cod for 'SATELLITE' is FUBTLDSHK', then what M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
would be the code for 'LAUNCHING'?
d q m t g u c z w h p k b f
(a) DOUBFGMHO (b) OVBMCFMHG
(c) OVMBCFMHG (d) DOUBCFMHG Below there is a group of six letter as a question and given
16. In a coded language 'FORMATION' is written as four column. a, b, c, d already coded. You should use these
'ZSXTJOBSL' and 'RACIAL' is written as 'XJNBJQ'. column as a answer. Read carefully the letters of group
How will 'RATIONAL' be written in that same code and give the answer.
language? (a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) XJOBSLJQ (b) JXOBSLJQ uhmvrj nywgea kegsor vezuiv
(c) XJOBSJLQ (d) JXOBSJLQ nyweqa tzeigj tiqawe keguqr
17. In a coding system, 'KINETIC' is written as upfrvg wqsjbl bilpyq wsqjbl
'TICDKIN'. How is 'MACHINE' written in that same veziyu upfurg nywgca kesgor
code?
biqppu uhmvjr upfvra blipoq
(a) ENIGMAC (b) INEGMAC
24. BLUQSG
(c) INEGCAM (d) ENIGCAM
25. RWZHDG
18. In a certain language 'DESCRIBE' is coded as
26. HITREH
'FCJSDTFE', then how 'CONSIDER' coded in that
same language? 27. YCEWKN
(a) SFEJJOPED (b) SEFJTOPED 28. In a certain code, 'DOWN' is written as '5 @ 9 #' and
'NAME' is written as '# 6 % 3'. How would 'MADE'
(c) QFETJOPD (d) None of these
be written in that code?
19. If A = 1, BAN = 17, then INDIA = ? (a) %653 (b) % @ 6 3
(a) 37 (b) 36 (c) % 5 @ 3 (d) % @ 5 3
(c) 35 (d) 9 29. In a coding language, 'GUST' is coded as '@ 7 9 2',
20. If 'Y'is coded as 2, PEN is coded as = 11-22-13 then 'SNIP' is coded as '9 5 7 #', 'GAPE' is coded as '@ 5 3
what word can we get from 10-6-18-24-16=? 5' then, What would be the code of 'SING'?
(a) QUICK (b) QUITE (a) 9 5 7 # (b) 5 9 # 5
(c) JFRXP (d) QUACK (c) 9 B 7 5 (d) 9 7 5 @

189 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Direction (30 to 35) : Read carefully the given information 36. If the word 'CHRISMAS' written as 'HCIRMSSA' then
and choose the best option how can we express the word 'CHRYSENT-
In a certain code language 'her idea has merit' is written HEMUMA' in the same language?
as 'for la bu na' and 'merit list has been displayed' is written (a) HCRYESTNEHUMMA
as 'jo ke la si na' and 'her name displayed there' is written (b) CHYRESTNEHUMAN
as 'ya si bu zo' and 'name in merit list' is written as 'na ya (c) CHYRESTNEHMUAM
go ke'. (d) HCYRESTNEHUMAM
30. What is the code of 'ke'? 37. If in certain code, 'LANGUAGES' is coded as
(a) been (b) has 'AGGNUAELS' then how is 'BUILDINGS' coded in
(c) merit (d) list the same language?
31. What is the code of 'Idea'? (a) ILNDIUGBS (b) ILNIDUGBS
(a) for (b) la (c) INLDIGUBS (d) ILNDIUGSB
(c) bu (d) na 38. What message we can get form given code?
32. What is the code of 'zo'? TCHLI USEIC SLAUS EECCL RUEET
(a) there (b) displayed (a) CLUE is clear (b) This is a secret
(c) name (d) her (c) Lies are classic (d) Use lesser chilli
33. What is the code of 'in'? 39. If 'VIJAY' is written as 'DIAAG' in a certain code,
(a) na (b) ya then how would 'SURAJ' be written in that same
code?
(c) go (d) ke
(a) JCIAA (b) JCAIA
34. How can we coded 'her name is there'?
(c) AJCIJ (d) JCIAJ
(a) zo ya go wo (b) bu ya zo go
40. If 'RAHUL' is written as 'IZSFO', 'SAURAV' is written
(c) zo ya bu ke (d) ya zo wo bu as 'HZFIZE'. How will 'SACHIN' be written in that
35. How can we code name has been displayed ? same coded language?
(a) ya la ke si (b) jo si ya la (a) HZXMRS (b) HZXSRM
(c) si jo ke na (d) bu ya ke la (c) HZACDP (d) AZOPQM

1. (b); The letters at the odd-numbered positions in the code contains the letters of each group in the
word are each moved two steps forward while order, 5, 4, 1, 3, 2. Thus we have:
those at the even-numbered positions are each ESTABLISHED à BAETSLDEIHS
moved three steps forward to obtain the
12345 12345 54132 5 4132
corresponding letters of the code.
5. (b); Each letter of the word except the first and last
2. (d); The first, third and fifth letters of the word are
letters, is moved one step forward and then the
each moved two, three and four steps forward
order of the letter is obtained, is reversed to get
respectively while the second, fourth and sixth
the code.
letters are moved two, three and four steps
backward respectively to obtain the 6. (d); The letters in the first half and second half of the
corresponding letters of the code. word are written in the reverse order and then
each letter of the group so obtained is moved
3. (c); The first letter of the word is replaced by a set of one step forward to get the code. Thus, we have:
two letters—one following it and the other
SILVERà SIL/VERàLIS/REVàMJT/SFW
preceding it—in the code. The remaining letters
of the word are each moved one step backward 7. (c); The letters in the first half and second half of the
to obtain the remaining letters of the code, in word are written in the reverse order and in the
order. group of letters so obtained each letter in the first
half is moved one step forward while in the
4. (d); The middle letter remains unaltered in the code.
second half is moved one step backward, to get
Let us label the five letters before the middle letter
the code. Thus, we have: STABILISEDàSTABI/
as well as those after it, from 1 to 5. Then, the
LISEDàIBATS/DESILàJCBUT/CDRHK

190 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
8. (a); The letters of the first half and the second half 14. (d); B ¾+¾
1
®C +1
A ¾¾ ®B A ¾+¾
1
®B
the words are written in the reverse order and
then in the group of letters so obtained, the first, R ¾+¾
2
®T +2
M ¾¾ ® O D ¾+¾
2
®F
third, fifth and seventh letters are each moved A ¾+¾
1
®B +1
I ¾¾ ®J I ¾+¾
1
®J
one step forward while the second , fourth, sixth +2
S ¾+¾
2
®U T ¾¾ ®V T ¾+¾
2
®V
and eighth letters are each moved one step
backward to get the code. S ¾+¾
1
®T Y ¾+¾
1
®Z
Thus, we have: TRIANGLEàTRIA/NGLEà A ¾+¾
2
®C
AIRT/ELGN àBHSSFKHM 15. (c); compare UNDER and DEAF you see that DE is
9. (d); The letters of the word are written in the reverse common and in code “52” is common in same
order and in the group of letters so obtained, the pattern you find that code as follows:
first, third, fifth letters are each moved three steps
forward while the second and fourth letters are
U ¾¾
®6 ® 5 F ¾¾® 7
D ¾¾
each moved one step backward to get the code. N ¾¾
®1 ® 2 R ¾¾® @
E ¾¾
10. (c); As ; D - 7 and C-8 similarly D ¾¾
®5 ® # A ¾¾® #
A ¾¾
E–3 A–2 C–8 E ¾¾
®2 ® 7 U ¾¾® 6
F ¾¾
L–5 L–5 A–2 R ¾¾
®@ D ¾¾® 5
H–4 C–8 L–5
16. (a); from given code we find that code of PNKLQ
I–1 U–9 I–1 will be “59134”
T–6 C–8
17. (c); T ¾¾
® 7 P ¾¾
®$
T–6 U–9
A–2 T–6 R ¾¾
® % R ¾¾
®%
® # E ¾¾
E ¾¾ ®#
11. (b);
® 9 Y ¾¾
A ¾¾ ®8
D ¾¾
®4

So ARTERY is coded as 9%7#%8


18. (b); from reverse order each letter change to its next
letter. so PRITY is coded ZUJSQ.
So, KDQCEFU Logic (19-24): Each word of the series is rearrange in
reverse order.
12. (d); 19. (b); REBMUN
20. (a); EDIVORP
21. (d); YAJNAS
22. (d); TSRIF
23. (d); HBARUAS
24. (b); LIHKIN
Logic (25-30): Each constant in series change to next letter
while each vowel change to two letter next. So,
25. (a); COWQ
26. (b); TQOCM

So, DZMBVSUZ 27. (c); CEKUZC


28. (a); OWUCO
13. (a); Each letter of the word BROWN has been coded
two letters behind in the alphabetic order. So 29. (c); NCEIW
code of VIOLET is TGMJCR. 30. (b); NCOQK

191 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
31. (b); As R A M 42. (c); B R E A D
18 1 13 ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯
1+8+1+1+3=14 sa ma ni da pa
S H Y A M
43. (d); D R R A D E D
19 8 25 1 13
¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯
1+9+8+2+5+1+1+3=30
pa ma ni da pa ni pa
M O H A N
13 15 8 1 14 44. (a); S E R B I A
1+3+1+5+8+1+1+4=24 ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯
32. (b); There are 2 cases. Ist —the case of 'means' — in ga ni ma sa re da
this we have to take answer as the backward
part. IInd case — the case of known as, called as 45. (a); R A I S E D
or written as — in this we have to take answer ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯
as the forward part. Therefore the answer this is ma da re ga ni pa
green
Directions (46 - 47)
33. (a); Green
46. (c); Codes are given on the basis of number of
34. (b); We know that fish swim in water but here water
is called sky. alphabets. Word 'SCIENCE' has seven
35. (d); We know that an uneducated man use thumb alphabets.
for signature but her thumb is called ankle. so answer must be 'whistle'.
36. (b); The formula ‘pr2h’ is used by ‘cylinder’ but here Whistle also have seven alphabets.
cylinder is called cone. 47. (d); Word 'RED' contains three alphabets so answer
37. (c); As :- 4 × 6 = 24 + 4 + 6 = 34 must be 'bud'.
and 9 × 6 = 54 + 9 + 6 = 69 48. (a); F I G H T
Hence : 7 × 7 = 49 + 7 + 7 = 63 ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯
38. (c); A Q ? B B = 36
49. (c); × +
4 + 9 + ? + 8 + 8 = 36
=2, =3, =7 =10
? + 29 = 36
2 × 3 + 7 – 10
? = 36 – 29
= 6 + 7 – 10
? = 7 is code for 'N' = 13 – 10
39. (d); The colour of human blood is Red. But here ‘Red’ =3
is called Rosy. Hence :- 3 is coded by ' '
40. (b); We use soap for washing clothes but here soap
is called 'ink'. 50. (c); C O M A
Directions (41 - 45) : ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯
From column I & II codes are as follows.
I ® re Distinct Solutions
S ® ga 51. (b); All the letters of the word, except the last letter,
B ® sa are written in the reverse order and in the group
R ® ma of letters so obtained, each letter is moved two
steps forward to get the code. Thus, we have:
D ® pa
AVOIDà IOVADàKQXCF
E ® ni
52. (d); We know in it, for are related preposition but
A ® da here preposition is called conjunction.
41. (c); B I R D S 53. (d); Stick.
¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ 54. (b); O 3 is situated in Stratosphere but here
Stratosphere is called Biosphere.
sa re ma pa ga
55. (b); As :- M = 13 × 2 = 26

192 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
E = 5 × 2 = 10 58. (d); 5 1 % 3 @ $
R = 18 × 2 = 36
¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯
Then, 7 – G ® 7 × 2 = 14
Z M E D J Z
15 – O ® 15 × 2 = 30
12 – L ® 12 × 2 = 24 (Condition (iii) is applicable)
4–D®4 ×2= 8 9 @ 2 4 6 3
59. (a);
76 ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯
56. (b); 4 3 # © I 6 I J B A U D
¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ (No condition is applicable)
A D F K M A
60. (a); 2 # 4 1 9 7
(Comdition (iv) is applicable)
¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯
57. (b); @ 9 2 © $ 5 B F A M I H
¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯
(No condition is applicable)
Y I B K P Y
(Condition (ii) is applicable)

1. (a); The first letter of the word is moved one step 10. (a); Each letter in the word is moved two steps
forward to obtain the first letter of the code, while backward to obtain the corresponding letter of
the other letters remain unaltered. the code.
2. (b); Each letter in the word is moved one step
forward to obtain the corresponding letter of the 11. (c); E R B N similarly:- T A
code.
A A O O E E
3. (a); Each letter in the word is moved one step backward
to obtain the corresponding letter of the code. R N N D A R
4. (b); Each letter in the word, except the middle letter,
is moved one step backward while the middle N E D B R T
letter is moved one step forward to obtain the
corresponding letter of the code. 12. (d); P + 2 R W + 2 Y simiarly:- O + 2 Q
5. (b); Each letter in the word is moved three steps A +3 D R +3 U T +3 W
forward to obtain the corresponding letter of the
code. G +2 I I +2 K H +2 J
6. (c); Each of the first four letters in the word is moved E +3 H T +3 W E +3 H
one step backward, while each of the last five
letters is moved one step forward to obtain the S +2 U E +2 G R +2 T
corresponding letter of the code.
7. (b); Each first, third and fifth letters are moved one
step backward, while the second , fourth and 13. (c); S Q similarly:- T T
–1 –1
sixth letters are moved one step forward to obtain P N R N
the corresponding letter of the code.
8. (b); The first letter of the word is moved one step O O O Q
backward, while the two middle letters are each
moved one step forward to obtain the R R U S
corresponding letters of the code.
9. (a); The first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth and eleventh A D B T
+1 +1
letters in the word are each moved one step
forward; the second, fourth, eighth and tenth D J L F
letters are each moved one step backward, while I E E M
the middle (i.e. sixth) letter is moved two steps
forward to obtain the corresponding letters of C B S C
the code.

193 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
19. (a); A = 1
14. (a); L –2 J similarly:- S – 2 O
B A N (2+1+14) = 17
A +2 C L +2 N I N D I A ® (9+14+4+9+1) = 37
20. (a); If Y = 2
W –2 U I –2 G
P E N = 11–22–13
N +2 P T +2 V Then :- 10-6-18-24-16- Q U I C K
similarly:- L Codes are given in reverse sense.
15. (b); S +1 F +1 O
21. (b); G – 5 R–4 similarly
A U A V
E–9 O–7 G–5
T B U B A–1 U–2 A–1
E T N M R–4 T–8 T–8
L L C C E–9 E–9
22. (b); E–3 C– 2 similarly
L –1 D H F A–1 H–4 T–8
–1
I S I M T–8 A–1 E–3
T H N H I–5 A–1
E K G G R–6 C–2
H–4
16. (a); F Z R X similarly:- R X E–3
O S A J A J
R–6
R X C N T O
M T I B I B 23. (c); Spread red carpet ® 247 ...(i)
A J A J O S Dust one carpet ® 236 ...(ii)
T O L Q N L One red carpet ® 234 ...(iii)
I B A J from Eqs (ii) and (iii), One ® 3
O S L Q from Eqs (i) and (ii) and (iii), carpet – 2
N L
Hense dust ® 6
17. (b); K T similarly:- M I 24. (c); From the given table it is obvious that code of
BLUQSG ® nywgca which is present in option
I I A N
3.
N C C E
25. (c); Similarly the code of RWZHDG ® upfvra
E D –1 H G –1 26. (d); Similarly the code of HITREH ® vezuiv
T K I M 27. (d); Similarly the code of YCEWKN ® blipoq
I I N A 28. (a); D 5 and N #
C N E C O @ A 6
18. (d); DESCRIBE FCJSDTFE E 9 M %
N # E 3
+1
+1 similarly M
+1 %
+1 A 6
+1 D 5
+1
+1 E 3
+1
29. (d); G @ and S 9 and G @
Similarly : C O N S I D E R S F E J T O P D U 7 N 5 A 5
+1 S 9 I 7 P 3
+1
+1
T 2 P # E 5
+1
+1 similarly S 9
+1 I 7
+1
+1
N 5
G @

194 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
(30 - 35): 37. (b); L A N G U A G E S AGGN UAELS
Her idea has merit – for la bu na ...(i) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6 4 7 3 5 2 8 1 9
Merit list has been displayed – jo ke la si na ...(ii)
Similarly,
Her name displayed there – ya si bu zo ...(iii)
name in merit list – na ya go ke ...(iv) BUILDINGS ILNIDUGBS
30. (d); From Eqs (ii) and (iv) ke na ® merit, list 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6 4 7 3 5 2 8 1 9
From Eqs (iii) and (iv) and (i) na ® merit 38. (b);
so ke ® list
TCHLI USEIC SLAUS EECCL RUEET
31. (a); From Eqs (i) and (iii) has ® la
because (na for merit used above) THIS IS A SECRET
From Eqs (i) and (iii) Her ® bu
so clearly Idea ® for 39. (a); (22) V (2+2=4) D (4) similarly (19) S (1+9=10)
J (10)
32. (a); bu ® her (from question 31) (9) I
(9 = 9)
I (9) (21) U (2+1=3)
C (3)
from Eqs (iii) and (iv) ® ya ® name (10) J
(1+0=1)
A (1) (18) R (1+8=9) I (9)
from Eqs (ii) and (iv) ® si ® display (1) A
(1 = 1)
A (1) (1) A (1= 1) A (1)
Hence : zo ® there (25) Y
(2+5=7)
G (7) (10) J (1+0=1) A (1)
33. (c); name ® ya
merit ® na
list ® ke 40. (b); As 18 1 8 21 12 9 26 19 6 15
R A H U L I Z S F O
so clearly ® in ® go 18+9=27
34. (d); Her name is there ? 1+26=27
Her ® bu 8+19=27
21+6=27
name ® ya
12+15=27
there ® zo
is ® the code of is totally different from the codes
given above Similarly,
35. (b); name has been displayed ?
name ® ya 19 1 21 18 1 22 8 26 6 9 26 5
S A U R A V H Z F I Z E
displayed ® si 19+8=27
has ® la 1+26=27
21+6=27
been ® jo
18+9=27
36. (d); As; C H similarly:- C H 1+26=27
H C H C 22+5=27
R I R Y
I R Y R
S M S E
M S E S 19 1 3 8 3 14 8 26 24 19 18 13
S A C H I N H Z X S R M
A S N T 19+8=27
S A T N 1+26=27
H E 3+24=27
E H 8+19=27
M U 9+18=27
U M 14+13=27
M A
A M

195 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Statement and Assumption
16
An assumption is something that can be supposed by the implied meanings of the given statement. Imply means "to
suggest or express indirectly". Often people do not speak what is in their mind or what they think in totality, but we can
infer or assume what must have been there in their mind from the statements made by them. For example, when you
say, "An honest Police Inspector has come to the city and so crime will be checked”, then the assumption you make is that if
Police Inspector is honest, he could put a check on the crime. Thus, when we say something we do not express everything,
every aspect of our ideas into words. We tend to leave many things or ideas unsaid, which may be defined as an
assumption, it is that part of an argument on the basis of which we say something. Now, we can say that an assumption
is that part of an argument which is not expressed or said explicitly as it is assumed or understood intrinsically.
Consider the following illustration :
Ex. Statement: Robert is a good player of Indian hockey team. So, India should win the match.
When we analyse these statements, we can express the same idea more elaborately as :
(i) Robert is a good player of Indian hockey team.
(ii) A good player is likely to help his team win the match.
(iii) So, India may win the match.
The statement (ii) is left unsaid deliberately while arguing because it is taken for granted. Hence, it is an
assumption. Thus, an assumption is the hidden part of an argument.
In short, we can say that an assumption is something which is assumed, supposed or taken for granted.
Assumption is one type of implication. If we ask a person, “Did you go from Delhi to Patna by air”?, we assume that
Delhi and Patna are connected by air (route) – it is the implied meaning of the statement. Therefore, an implication
may be an assumption, i. e., on the basis of which we say something. Consider another example:
Ex. Statement: Our country has stood like a solid rock in the face of common danger.
From the statement, it is implied that there have been dangers to our country – this is also an assumption.
Here, it should be noted that implications can also be long drawn conclusions and such conclusions are not
valid assumptions. Note that there is basic difference between the assumption and implication. An assumption
is something on which the statement is based. On the other hand, an implication is something which is derived
from and, therefore, based upon the statement.

Direction (1-4): In each question below is given a Sol. (a); It is clearly mentioned in the statement that there
statement followed by two assumptions numbered I and is only means to get freedom. i.e., revolution.
II. An assumption is something supposed or taken for Thus, the statement is based on the fact that revolution
granted. You have to consider the statement and the can bring freedom. Hence, assumption I is implicit.
following assumptions and decide which of the Assumption II is only the meaning of the sentence
assumptions is implicit in the statement. and hence it is not implicit.
(a) If only assumption I is implicit 2. Statement:
(b) If only assumption II is implicit People behave differently in the presence of their Boss.
(c) If either assumption I or assumption II is implicit. Assumptions:
(d) If neither assumption I nor assumption II is I. Behaviour can be observed.
implicit. II. Behaviour cannot be observed.
1. Statement: Sol. (a); Only assumption I is implicit. If behaviour cannot
Mankind can get freedom only through revolutions. be observed, how one can say that people behave
Assumptions: differently in the presence of their Boss. For similar
I. Revolutions can bring freedom. reason, the assumption II is not implicit.
II. Except revolution there is no other method of 3. Statement:
getting freedom. A good book, even if costly, is sold.

196 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Assumptions: 5. Statement:
I. Some of the books are better than others. Vitamin E tablets improve circulation keep your
II. Most of the books are costly. complexion in a glowing condition.
Sol. (a); The statement is about a good book. This means Assump tions:
some books may be good. So, I is implicit. The words
I. People like a glowing complexion.
'if costly' show that most books are not costly. So, II is
not implicit. II. Complexion becomes dull in the absence of
4. Statement: circulation.
If people are intelligent, they should be creative. (a) If only assumption I is implicit
Assumptions: (b) If only assumption II is implicit
I. Creativity and intelligence are related. (c) If either assumption I or assumption II is implicit.
II. Creative people are intelligent.
(d) If Both assumption I and II are implicit.
Sol. (a); Only I is valid. It is clear that creativity and
intelligence are related. Sol. (d); Good feature of a product is hightlighted which
Assumption II is not an assumption at all. It is mere people crave for, so I is implicit. Complexion glows if
restatement of the given statement. circulation is improved. So II is also implicit.

Direction (1 -60): In each question below is given a state- Assumptions:


ment followed by two assumptions numbered I and II. I. No alternative other than closing down the factory
You have to consider the statement and the following as- is left for the management of XYZ Pvt. Ltd.
sumptions and decide which of the assumptions is im- II. Such threat may have some effect on the worker’s
plicit in the statement. union.
Give answer 4. Statement:
(a) If only assumption I is implicit Why don’t you go to the court if the employer does
(b) If only assumption II is implicit not pay you the provident fund contribution?
(c) If both I and II are implicit. Assumptions:
I. Courts can intervene in matters of dispute
(d) If neither I nor II is implicit
between employer and employees.
1. Statement: II. It is obligatory for the employer to pay the
The government has decided to pay compensation to Provident Fund Contribution to the employees.
the tune of Rs.1 lakh to the family members of those 5. Statement:
who are killed in railway accidents. Nobody can predict as to how long our country would
Assumptions: take to contain the unfortunate and disastrous
I. The government has enough funds to meet the terrorist activities.
expenses incurred due to Compensation. Assumptions:
II. There may be reduction in incidents of railway I. It is impossible to put on end to terrorist activities.
accidents in near future. II. Efforts to control the terrorist activities are on.
2. Statement: 6. Statement:
"I have not received telephone bills for nine months The Principal instructed all the teachers to be careful
inspite of several complaints:- A telephone in class because some students may disturb other
customer’s letter to the editor of a daily students.
Assumptions: I. Every customer has a right to get Assumption:
bills regularly from the telephone company. I. The teachers will handle the situation properly
and they will point out the naughty students.
II. The customer’s complaints points to defect in the
services which is expected to be corrected. II. The students will welcome the decision of the
Principal
3. Statement: The management of XYZ Pvt. Ltd. asked
7. Statement:
the worker's union to call off strike immediately,
otherwise the management would be forced to close Provide mid-day meals to the children in primary
down the factory. schools to increase the number of students attending
schools.

197 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Assumption: 13. Statement:
I. Mid-day meals will attract the children to the The civic authority has advised the residents in the
schools. area to use mosquito repellents or sleep inside nets
II. Those children who are otherwise deprived of as large number of people are suffering from malaria.
good food will attend the schools. Assumptions:
8. Statement : I. Local residents have enough money to arrange
Traffic jams on most of the roads in the city have for the repellents or nets.
become a regular feature during monsoon. II. People may ignore and continue to get mosquito
Assumption : bites as they have other pressing needs.
I. Material used for road construction cannot 14. Statement:
withstand the fury of monsoon resulting into “The Bridge was built at the cost of Rs. 128 crores
innumerable pot holes on the roads. and even civil bus service is not utilizing it, what a
II. Number of vehicles coming on the road is much pity to see it grossly underutilized.”A citizen’s view
more in monsoon as compared to other seasons. on a new flyover linking east and west sides of a
suburb.
9. Statement:
Assumptions:
"Private property, trespassers will be prosecuted"- A
notice on a plot of land. I. The building of such bridges does not serve any
public objective.
Assumptions:
II. There has to be some accountability and utility of
I. The passerby may read the notice and may not money spent on public projects.
trespass.
15. Statement:
II. The people are scared of prosecution.
Because of the large number of potholes in road X,
10. Statement: reaching airport in time has become difficult.
"Use our product to improve memory of your child. It Assumptions:
is based on natural herbs and has no harmful side
effects." – An advertisement of a pharmaceutical I. Reaching airport in time may not be always
company. necessary.
Assumptions : II. There is no other convenient road to the airport.
I. People generally opt for a medical product which 16. Statement:
is useful and has no harmful side effects. The Parent Teacher Association (PTA) of a school
II. Improving memory of child is considered as has informed the Principal that they will not send
important by many parents. their children to the school unless the school
authority reduces the fees with immediate effect.
11. Statement:
Assumptions:
The government has decided to disinvest large chunk
of its equity in selected public sector undertakings I. Majority of the parents may agree with the PTA
for a better fiscal management. and may not send their wards to the school.
Assumptions: II. The school authority may accede to the demand
of the PTA and reduce the fees.
I. The amount generated out of the disinvestment
process may reduce substantially the mounting 17. Statement:
fiscal deficits. The State Government has abolished the scheme of
II. There will be enough demand in the market for providing concessional air ticket to students.
the shares of these undertakings. Assumptions:
12. Statement: I. Students will not travel by air in future.
Kartik left for Delhi on Tuesday by train to attend a II. The students who resort to travel by air can bear
function to be held on Friday at his uncle’s house in the expenses of air ticket.
Delhi. 18. Statement:
Assumptions: The government has set up a fact finding mission to
I. Kartik may reach Delhi on Wednesday. look into the possible reasons for the recent violence
II. Kartik may reach Delhi before Friday. in the area.

198 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Assumptions: Assumptions:
I. The mission may be able to come up with credible I. The municipal office is not competent to effect
information about the incidents. good civic administration.
II. The people in the area may cooperate with the II. Good civic governance is a matter of collective
mission and come forward to give detailed will and effort of the people and administration.
information related to the incidents. 24. Statement:
19. Statement: “Please do not wait for me, I may be late, start taking
The city bus transport corporations has decided to lunch as soon as the guests arrive.”- A message from
change the routes of three buses plying between points a Director of a Company to his office managers.
A and B in the city to make them economically viable. Assumptions:
Assumptions: I. Keeping guests waiting is not desirable.
I. These buses may get more passengers on the II. Lunch may not be ready in time.
revised routes. 25. Statement:
II. Many people residing on the old routes may not “Apply nets on windows to prevent the entrance of
avail bus services. mosquitoes in the house.”
20. Statement: Assumptions:
Cases of food poisoning due to consumption of liquor I. The entering of mosquitoes form entrances other
are increasing in rural areas. than windows is desirable.
Assumptions: II. Nets are not available to apply on doors.
I. Percentage of people consuming liquor is more 26. Statement:
in rural areas. Success is how much a person bounces up after
II. There are many unauthorized spurious liquor hitting the bottom.
shops in the rural areas. Assumptions:
21. Statement: I. Success requires conscious efforts without being
The State government has decided to appoint four discouraged by failure.
thousand primary school teachers during the next II. Failure cannot be considered an acceptable thing.
financial year. 27. Statement:
Assumptions: The Government has decided to levy 2 percent on the
I. There are enough schools in the state to tax amount payable for funding drought relief
accommodate four thousand additional primary programmes.
school teachers. Assumptions:
II. The eligible candidates may not be interested to I. The Government does not have sufficient money
apply as the government may not finally appoint to fund drought relief programmes.
such a large number of primary school teachers. II. The amount collected by way of surcharge may
22. Statement: be adequate to fund these drought relief
"The Company has the right to reject any application programmes.
form without furnishing any reason while sorting 28. Statement:
the list of candidates for interview"- A condition Without reforming the entire administrative system,
mentioned in the employment notice. we cannot eradicate corruption and prejudice from
Assumptions: the society.
I. It is desirable to call only eligible candidates for Assumptions:
interview. I. The existence of corruption and prejudice is good.
II. The company believes in following impartial II. There is enough flexibility to change the
practice in all its functions. administrative system.
23. Statement: 29. Statement:
"Greater public participation results in good civic “But out of A, B, C and D products, you should buy B,
governance."- Statement of Municipal Commissioner which alone is based on the international
of city A. technology.”- A shopkeeper tells a customer.

199 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Assumptions : 35. Statement:
I. The customers normally accept the “Two months ago, it was announced that Central
recommendation of the shopkeeper. Government pensioners would get dearness relief
II. Use of international technology is supposed to with immediate effect but till date, banks have not
ensure better quality standards. credited the arrears.”- A statement from a Pensioners’
30. Statement: Forum.
The ‘M’ Cooperative Housing Society has put up a Assumptions:
notice at its gate that sales persons are not allowed I. Most of the banks normally take care of the
inside the society. pensioners.
Assumptions: II. Two months’ time is sufficient for the government
I. All the sales persons will stay away from the ‘M’ machinery to move and give effect to pensioners.
Cooperative Housing Society. 36. Statement:
II. The security guard posted at the gate may be able For service, only Ist division pass grauate science
to stop the sales persons entering the society. students are eligible.
31. Statement: Assumptions:
"If the city bus which runs between Ram Nagar and I. Except science, the students of graduate of other
Sant Colony is extended to Vasant Vihar, it will be subjects are not intelligent.
convenient".- Appeal of residents of Ram Nagar to
II. At graduation level, besides science other subjects
the city bus company.
are there too.
Assumptions:
37. Statement:
I. The convenience of the city bus company is much
more important then the needs of the consumers. All existing inequalities can be reduced, if not utterly
eradicated, by action of governments or by
II. The city bus company is indifferent to the
revolutionary change of government.
aspirations of the residents of Sant Colony.
Assumptions:
32. Statement:
“Fly X airways whenever you decide to go places. I. Inequality is man-made phenomenon.
Our fares are less than train fares.” – An II. No person would voluntarily part with what he
advertisement. possesses.
Assumptions: 38. Statement:
I. People prefer to travel by air when the fares are To escape rush of traffic during trade fair, use
reasonable. government buses.
II. The fares of other airlines are costlier than those Assumptions:
of X airways. I. The rush of traffic increases mainly by self
33. Statement: vehicles.
There has been a remarkable increase in the air traffic II. All the people have their own vehicles.
in India during the past few years.
39. Statement:
Assumptions:
To escape to stand in long lines, please book your
I. Traveling by air has become a status symbol now. ticket at internet.
II. Large number of people are able to afford air travel Assumptions:
now.
I. Now a days, people like to book the ticket online.
34. Statement:
II. Except internet, the tickets are also available at
The school authorities have decided to increase the
other places.
number of students in each classroom to seventy from
the next academic session to bridge the gap between 40. Statement:
the income and the expenditure to a large extent. It is informed to all people living in 'X' city that in
Assumptions: rainy season, they should drink boiled water.
I. The income generated by way of fees of the Assumptions:
additional students will be sufficient enough to I. In rainy seasons, the boiled water is harmful to
bridge the gap. health.
II. The school will get all the additional students in II. This kind of information will be given in other
each class form the next academic session. cities also.

200 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
41. Statement: 48. Statement:
If business owners motivate their workers and Starting from fly over on Moti lal city road, traffic
appreciate their work, then workers can do better will be heavy.
work than before. Assumptions:
Assumptions: I. On Moti lal city road, there is a great rush of traffic
I. Some owner are not motivating their workers. II. There is a fly over on Moti lal city road.
II. Workers perform better when they get appreciated 49. Statement:
42. Statement: Railway police arrested some people while they were
Prem wrote a second letter to Kamla because he did crossing railway track illegaly and collected penalty
not get answer for the letter send by him last week. from them before releasing them.
Assumptions: Assumptions:
I. It may be Kamla was ill. I. People may stop to cross railway lines Illegaly.
II. Generally we get letters in 15 days. II. People will give charge and cross railway line
43. Statement: continue.
An owner of a factory said. "Now we need some more 50. Statement:
workers for the factory". Recently, Govt. announced grains for work
Assumptions: programme in drought effected areas in the country.
I. Now a days, many workers are available easily. Assumptions:
II. The owner is not satisfied from workers who are I. Govt. has enough funds.
working at present time.
II. It may be from this programme, affected people
44. Statement: may get there meal at least one time in a day.
Chyawanprash is healthy and also very useful in 51. Statement:
cough and coryza diseases.
Use our medicine to fight the problem of obesity.
Assumptions:
Assumptions:
I. Gererally when people are effected by cough and
I. Other slimming medicines available in the market
coryza diseases, then they want recover from these
do not reduce weight.
diseases.
II. Obesity can not be controlled with out medicines.
II. The kind of instruction makes fool of people.
52. Statement:
45. Statement :A sign board is necessary which shows
direction and distance. "For any kind of problem with your mobile phone,
Assumptions: contact our help desk immediately"
I. A sign board can be made without using any Assumptions:
languages. I. Help desk has a solution to all kinds of problems
II. To show direction and distance only sign-board related to mobile phones or will guide accordingly.
is a good media. II. Unless the problem is reported immediatedly, it
46. Statement: may not be solved.
"If you want your writing speed to increase, then use 53. Statement:
only 0.7 pens" -an advertisement. An advertisement by bank X- "Our interest rates for
Assumptions: education loan are lower than any other bank".
I. In market other kinds of pens are available too. Assumptions:
II. The person who have been told about 0.7 pens I. Some other bank also provide education loans.
can understand about the specifications. II. Interest rates charged on education loans are not
47. Statement: same for all banks.
A new book is published. It got more readers in India 54. Statement:
than any other countries. Farmers must immediately switch over to organic
Assumptions: fertilizers from chemical fertilizers for better yield.
I. Before this new book, good readers were not there Assumptions:
in India. I. All the farmers use only chemical fertilizers.
II. This book will not be as successful as other books II. Organic fertilizers are readily available to the
of the same writer. farmers.

201 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
55. Statement: 58. Statement:
If parking space is not available in office, park your “In the recently imposed war, global public opinion
vehicles in the mall and walk to the office. was dishonoured by the economically strong and
scientifically advanced superpower".
Assumptions:
Assumptions:
I. The mall is at a walkable distance from the office. I. Superpowers need not take any heed of global
II. The office does not allow visitor's vehicles in its public opinion.
premises. II. Global public opinion must have been against
56. Statement: the imposition of war.
59. Statement:
The higher echelons of any organization are expected
To investigate the murder of the lone resident of a
to be models of observational learning and should
flat, the police interrogated the domestic servant, the
not be considered as merely sources of reward and
watchman of the multi-stroeyed building and the
punishments.
liftman.
Assumptions: Assumptions:
I. Employees are likely to be sensitive enough to I. the domestic servant, watchman and the liftman
learn by observing the behaviour of their bosses. can give a clue about the suspected murder.
II. Normally bosses are considered as sources of II. Generally in such cases, the persons known to
reward and punishment. the victim are directly or indirectly involved in
the murder.
57. Statement:
60. Statement:
Believe me, I have read it in newspaper X. “You must learn to refer to dictionary if you want to
Assumptions: become a good writer.”- A advises B.
I. newspaper X gives reliable information/news. Assumptions:
II. I am reporting exactly as it is given in newspaper I. Only writers refer to the dictionary.
X II. All writers, good or bad, refer to the dictionary.

1. Statement: 3. Statement:
The journey from Bengaluru to Delhi can be The teachers who give their best, have the right to get
completed in less time. rewarded.
Assumptions: Assumptions:
I. Bengaluru and Delhi are connected by air route. I. All teachers work hard.
II. There is no other facility to transport from II. Reward is given for best work.
Bengaluru to Delhi. (a) Only I is implicit
(a) Only I is implicit (b) Only II is implicit
(b) Only II is implicit (c) I and II both are implicit
(c) I and II both are implicit (d) Neither I nor II is implicit
(d) Neither I nor II is implicit 4. Statement:
2. Statement: Values of life for educated are different from those
If you laugh, then the whole world will laugh with who are uneducated.
you. Assumptions:
Assumptions: I. Education has an impact on the values of life of a
I. Generally, people keep laughing for a long time. person.
II. One can control all the emotions of other peoples. II. An uneducated person is worthless.
(a) Only I is implicit (a) I and II both are implicit
(b) Only II is implicit (b) Only I is implicit
(c) I and II both are implicit (c) Only II is implicit
(d) Neither I nor II is implicit (d) Neither I nor II is implicit

202 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
5. Statement: 9. Statement:
Send employee XYZ for a training in UK to gain more The host in one of the popular T.V. programmes
insight into the project which he is handling at announced that the channel will contact the viewers
present. between 9.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. on weekdays and the
lucky ones will be given fabulous prizes.
Assumptions:
Assumptions:
I. Some similar training programmes are available
I. The people may remain indoors to receive the
in the employee's own country as well.
phone call.
II. With the present skill sets, employee XYZ can II. More people may start watching the programmes.
not handle the project.
10. Statement:
(a) Only I is implicit In view of the violent situation due to students’
(b) Neither I or II is implicit agitation, the state government has decided to close
(c) Only II is implicit down all the educational institutions in the state for
(d) I and II both are implicit two weeks with immediate effect.
Direction (6-20): In each question below is given a Assumptions:
statement followed by two assumptions numbered I and I. The students’ agitation may subside after two
II. You have to consider the statement and the following weeks.
assumptions and decide which of the assumption is II. The students may not find a place to come forth
implicit in the statement. and continue agitation after the closure of the
Give answer educational institutions.
(a) If only assumption I is implicit 11. Statement:
Municipal Corporation has decided to ban the entry
(b) If only assumption II is implicit
of vehicles form sub-urban areas to the main city
(c) If both I and II are implicit. through main routes during peak hours to avoid traffic
(d) If neither I nor II is implicit congestion.
6. Statement: Assumptions:
The head of the organization congratulated the entire I. The people of sub-urban areas should not bring
staff in his speech for their sincere effort to bring down their vehicles during peak hours.
the deficit and urged them to give their best for II. There is no traffic congestion by the vehicles of
attaining a more profitable position in future. people residing in the main city.
Assumptions: 12. Statement:
I. The employees may get motivated and maintain Highly brilliant and industrious students do not
and if possible, enhance their present level of work. always excel in the written examination.
Assumptions:
II. The employees may now relax and slow down in
their day to day work as there is no immediate I. The written examination is good mainly for
threat of huge deficit. mediocre students.
II. The brilliant and industrious students cannot
7. Statement:
always write good answers in the exam.
The government has decided to hold the employers
13. Statement:
responsible for deducting tax at source for all its
Sachin’s mother instructed him to return home by train
employees.
if it rains heavily.
Assumptions:
Assumptions:
I. The employers may still not arrange to deduct tax I. Sachin may not be able to decide himself if it rains
at source for its employees. heavily.
II. The employees may not allow the employers to II. The trains may ply even if it rains heavily.
deduct tax at source.
14. Statement:
8. Statement: An advertisement: If you want to follow the footprints
An advertisement: “Our shoes are for the rich.” of an ideal leader, wear ‘X’ brand of shoes.
Assumptions: Assumptions:
I. Many people like to be labeled as rich. I. Most people like to follow their ideal leaders.
II. One can’t become rich unless one has that brand II. One can’t become ideal leader unless one wears
of shoes. ‘X’ brand of shoes.

203 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
15. Statement: 20. Statement:
The union Government has decided to withdraw It is not true that the mightiest superpower always
existing tax relief on various small savings schemes wins wars and gets accolades form other countries.
in a phased manner to augment its tax collection. Assumptions:
Assumptions: I. Winners are sometimes admired and appreciated.
I. People may still continue to keep money in small II. Winners are occasionally criticized.
savings schemes and also pay taxes. Direction (21-28): In each question below is given a
II. The total tax collection may increase. statement followed by two assumptions numbered I and
16. Statement: II. An assumption is something supposed or taken for
granted. You have to consider the statement and the
An announcement: "Passengers in their own interest
following assumption and decide which of the
are advised to fasten their seat belts while seated in
assumption is implicit in the statement.
the trolley of the ropeway".
Give answer
Assumptions:
(a) If only assumption I is implicit.
I. People are always careful about their own safety. (b) If only assumption II is implicit
II. Unless advised, Passengers might not use the seat (c) If both assumption I and II are implicit.
belts. (d) If neither assumption I nor II is implicit
17. Statement: 21. Statement:
The government has decided to reduce its subsidy on Job rotation helps employees to get an overview of
LPG, however the subsidy on kerosene remains the organization.
unchanged.
Assumptions:
Assumptions: I. Job rotations is only method to get an overview of
I. Those people who buy LPG can afford to purchase the organisation.
LPG for a higher price. II. It is required to have an overview of the
II. Many people may stop buying LPG and instead organisation.
use kerosene. 22. Statement:
18. Statement: Let us appoint Ms. X as the CEO of our company so
The General Administration Department has issued that the company's products are also perceived to be
a circular to all the employees informing them that genuine.
henceforth the employees can avail their lunch break Assumptions:
at any of the half-hour slots between 1.30 p.m. and
I. CEO can changes the perception of products.
2.30 p.m.
II. Perception is same as the actual reality.
Assumptions:
23. Statement:
I. The employees may welcome the decision and
An advertisement. "The new model has been launched
avail lunch break at different time slots.
with K-series engine".
II. There may not be any break in the work of the Assumptions:
organization as the employees will have their I. People know about K-series engine.
lunch break at different time slots.
II. Engines type/series is important for buyers.
19. Statement: 24. Statement:
In spite of less than normal rainfall in the catchments Mohan tell Nita, "Let us meet over lunch tomorrow."
areas during the first two months of monsoon, the Assumptions:
authority supplying water to the city has not yet I. Luch timings are known to both.
effected any cut in the water supply to the city.
II. Both are aware of the venue for lunch.
Assumptions: 25. Statement:
I. The rainfall during the remaining part of the The movie is a super hit and has broken all the
monsoon may be adequate for normal water records.
supply. Assumptions:
II. The present water level of the lakes supplying I. There is an authentic criterion to judge a hit ora
water to the city may be adequate for normal flop.
supply. II. The performance of earlier movies is known.

204 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
26. Statement: 29. Statement:
"If your are beautiful, we will catch your beauty. If The residents of the locality wrote a letter to the
you are not, we will make your beautiful". An Corporation requesting to restore normalcy in the
advertisement of a photo studio. supply of drinking water immediately as the supply
at present is just not adequate.
Assumptions:
Assumptions:
I. How to look beautiful, is a problem of youngsters? I. The Corporation may not take any action on the
II. Nobody desires to be beautiful. letter.
27. Statement: II. The municipality do not have enough water to
meet the demand.
An advertisement : "Fly X airways whenever your
III. The water supply to the area was adequate in the
decide to go places. Our fares are lesser than train
past.
fares."
(a) Only I and III are implicit
Assumptions: (b) Only II and III are implicit
I. People perfer to travel by air when the fares are (c) Only II is implicit
reasonable. (d) Only III is implicit
II. The fares of other airlines are costlier than those 30. Statement:
of X airways. "We must be prepared to face any eventuality and all
the assignments must be completed as per their
28. Statement:
schedule"-Director tells the Faculty members.
A warining : "Do not smoke in public places as it is a Assumptions:
cognizable offence in our country." I. There is possibility of a serious eventuality.
Assumptions: II. Dates are fixed for all the assignments.
I. People often neglect such warnings. III. Faculty members are supposed to complete all the
assignments.
II. People understand the implications of committing (a) Only I is implicit (b) Only III is implicit
a cognizable offence. (c) None is implicit (d) All are implicit

1. (a); (i) VALID: Root Cause. The government must 4. (c); (i) VALID: Root Cause. The concerned person
have decided to pay the compensation to the must have advised someone to go to the court,
victims assuming they have enough funds to after assuming the fact that courts can
meet the expenses. intervene in such cases.
(ii) INVALID: Not directly related to the (ii) VALID: Root Cause. Again he advises an
statement. It may look like a desired outcome, extreme course of action of going to the court
but there is no proof of it in the statement. assuming the fact that it is an obligation on
2. (c); (i) VALID: Root Cause. The customer writes the the employer to pay the provident fund to the
letter to the editor assuming that every employees.
customer has a right to get the bill of the 5. (b); (i) INVALID: If it would have been
services used. “impossible”, the person would said that such
(ii) VALID: Desired outcome. He addresses his unfortunate and disastrous terrorist activities
grievance to the editor with a desire that the could never be contained. He wouldn’t have
services get corrected in the future. been optimistic about it.
3. (c); (i) VALID: Root Cause. The statement mentions (ii) VALID: Root Cause. It must have been
that the management asked the union to call assumed that the efforts to control such acts
off the strike immediately else they would be are on, that is why it is said that no one can
“forced” to close down the factory which predict how long it would take to control such
shows that there is no other alternative with
acts.
them.
6. (a); (i) VALID: Desired Outcome. The principal
(ii) VALID: Desired outcome. The management
warned the teachers because he desired that
threatened the union with a desire that it may
have some effect on them and they might call teachers would handle the situation properly
off the strike. and point out the naughty students.

205 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
(ii) INVALID: Not related to the statement. The 14. (b); (i) INVALID: Not directly related to the
perspective of the students is not mentioned statement. The statement shows that author
in the statement, hence the assumption cannot points out at “underutilization” of the bridge.
be accepted. No where it is mentioned that such bridges
don’t serve “any” public objective.
7. (a); (i) VALID: Root Cause. It must have been
(ii) VALID: Root Cause. The citizen must have
assumed that the scheme will attract the
kept in mind the accountability and the utility
students, that is why it is proposed to be of money spent, that is why he complaints
implemented. about the underutilization.
(ii) INVALID: Not related to the statement. There 15. (b); (i) INVALID: Not related to the statement. There
is no mention of “good food” in the statement. is no proof in the statement about reaching
It says the children who are otherwise airport all the time being a necessity.
deprived of good food, who might be getting (ii) VALID: Root Cause. Since the author focuses
ordinary food to eat, would attend the school. on the fact that because of too many potholes
There is no proof of such thought in the on road X, it is difficult to reach the airport on
statement. time shows that there is no other convenient
road which can be opted for.
8. (d); (i) INVALID: Not related to the statement. The
16. (c); I is a root cause, II is a desired effect
statement talks about traffic jams on roads.
There is no mention about the cause of the 17. (b); II is implicit on the cause side.
traffic jams. The material resulting in the 18. (c); Both are desired effects
potholes on roads can be a cause. But this 19. (a); I is a desired effect
assumption cannot be accepted for sure as 20. (d); (i) INVALID: Not directly related to statement.
there is no mention about it in the statement. Since the statement shows increase in the
number of cases of food poisoning, the cause
(ii) INVALID: Not related to the statement. The
should also show an increment. Large
assumption shows the comparison of
number of people cannot justify the increase
monsoons with other seasons. There is no
in cases. The number could have been large
such proof in the statement. Hence, the before also.
assumption cannot be accepted.
(ii) INVALID: Not directly related to statement.
9. (c); (i) VALID: Desired outcome. At the time of Again many shops cannot justify the increase
putting up the notice, the author must have in the cases of food poisoning. The number of
assumed people would read it and desired shops could have been many before also.
that people may not trespass. 21. (a); I is a root cause, as without adequate schools,
appointments cannot be made.
(ii) VALID: Root Cause. The author cautioned
the people about the prosecution by assuming 22. (a); Only I is implicit.II is not implicit because we
that people will be scared of it. cannot say anything about the other functions of
the company
10. (c); Both are desired effects. 23. (b); Only II is implicit on the cause side
11. (c); (i) VALID: Desired outcome. The government 24. (a); Only I is implicit on cause side, as this why the
would have decided to disinvest the equity instruction has been given.
with a desire of generating enough amount 25. (d); Neither is implicit as both are contrary to the
which would manage the fiscal deficit. statement.
(ii) VALID: Root Cause. The government would 26. (a); I is implicit on the cause side, II is neither a root
have decided to make the shares available in cause nor a desired effect of the statement
the market with an assumption that there 27. (b); Only II is implicit as this is a desired effect, I is
would be enough demand for them in the not a root cause as the Government may have
market. sufficient money, but has decided to levy the
12. (b); Only II is a root cause, as the idea is to reach the charge to reduce the financial burden.
destination before Friday. Kartik may reach on 28. (b); Only II is implicit as without flexibility the system
wednesday, but that is not the objective. cannot be reformed
13. (a); I is a root cause, else the advisory would not have 29. (c); I is a desired effect, II is a root cause
been issued. II is neither a cause nor effect 30. (c); I is a desired effect, II is a root cause

206 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
31. (d); Neither is implicit as both are contrary to the 47. (d); Both are not implicit because it is not true that in
statement India there were not good readers from statement.
32. (a); Only I is implicit as it is a root cause It is also wrong that book will not get success.
33. (b); II is implicit on the cause side.
48. (c); It is clear from the statement that there is a rush of
34. (c); Both are root causes vehicles on Moti lal city road, also there is fly
35. (b); II is a root cause over. So assumption I and II are implicit.
36. (b); Assumption II is implicit. It is not necessary that
only science student are intelligent. It is true from 49. (a); No one wants to pay the penalty and get arrested
statement that there are other subjects in so statement II is not implicit.
graduation. 50. (b); Only II is implicit.
37. (a); Only assumption I is implicit because inequality
is a man-made phenomenon. 51. (d); Neither I nor II assumption is implicit.
38. (a); Only I is implicit. 52. (c); It is clear from the statement that both
39. (b); IInd is implicit because at other places also, tickets assumptions are implicit.
may be available, that is why people are standing
at the que. 53. (c); Both are implicit. Bank declared loans at lower
40. (d); Both assumptions are not implict because boiled interest rate means there is competition among
water is not harmful and it is also not definite banks. It is also clear that interest rates are
that such kind of information will be given in different for different banks.
other cities. 54. (d); Neither Ist nor IInd assumptions is implicit
41. (c); Both I and II are implicit because it is not clear that all farmers use only
42. (d); Both assumptions are not implicit because it is chemical fertilizers or it is readily available in
not clear that Kamla was ill or not. Also it is not market.
clear that we can get letter in 15 days.
43. (d); It is not clear from the statement that the owner is 55. (a); It is clear from the statement that, mall is at a
satisfied or not. It is also not clear that workers short distance from the office and it is not clear
are easily available in market. So both that office allows visitor's vehicles or not.
assumptions are not implicit. 56. (b); Only II is implicit.
44. (a); Only assumption Ist is implicit.
45. (d); Without using any language there is no use of 57. (c); Both are root causes
any signboard as we writes on sign board. 58. (b); II is a root cause
Secondly 'only' makes it weak so both
assumptions are not implicit. 59. (a); Only I is a root cause. II is not implicit.
46. (c); Both assumptions are implicit. 60. (d); Neither is implicit.

1. (d); Only I is implicit values of life of a person. Assumption II is not


Assumption I is not implicit as the reduction in connected with the given statement.
travel time may be due to high speed trains also. 5. (b); Neither I nor II is implicit.
Assumption II is not implicit as the other mode of 6. (a); I is a desired effect
transport has not been discused in the given 7. (d); Both are contrary to the statement
statement.
8. (a); I is a root cause
2. (d); Assumption II is not implicit as nothing as been
9. (c); Both are desired effects
said about other emotions in the statement. I is
not implicit as it is not connected with the given 10. (c); Both are desired effects
statement. 11. (d); Neither is implicit. I is not implicit as only main
routes are banned, II is not implicit because it is
3. (b); Only II is implicit as it is hidden is the given
not a root cause of the statement
statement. But assumption I is irrelevant beacuse
of the word 'All'. 12. (b); II is a root cause
4. (b); Only I is implicit, as the value of life is different 13. (c); Both are root causes
for educated and uneducated persons. So it is 14. (a); Only I is implicit as it is a root cause
obvious that education has its impact on the 15. (c); Both are desired effects

207 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
16. (c);
Both are root causes 25. (c); Both are implicit.
17. (a);
Only I is a root cause 26. (d); Neither I nor II is implicit.
18. (c);
Both are desired effects 27. (a); It is assumed that people perfer to travel by air
19. (b);
Only II is a root cause when the fares are reasonable, hence a
20. (c);
Both are root causes of the statement. comparison in fare between train and air is given.
21. (b);
'Only' word makes the assumption weak. IInd 28. (b); Warining has been displayed because people do
assumption is implicit not understand the implications of committing a
22. (a); Assumption I is implicit while IInd is not. cognizable offence.
23. (c); Both I and II are implicit because people know 29. (d); It is clear from the statement that the water supply
well about K-series engine according to statement to the area was adequate in the past.
also it is important for buyers.
30. (d); All the assumptions are implicit.
24. (c); By close observation we can say that both I and II
are implicit.

208 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Syllogism
17
Syllogism is a kind of logical argument drawn from given statements. It is an art of thinking and reasoning in strict
accordance wih the limitations and incapacities of the human misunderstandings, thats why some times irrelevant
statements are given and on the basis of which we have to draw conclusions.

Types of Statements (b) Particular Statements


(a) Universal Statements (All Type Statements) (3) Particular Affirmative/Positive
(1) Universal Affirmative/Positive Some A's are B's
i.e. All A's are B's

A B

A B
Converse : Some B's are A's
(4) Particular Negative
Some A's Are Not B
Note : Converse : All B's Are A's is a Possibility
(2) Universal Negative : All A's are not B
A B
A X B

Converse : All B's are not A

Types of Syllogism
Type 1. All, All related statement but when they come inner side from outer side, then the
Statements : All potatoes are Onions. conclusions must have word 'Some'
All Onions are Tomatoes. Conclusions : Some cabbages are tomatoes.
All Tomatoes are Spinach. Some tomatoes are potatoes.
All Spinach are Cabbages. Some onions are potatoes.
Type 2. Some, Some related statements.
Sol. Statements : Some chains are rings.
Some rings are ankle rings.
Some ankle rings are bangles.
Some bangles are hand.
Potatoes
Some hansds are fingers.
Onions
Tomatoes ankle
Spinach Sol. rings hands
Cabbages

In this type of questions, conclusions have word 'All'.


Conclusions : All potatoes are tomatoes
All onions are cabbage. fingers
rings bangles
All tomatoes are cabbage.
chain

209 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
In these types of questions as per concern of conclusion, In this situation our answer must be if either I or II
all the conclusions with 'some'. Without few there is no conclusion follows.
conclusion. Type 4. All, some related statements.
Statements: All mangoes are apples.
Some ankles are rings
Some apples are stones.
Some fingers are hands.
Sol. :
One thing is to remember here is that those diagram which
are nearer to each-other, they will be right answer. Separate Apples Apples
diagrams are not answes.
Some chains are ankle rings. Mangoes Stones Mangoes Stones
Some ankle rings are hands.
conclusions are wrong.
Type 3. Few, All, NO related statements. Conclusion : All stones are apples.
Statements: Few mangoes are sweets All stones are mangoes.
All sweets are red. Some mangoes are stones.
All reds are dates. No mangoes is stone.
On seeing diagram it is obvious that no conclusion
No dates are bananas
given above follows because conclusion must be drawn
Conclusion : I. Some mangoes are banana from all possible diagram.
II. No mango is banana Type 5. Some, All related statements.
Statements: Some trees are buses.
Sol. All buses are hats.
dates banana
red Sol. Hats

sweet Buses Trees


mangoes

Or
Conclusion : I. Some trees are hats.
II. Some hats are trees.
III. All hats are buses.
dates IV. Some buses are hats.
red
From above diagram it is obvious that conclusion I, II
and IV follow. Conclusion III does not follow because hats
sweet do not lie entirely in the buses. Just as we can not say that
banana mangoes all indian are Rajasthani.

1. Statements : All the harmoniums are instru Sol. (d);


Flutes
ments.
All the instruments are flutes.
Conclusions : 1. All the flutes are instruments. Instruments
2. All the harmoniums are flutes.
(a) Only (1) conclusion follows
Harmoniums
(b) Only (2) conclusion follows
(c) Either (1) or (2) follows
(d) Neither (1) nor (2) follows Only (2) follows

210 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
2. Statements : Some actors are singers. Conclusions : 1. Some cows are elephants.
All the singers are dancers. 2. All crows are elephants.
Conclusions : 1. Some actors are dancers. (a) Only (1) conclusion follows
2. No singer is actor. (b) Only (2) conclusion follows
(a) Only (1) conclusion follows (c) Either (1) or (2) follows
(b) Only (2) conclusion follows (d) Neither (1) nor (2) follows
(c) Either (1) or (2) follows Sol. (d);
(d) Neither (1) nor (2) follows
Sol. (d); Crows Crows
Actors Dancers Singers

(or) Cows

(or) Dancers
Elephants
Cows Elephants

None of the two follows.


Singers Actors

Only (1) follows. 5. Statements : Some ants are parrots.


3. Statements : Some papers are pens. All the parrots are apples.
All the pencils are pens. Conclusions : 1. All the apples are parrots.
Conclusions : 1. Some pens are pencils. 2. Some ants are apples.
2. Some pens are papers. (a) Only (1) conclusion follows
(a) Only (1) conclusion follows (b) Only (2) conclusion follows
(b) Only (2) conclusion follows (c) Either (1) or (2) follows
(c) Either (1) or (2) follows (d) Neither (1) nor (2) follows
(d) Both (1) and (2) follow Sol. (b);
Sol. (d);
Pens Parrots
Parrots
Pens
(or)
Pencils
(or) Apples
Papers Pencils Papers

Both (1) and (2) follow. Ants


Apples Ants
4. Statements : Some cows are crows.
Only (2) follows.
Some crows are elephants.

211 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Directions (1 - 20) : In each of the questions given below 9. Statements : All tables are windows.
are given some statements followed by some conclusions. All windows are rooms.
Read all conclusions and give the answer as follows– All rooms are buses.
(a) If only conclusion I follows. Conclusions : I. Some buses are tables.
(b) If only conclusion II follows. II. No rooms are tables.
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows. 10. Statements : Some trees are boxes.
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows. All boxes are bricks.
1. Statements : All cots are tables. All bricks are dogs.
All tables are trains. Conclusions : I. No dogs are trees.
II. Some bricks are trees.
All trains are buses.
11. Statements : All goats are flowers.
Conclusions : I. All tables are buses.
No flower is branch.
II. All trains are tables.
Some branches are roots.
2. Statements : Some mobile are computers.
Conclusions : I. Some roots are goats.
Some computers are calculators. II. No root is goat.
Some calculators are phones. 12. Statements : All pots are rings.
Conclusions : I. Some phones are computers. All bangles are rings.
II. Some computers are mobile. All rings are paints.
3. Statements : All spoons are bowls. Conclusions : I. Some paints are not pots.
Some bowls are glasses. II. Some bangles are paints
Some glasses are plates. 13. Statements: Some pens are books.
Conclusions : I. Some glasses are spoons. All books are pencils.
II. Some plates are bowls. All pencils are jars.
4. Statements : Some envelopes are packets. Conclusions: I. No books are jars.
Some packets are boxes. II. Some pens are pencils.
All boxes are parcels. 14. Statements : Some bowls are spoons
Some spoons are forks
Conclusions : I. Some parcels are packets.
All forks are plates.
II. Some parcels are envelopes.
Conclusions : I. Some bowls are forks.
5. Statements : Some cards are plastics.
II. Some spoons are plates.
Some Plastics are metals. 15. Statements : Some bottles are jars.
All metals are pots. All jars are buckets.
Conclusions : I. Some pots are cards. All buckets are tanks.
II. No pot is a card. Conclusions : I. All jars are tanks.
6. Statements : Some desks are tents. II. No buckets are tanks.
Some tents are rivers. 16. Statements : Some phones are mobiles.
All rivers are ponds. Some mobiles are computers.
Conclusions : I. Some ponds are tents. Some computers are keys.
II. Some ponds are desks. Conclusions : I. Some phones are keys.
7. Statements : All cots are pens. II. Some computes are phones.
17. Statements : All papers are files.
Some pens are knives.
Some files are folders.
All knives are rats.
All folders are bags.
Conclusions : I. Some rats are cots.
Conclusions : I. Some files are bags.
II. Some rats are pens. II. Some papers are folders.
8. Statements : Some forests are huts. 18. Statements : All stars are suns.
Some huts are walls. Some suns are planets.
Some walls are nets. All planets are satellites.
Conclusions : I. Some nets are forests. Conclusions : I. Some satellites are stars.
II. Some nets are huts. II. No star is a satellite.

212 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
19. Statements : All fishes are birds. Conclusions : I. Some market are needle.
All birds are rats. II. All market are clothes.
All rats are cows. 27. Statements : All ropes are sticks.
Conclusions : I. All birds are cows No stick is pencil.
II. All rats are fishes Some pencils are knife.
20. Statements : All curtains are rods.
Conclusions : I. Some knife are ropes.
Some rods are sheets.
II. Some knife are sticks.
Some sheets are pillows.
Conclusions : I. Some pillows are rods. 28. Statements : All forests are roads.
II. Some rods are curtains. All roads are rivers.
Direction (21 - 35) : In each question below there are three All rivers are home.
statements followed by two conclusions numbered I and Conclusions : I. All home are roads.
II. You have to take the four given statement to be true II. Some rivers are forest.
even if they seem to be at variance from commonly known 29. Statements : All glasses are pens.
facts and then decide which of the given conclusions
logically follows from the three statements disregarding No pen is chalks.
commonly known facts. Given answer : No chalk is Jug.
(A) If only conclusion I follows. Conclusions : I. No glass is chalk.
(B) If only conclusion II follows. II. No glass is pen.
(C) If either I or II follows. 30. Statements : Some books are buses.
(D) If neither I nor II follow. Some buses are cars.
21. Statements : Some mangoes are red. All cars are trains.
All red are tamarind. Conclusions : I. Some cars are books.
All tamarind are white. II. No car is book.
Conclusions : I. Some tamarind are red. 31. Statements : Some fruits are mangoes.
II. No mangoes are white.
Some mangoes are red.
22. Statements : 10% shoes are stockings.
All red are vegetables.
5% stockings are papers.
Conclusions : I. No fruit is red.
99% papers are pens.
II. Some fruits are red.
Conclusions : I. Some shoes are paper.
32. Statements : All letters are black.
II. Some shoes are pens.
23. Statements : All A are Z All blacks are blue.
All Z are X No blue is green.
All Y are A. Conclusions : I. Some letter is green.
Conclusions : I. All A are Y. II. Some blue are black.
II. All Y are X. 33. Statements : No table is wood.
24. Statements : All silver is gold. Some woods are chairs.
All copper is gold. All chairs are stone.
Some silver is copper. Conclusions : I. Some woods are table.
Conclusions : I. Some gold is both silver and II. Some stones are woods.
copper. 34. Statements : Some books are pens.
II. Some gold can be copper. Some pens are pencils.
25. Statements : Some pencils are Eraser. Some pencils are Button.
All pencils are sharpener. Conclusions : I. Some buttons are pens.
All eraser are not sharpener.
II. Some pencils are books.
Conclusions : I. All eraser can be pencils.
35. Statements : Some eyes are ears.
II. Some sharpeners are eraser.
Some ears are hands.
26. Statements : Some needles are clothes.
Some hands are fingers.
All clothes are shops.
Conclusions : I. No hand is eye.
All shops are market.
II. Some hands are eye.

213 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
36. Statements : All desks are pencils. 40. Statements : All books are cards.
All pencils are windows. Some cards are benches.
All windows are doors. All benches are chairs.
All doors are walls. Some chairs are tables.
Conclusions : I. Some walls are windows. Conclusions : I. Some chairs are cards.
II. All desks are doors.
II. Some tables are chairs.
III. Some windows are doors.
III. Some cards are books.
IV. No doors are walls.
IV. Some chairs are benches.
(a) Only I, II and III follow
(a) Only II, III and IV follow
(b) Only II, III and IV follow
(c) Only I, III and IV follow (b) Only I, II and III follow
(d) Only I, II and IV follow (c) Only I, III and IV follow
37. Statements : Some boxes are tablets. (d) All follow
Some tablets are toys. 41. Statements : All drums are tubes.
All toys are jungles.
Some tubes are pipes.
Some jungles are trees.
No pipe is stick.
Conclusions : I. Some trees are tablets.
II. Some tablets are jungles. Some sticks are rubbers.
III. Some jungles are toys. Conclusions : I. Some rubbers are tubes.
IV. Some toys are boxes. II. Some sticks are drums.
(a) None follows (b) Only I follows III. Some pipes are drums.
(c) Only II follows (d) Only II and III follow
IV. Some sticks are tubes.
38. Statements : All blades are trains.
Some trains are roads. (a) None follows
All roads are papers. (b) Only I follows
Some papers are windows. (c) Only I and II follow
Conclusions : I. Some windows are blades. (d) Only I and III follow
II. Some papers are trains.
42. Statements : Some pens are rooms.
III. Some trains are blades.
IV. Some papers are blades. All rooms are walls.
(a) Only I and II follow Some walls are bricks.
(b) Only II and III follow All bricks are slates.
(c) Only III and IV follow Conclusions : I. Some slates are walls.
(d) Only I and III follow
II. Some walls are pens.
39. Statements : Some chains are rings.
III. Some bricks are rooms.
Some rings are bangles.
Some bangles are hands. IV. Some slates are rooms.
Some hands are ears. (a) Only I and III follow
Conclusions : I. Some ears are bangles. (b) Only II and III follow
II. Some bangles are chains.
(c) Only I and II follow
III. Some hands are rings
(d) Only III and IV follow
IV. No chain is bangle.
(a) None follows 43. Statements : Some chairs are pencils.
(b) Only II follows Some pencils are bottles.
(c) Only IV follows Some bottles are bags.
(d) Only either II or IV follows Some bags are books.

214 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Conclusions : I. Some books are pencils. 47. Statements : All dolls are mats.
II. Some bottles are chairs. No mat is sofa.
III. No book is pencil. Some sofas are rooms.
IV. Some bags are chairs. All rooms are hills.
(a) Only I follows Conclusions : I. Some hills are dolls.
(b) Only either Ior III follows II. Some rooms are dolls.
(c) Only III follows III. Some rooms are mats.
(d) Only IV follows IV. Some hills are mats.
(a) None follows
44. Statements : Some roads are buses.
(b) Only I follows
All buses are trains.
(c) Only II follows
Some trains are trucks. (d) Only III follows
All trucks are kites. 48. Statements : Some robots are machines.
Conclusions : I. Some trucks are roads. Some computers are both robots and
II. Some kites are buses. machines.
III. Some trains are roads. Some animals are machines.
Some toys are animals.
IV. Some kites are trains.
Conclusions : I. Some toys are robots.
(a) None follow
II. Some toys are machines.
(b) Only I follow III. Some animals are computers.
(c) Only II follow IV. Some robots are not computers.
(d) III and IV follow (a) None follows
45. Statements : All beads are rings. (b) Only II and III follow
All rings are bangles. (c) Only I and III follow
All bangles are tyres. (d) Only III follows
49. Statements : All suns are stars.
All tyres are pendants.
All moons are stars.
Conclusions : I. Some pendants are beads.
Some planets are suns.
II. Some tyres are rings. Some stars are gases.
III. Some bangles are beads. Conclusions : I. Some stars are planets.
IV. Some pendants are rings. II. Some suns are gases.
(a) Only I and II follow III. No moon is a planet.
(b) Only I, II and III follow IV. Some gases are moons.
(a) None follows
(c) Only II, III and IV follow
(b) Only I follows
(d) Only I, III and IV follow
(c) Only I and II follow
46. Statements : Some desks are fruits.
(d) Only III and IV follow
All fruits are flowers. 50. Statements : All books are diaries.
No flower is branch. Some diaries are pens.
Some branches are roots. Some pens are drawers.
Conclusions : I. Some roots are flowers. All drawers are chairs.
II. No desk is branch. Conclusions : I. Some drawers are diaries
II. Some chairs are pens
III. Some flowers are desks.
III. Some pens are books.
IV. Some branches are desks.
IV. Some diaries are books.
(a) Only either II or IV follows (a) None follows
(b) Only III follows (b) Only II follows
(c) Only either II or IV and III follows (c) Only II and III follow
(d) Only II and IV follow
(d) Only III and IV follow

215 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Distinct Questions Conclusions : I. Some bangles are rings.
II. All rings are diamonds.
Directions (51 - 53): In each of the questions given below III. All diamonds are bangles.
are given some statements followed by some conclusions. (a) Only I follows
Read all conclusions and give the answer as follows–
(b) Only II and I follow
(a) If only conclusion I follows. (c) Only I and III follow
(b) If only conclusion II follows. (d) All follow
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows. 57. Statements : All chairs are tables.
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows. All tables are telephones.
51. Statements : Some sweets are salt. All telephones are cellphones.
No salt is spice. No cell phone is computer.
Conclusions : I. Some sweets are spice. Conclusions : I. All cellphones are tables.
II. No spice is salt. II. Some chairs are computers.
52. Statements : Some TVs are plastics. III. No chair is computer.
Some Plastics are VCD. (a) Only I follows
All VCD are pots. (b) Only II follows
Conclusions : I. Some pots are TVs. (c) Only III follows
II. No pot is a TV. (d) Only either II or III follow
53. Statements : All leaves are flowers. 58. Statements : Some rocks are hills.
No flower is branch. All hills are mountains.
Some branches are fruits. All mountains are rivers.
No river is canal.
Conclusions : I. Some fruits are leaves.
Conclusions : I. All rocks are rivers.
II. No fruit is leaf.
II. Some hills are canals.
54. Statements : Some shoes are socks.
III. Some rivers are canals.
All socks are towels.
(a) Only I follows
All towels are bedsheets. (b) Only II and III follow
No bedsheet is blanket. (c) Only I and III follow
Conclusions : I. No towel is Blanket. (d) None of these
II. Some shoes are towels. 59. Statements : Some villages are cities.
III. Some shoes are bedsheets. Some cities are huts.
(a) Only I and II follow All huts are rivers.
(b) Only II and III follow Some rivers are tents.
(c) Only I and III follow Conclusions : I. Some tents are cities.
(d) All follow II. Some rivers are cities.
55. Statements : Some fruits are flowers. III. Some huts are villages.
Some flowers are buds. (a) None follows
No bud is leaf. (b) Only II follows
All leaves are plants. (c) Only I follow
Conclusions : I. No plant is bud. (d) Only III follows
II. Some plants are flowers. 60. Statements : All hotels are buses.
Some buses are cars.
III. Some buds are fruits.
All cars are trains.
(a) None follows
Some trains are clouds.
(b) Only I follow
Conclusions : I. Some trains are buses.
(c) Only II and III follow
II. Some tains are hotels.
(d) Only III follows
III. Some clouds are cars.
56. Statements : Some pearls are gems. (a) None follows
Some gems are diamonds. (b) Only I follows
All diamonds are rings.
(c) Only II follows
All rings are bangles. (d) Only III follows

216 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Directions (1 - 6): In each of the questions given below are 8. Statements : Some B are J.
given some statements followed by some conclusions. All J are C.
Read all conclusions and give the answer as follows– All C are T.
(a) If only conclusion I follows. Conclusions: I. All J are T.
(b) If both conclusions I and II follow II. Some C are T.
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows. 9. Statements : Some P are M.
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows. Some M are C.
1. Statements : Some walls are windows. Some C are K.
Some windows are doors. Conclusions : I. Some P are K.
All doors are roofs. II. Some C are P.
Conclusions : I. Some doors are walls. 10. Statements : All P are F.
II. No roof is a window. Some F are G.
2. Statements : All switches are plugs. All G are B.
Some plugs are bulbs. Conclusions : I. Some F are B.
All bulbs are sockets. II. Some P are G.
Conclusions : I. Some sockets are plugs. 11. Statements : All earths are suns.
II. Some plugs are switches. Some suns are planets.
3. Statements: Some ovens are refrigerator. All planets are Moons.
Some refrigerators are ACs. Conclusions : I. Some Moons are earths.
Conclusions: I. Some ACs are ovens. II. No earth is a Moon
II. No. AC is oven. 12. Statements : Some A are Bs
4. Statements: All planes are birds. Some Bs are Cs
All Cs are F.
All birds are clouds.
Conclusions : I. Some A are Cs.
Conclusions : I. Some planes are clouds.
II. Some Bs are F.
II. Some clouds are birds.
(a) If only conclusion I follows.
5. Statements: Some papers are plastics. (b) If only conclusion II follows.
All papers are clothes. (c) If either conclusion I or II follows.
Conclusions : I. Some plastics are clothes. (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows.
II. No plastic are clothes Directions (13 - 17): In each of the questions given below
6. Statements : Some cars are bus. are given some statements followed by some conclusions.
All buses are trains. Read all conclusions and give the answer as follows–
All trains are cycles. (a) If only conclusion I follows.
Conclusions : I. All buses are cycles. (b) If both conclusions I and II follow
II. Some cars are trains. (c) If either conclusion I or II follows.
7. Statements : Some balls are Wickets (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows.
Some wickets are bats 13. Statements : Some E are Gs.
All bats are football. All Gs are J.
All J are H.
Conclusions : I. Some balls are bats.
Conclusions : I. All Gs are H.
II. Some wickets are football.
II. Some J are H.
(a) If only conclusion I follows.
14. Statements : Some K are L.
(b) If only conclusion II follows.
Some L are M.
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows.
Some M are N.
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows.
Conclusions : I. Some K are N.
Directions (8 - 11): In each of the questions given below
are given some statements followed by some conclusions. II. Some M are K.
Read all conclusions and give the answer as follows– 15. Statements : All D are S.
(a) If only conclusion I follows. All Tare S.
(b) If both conclusions I and II follow All S are M.
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows. Conclusions : I. Some M are D.
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows. II. Some T are M

217 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
16. Statements : Some Q are T. (23 - 29):
Some T are U. (A) If only conclusion I follows
Some U are S. (B) If only conclusion II follows
Conclusions : I. Some S are Q. (C) If both conclusion I and II follow.
(D) If neither conclusion I nor II follows.
II. Some S are T.
23. Statements : All sticks are plants
17. Statements : All P are R. All plants are stem.
All R are O. All stems are amphibians.
All O are buses. Conclusions : I. At least some amphibians are
Conclusions : I. Some buses are P. plants
II. Some O are P. II. All sticks are stems.
18. Statements : All chairs are tables. 24. Statements : Some A is B
All tables are women. Some B is C
Conclusions : I. All chairs are woman. No C is D
II. All woman are chairs. Some D is E
(a) Only conclusion I follows Conclusions : I. All D being B is possibility
II. All E can never be C.
(b) Only conclusion II follows
25. Statements : No hardware is software.
(c) Only conclusion I and II follow
Some software is keyboard
(d) Neither conclusion I nor II follows. All mouse are software.
19. Statements : All pens are pencils. Conclusions : I. No mouse is a hardware
No pencil is monkey. II. Some hardware are mouse
Conclusions : I. No pen is monkey 26. Statements : All schools are colleges
II. Some pens are monkeys. All schools are hospitals
III. All monkey are pens. No hospital is a campus.
IV. Some monkey are pens. Conclusions : I. All colleges are hospitals
(a) Either conclusioon II or III follow II. All schools being campus is a
(b) Either conclusion II or IV follow possibility
(c) Only conclusion I follows 27. Statements : Some mobiles are cells.
(d) All conclusion follow All cells are pagers
20. Statements : All crows are black. No pager is a camera.
Conclusions : I. All cells are camera.
Some black things are beautiful.
II. All mobiles being cells is a
Conclusions : I. Some crows are beautiful.
possibility.
II. Some beautiful things are black. 28. Statements : Some mobiles are cells
(a) Only conclusion I follow All cells are pagers
(b) Only conclusion II follows No pager is a camera.
(c) Only conclusion I and II follows Conclusions : I. Some mobiles are definitely not
(d) Neither conclusion I nor II follows. cameras.
21. Statements : Some books are mobiles. II. No mobile is a camera.
Some calculators are mobile. 29. Statements : All flats are huts.
Conclusions : I. Some mobiles are calculators. No hut is building.
II. Some mobiles are books. All buildings are cottages.
(a) Only conclusion I follow Conclusions : I. Some cottages being flats is a
(b) Only conclusion II follows possibility
(c) Only conclusion I and II follows II. No cottage is a hut.
30. Statements : All men are vertebrates.
(d) Neither conclusion I nor II follows.
Some mammals are vertebrates.
22. Statements : Some actress are singers.
Conclusions : I. All men are mammals
All singers are dancer. II. All manmmals are men
Conclusions : I. Some actress are dancer. III. Some vertebrates are mammals
II. No singer is actress. IV. All vertebrates are men
(a) Only conclusion I follow (a) Only IV
(b) Only conclusion II follows (b) Only II
(c) Neither conclusion I nor II follows (c) Only III
(d) Either conclusion I or II follows. (d) Only I

218 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
1. (a); Only I follow 9. (a);
Bus
train
tables
cots

2. (b);
10. (b);
Only II follow
3. (d); T B
S B G P

Neither I nor II follow


Parcels
11. (b);

4. (a); E P B F

B R
Both follow G or
5. (c);
neither I nor II follow but both I and II are complimentary
pair. So, either conclusion I or II follows.
12. (b);

Or

13. (b);
Neither I nor II follow but this is complimentary pair so
either conclusion I or II follows Jar
P B il
6. (a); nc
Pe

14. (b);
Only I follow
7. (b);

Only II follow

Only II follow
bu

tanks
ck

Bo jar
et

15. (a);
s

8. (d); ttl
es

neither I nor II follow

219 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
23. (b);
16. (d);

neither I nor II follow


Y
A
F Z
17. (a); X
P fol B
Only II follow.

only I follows 24. (a);

18. (c); Sun silver copper

Star
s gold
net Satellites
Pla

I follows.
either I or II follow
25. (b);

19. (a); Pencil Eraser

R C Sharpener
F B
Only II follows.

26. (a);
only I follow
20. (b); R
C S P

Shops
only II follow Needles
market

21. (a);

27. (d);
Pencil ×
Red
Knife
Stick
Mangoes White None follows.

28. (b);

r
pe
22. (d); shoes pa forest
pens roads
river
None follows. home

220 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
29. (a);
34. (d);
glasses chalk jug Books Pens Pencil Button

pens

Only I follows. None follows.

s Buses finger
ok
car or Bo 35. (c);
30. (c); Books
trains car hand ears
trains

Either I or II follow. eyes

31. (c);
or
fruits red

vegetable Eyes Ears Hands Fingers


mangoes
or
Either I or II follows.
fruits mango
36. (a);
red

Either I or II follows.
desks
32. (b);
pencil
windows
doors
walls

Black
Blue

37. (d);
33. (b);
boxes tablets toys trees
Table wood Chair
jungles
stone
Only II and III follow.
or
38. (b);

blade road window


Chair wood
Table train paper
stone
Only II and III follow.
Only II follows.

221 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
39. (d); 45. (b);

les
chain rings hands ears

ng
ba
or
beads
hands rings
bangles
tyres
ears pendants

chain rings

46. (c);
bangle
desk fruits
Only either II or IV follow.
flower
40. (d); branch roots

book benches table


or
cards chair
All follow.
desk fruits
41. (a);
flower
drums pipe stick
branch roots
tubes
None follow. Only either II or IV and III follow.
47. (a);
42. (c); dolls
pens rooms bricks sofa

walls mats hills


slate
None follows.
Only I and II follow.
48. (a);
robot machine
43. (b); chair pencil bottle bags books
animals toys
or computers

bags
49. (b); gas
books
pencil
net

sun
pla

chair
stars
Either I or III follow. moon
Only I follows.
44. (d);
50. (d);
roads buses trucks
books pens drawers
train kites
diaries chairs
III and IV follow. Only II and IV follow.

222 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Distinct Solutions
56. (c);
51. (b); Sweet Salt × Spice

Only II follow pearls gems

rings
Pots bangles
52. (c); V
T P
I and III follow.

Either I or II follow 57. (c);

53. (c); F B
L
chairs computer
fruits
tables
telephone
Or
cell phones

Only III follows.

58. (d);

rock hills canal


54. (d);
mountain
rivers
Shoes Socks Blanket
Towels None follows.
Bedsheet
59. (b);
All follow. villages

rivers
55. (a);
Fruits Flower Buds
Only II follows.

× 60. (b);
leaf
clouds
plants
buses trains

None follows. Only I follows.

223 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
9. (d);
1. (d);

neither I nor II follow


10. (a); F

B
P
neither I nor II follow G

2. (b);
Only I follow
Soc

P B
ket

S 11. (c);

both follow

3. (c); Either I or II follow


O R A
12. (b);
Neither I nor II follow but both I and II are
complimentary pairs so, either I or II.

4. (b); Only II follow


13. (b);

Both follow

5. (a); Both I and II follow

14. (d);

Only I follow Neither I nor II follow

6. (b);
15. (b);
Cyc
Tra

C B
i

le
n

Both follow
Both follow

16. (d);
B W BAT F
7. (b); Neither I nor II follow
17. (b);
Only II follow
8. (b);

J C T
B

Both follow
Both follow

224 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
25. (a);
18. (a);
Hardware Software Keyboard
Mouse
If only conclusion I follows.
chairs
26. (d); campus
tables

women
Only I follows.
Hospital
19. (c);
pens monkey
pencil School

Only I follow.

College

20. (b); If neither conclusion I nor II follows.


crow beautiful or crow beautiful 27. (b);
black black
mobile cell
Only II follows.
21. (c);
books calculators

camera
Both follow.
If only conclusion II follows.
22. (a); 28. (a);
actress
mobile cell
dancer
Only I follows.

23. (c);
stem camera
plants If only conclusion I follows.
stick 29. (a); Cottages
Huts
Buildings Flats

If both conclusion I and II follow


If only conclusion I follows.
B
24. (c); A C or A B C × D 30. (c);
D Men
E Mammals or Men Mammals
E Vertebrates

If both conclusions I and II follow. Only III follows.

225 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Order, Ranking and
18
Order & Ranking Concepts:-
Sitting Arrangement
(iii) Right Left
In this topic ,generally the ranks of a person from both
the sides left or right or from top and bottom are mentioned Left Right
and total numbers of a persons are asked . sometime the (Directions if the people are seating parallel to
questions are based on their interchanged positions. each other facing South and North)
Formulas to determine the positioning of a person l Circular Arrangement: In this Arrangement,
(1) Left + Right = Total + 1 people are sitting around a circle facing towards
(2) Left = Total + 1 – Right or outside the centre.
(3) Right = Total + 1 – left

Anti Clockwise
(4) Total = left + Right – 1

Clockwise
Note : the above formulas are only for a single person’s (i)
position or

Example 1.
1 2 3 4 5 (Facing towards the Centre)
¯
3rd from left (ii) Right Left
3rd from right
Total= 3+3-1
Same for vertical & Horizontal or
(1) Total + 1 = top + Bottom
(2) Top = Total + 1 – Bottom Left Right
(3) Bottom = Total + 1 – Top (Facing outside the Centre)
(4) Total = Top + Bottom –1

SEATING ARRANGEMENET
(iii)
l In seating arrangement, we are generally asked to or
arrange a group of people according to the given
conditions. They may have to be seated around a
table, the table could be of any shape-circular, square,
rectangular, pentagonal or any other. To solve seating (People sitting around the circle facing
arrangement problems on the basis of the information towards and outside the centre)
given in the equation.
l These type of questions judge the ability of the l Rectangular/square Arrangement: In this
candidates to analyze the information and solve the Arrangement, people are sitting around a
questions by the help of pictorial figures. rectangle or square facing towards or outside the
centre.
l Linear arrangement: - In this arrangement, there
can be single row or parallel rows facing each
other or opposite. (i)
(i) Left Right
(Directions if the people are facing north)

(ii) Right Left


(Directions if the people are facing South)
(Facing towards the centre)

226 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
(iii)
(ii)

(Facing outside the centre) (People sitting at middle of the side, facing the centre
and people sitting at edge/corner facing outside the centre)

1. In a row of 40 students, A is 13th from the left end,


find the rank from right end. Sol. Sita Ram
(a) 29 (b) 28
(c) 30 (d) 31 15th 9th
Sol. Total = 40 (from left) (from right)

Ram Sita
(Interchanged
th
A 25 position )
13L (from left)

Total = (25 + 9) – 1 = 34 – 1 = 33
A’s rank from right side = Total + 1 – left
So, Ram's position from the right = (33 – 15 )+1
= 40 – 13 + 1 = 27 + 1 = 28 = 18 + 1 = 19
2. In a row ‘P’ is 25th from left end, Q is 30th from right 4. In any row zafar is 15th from top and Jitender is 11th
end. Find the total no. of students in all. from bottom. 23 persons are present between them,
Sol. Cant be Determined as there are more than 1 then find out the total no. of students in row.
possibilities (a) 48 (b) 49
(c) 50 (d) 51
Case 1 Sol. Total number of students = Zafar's position from top+
Jitender's position from bottom + persons present
between them
Q1 P1 = 15 + 11 + 23 = 49
30 R 25 L 5. Umesh is taller than satish, suresh is shorter than
Case 2 Neeraj but taller than Umesh, who is the tallest among
them?
(a) Umesh (b) Suresh
P2 Q2
(c) Satish (d) Neeraj
25L 30R Sol. Umesh > Satish
Neeraj > Suresh > Umesh
Note: When total is not given and 2 persons positions
\ Neeraj > Suresh > Umesh > Satish
from left and right are given, then answer is Cannot be
determined Clearly, Neeraj is tallest among them.
Directions (6 - 9): Read the information carefully and
3. In a row, Ram is 9th from the right. Sita is 15th from
answer the questions given below:
the left. If Ram and Sita interchange their positions,
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are the eight friends, they are
Sita will be 25th from left. Which of the following will
sitting in a circle facing center. A is second to the right of C
be Ram's position from the right ?
and fourth to the left of D, E is not immediate neighbour of
(a) 17 (b) 18 C and D. H is next to the right of A. F is second to the right
(c) 19 (d) 20 of G. G is not immediate neighbour of C.

227 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
6. Who is second to the left of G? D
(a) H (b) D F G
(c) A (d) E
7. Who is fourth to the right of C ? C E
(a) B (b) A
(c) H (d) E B H
8. In which pair second person is just right to first? A
6. (a); H 7. (d); E
(a) HE (b) FB
8. (a); HE 9. (c); AE
(c) GF (d) CA
10. A group of friends are sitting in an arrangement one
9. Who is the immediate neighbour of H from both side? each at the corner of an octagon. All are facing the
(a) AG (b) EG centre. Mahima is sitting diagonally opposite to Rama,
(c) AE (d) BC who is on sushma's right. Ravi is next to sushma and
opposite to Girdhar, who is on chandra's left. Savitri
Sol. When eight persons are sitting in a circle we arrange
is not on Mahima's right but opposite to shalini. Who
them in following way.
is on shalini's right?
(a) Ravi (b) Mahima
right left (c) Girdhar (d) Rama
Sol. Shalini Mahima

(facing towards
the centre) Ravi Chandra

left right
Sushma
Girdhar
It should be kept in mind that left and right sides are
always opposite, those facing each other in a circle. Rama Savitri
According to the question, sitting arrangements of Ravi is on shalini's right.
eight friends are shown in the figure given below:-

1. In a class of 45 student Aditya’s rank is twelve from (a) 32 (b) 34


top what is his rank from bottom. (c) 35 (d) 33
(a) 33 (b) 34 6. In a class, Abhinav's rank is 79 from bottom while
(c) 35 (d) None of these there are 80 boy in class what is Abhinav rank from
top?
2. In a class of 42 students Nutan’s Rank is 22 from
(a) 2 (b) 3
bottom. What is her rank from top?
(c) 4 (d) cannot be determine
(a) 21 (b) 22 7. In a class of 41 children, Aditya’s rank is eight from
(c) 23 (d) cannot be determined top. Mamta is seven ranks below Aditya. What is
3. In a class, Sonal rank is 10th from top. What is his Mamta rank from bottom?
rank from below? (a) 26 (b) 27
(a) 24 (b) 25 (c) 25 (d) Cannot be determine
(c) 26 (d) cannot be determined 8. In a class of 34 children, Ajay’s rank from the top is
twelve. Manoj is eight ranks below Ajay. What is
4. In a class Sonu's rank is 15th from top and twelve Manoj’s rank from the bottom?
from bottom. How many students are there in that
(a) 15 (b) 16
class?
(c) 14 (d) cannot be determine
(a) 21 (b) 25 9. In a row of boys, Aditya is seventh from the start and
(c) 26 (d) cannot be determine eleventh from the end. In another row of girl, Nutan
5. In a class of 80 boy a student rank is 48th from top. is tenth from the start and twelth from the end. How
What is his rank from bottom? many student are there in both the rows together?

228 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
(a) 36 (b) 37 17. In a row of forty children, A is thirteenth from the left
(c) 39 (d) None of these end and Q is ninth from the right end. How many
10. In a row of girls, Priya is thirteenth from the left and children are there between A and R if R is fourth to
Dauli is seventeenth from the right. If in this row the left of Q?
priya is eleventh from the right then what is the (a)12 (b) 13
position of Dauli from the left? (c)14 (d) 15
(a)6th (b) 7th 18. In a row of girls, there are 16 girls between Priya and
th
(c) 10 (d) 12th Natasha. Priya is thirty-second from the left end of
11. Sonu is fifteenth from the front in a column of boys. the row. If Priya is nearer than Natasha to the right
There were thrice as many behind him as there were end of the row, then how far away is Natasha from
in front. How many boys are there between Sonu the left end of the row?
and the seventh boy from the end of the column? (a) 16th (b) 14th
th
(a)33 (b) 34 (c) 15 (d)Data inadequate
(c) 35 (d) Data inadequate 19. George is fifth from the left and Peter is twelfth from
12. Forty boys are standing in a row facing the north. the right end in a row of children. If Peter shifts by
Amit is eleventh from the left and Sanjay is thirty- three places towards George, he becomes tenth from
first from the right end of the row. How far will the left end. How many children are there in the row?
Shreya, who is third to the right of Amit in the row, (a)21 (b) 22
be from Sanjay? (c) 23 (d) 24
(a) 2nd (b) 3rd 20. In a row of boys, if A who is tenth from the left and B
th
(c) 4 (d) 5th who is ninth from the right interchange their
13. In a class, among the passed students, Amisha is positions, A becomes fifteenth from the left. How
twenty-second from the top and Anuja, who is 5 ranks many boys are there in the row?
below Amisha, is thirty-fourth from the bottom. All (a)23 (b) 27
the students from the class have appeared for the (c) 28 (d) 31
exam. If the ratio of the students who passed in the 21. In a class, the ratio of boys and girl is 3 : 2. Neelam's
exam to those who failed is rank from bottom is fourteenth and sixth rank from
4 : 1 in that class, how many students are there in girls. If Neelam's rank 32th from top then how many
the class? girls are there above from Neelam in class?
(a) 60 (b) 75 (a) 13 (b) 14
(c) 90 (d) Data inadequate (c) 12 (d) 11
14. In a row of girls facing North, Soni is 10th to the left 22. In a row of students. 'A' is 10th from the top. In the
of Pallavi, who is 21st from the right end. If Malini, same row B is 25th from the bottom and 27th from
who is 17th from the left end, is fourth to the right of the top. Then what will be A's position from the
Soni, how many girls are there in the row? bottom?
(a) 37 (b) 43 (a) 44 (b) 43
(c) 44 (d) Data inadequate (c) 42 (d) 41
15. In a row of 40 boys, Aditya was shifted 10 places to 23. In row, X is 30th position from the left. Y is 27th
the right of Rohan and Kewal was shifted 10 places position from the right. If there are 40 students in the
to the left of Vilas. If Vilas was twenty-sixth from the line then how many students are there between X
left and there were three boys between Kewal and and Y?
Aditya after shifting, what was the position of Rohan (a) 17 (b) 15
in the row?
(c) 16 (d) Data inadequate
(a)10th from the right end 24. A cricket ball is lighter than a hockey ball. A
(b) 10th from the left end volleyball is lighter than football. The hockey ball is
(c) 39th from the right end lighter than the football but heavier than a tennis
(d) Data inadequate ball. Which of the following is the heaviest?
16. Raj is seventeenth from the left end of a row of 29 (a) Hockey ball (b) Football
boys and Karan is seventeenth from the right end in (c) Cricket ball (d) Volley ball
the same row. How many boys are there between Directions (25 - 30) : Eight persons are sitting in two
them in the row? parallel lines. In each parallel lines four persons are sitting
(a)3 (b) 5 at equal distance. Line I: P, Q, R. S are sitting. (not
(c) 6 (d) Data inadequate necessary, they are sitting in series given above) And they

229 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
are facing towards north. Line II, A, B, C, D are sitting (not 34. Who is third to the right of D?
necessary they are sitting in a series given above) they are (a) C (b) H
facing south. They are all sitting in such a way that line I (c) E (d) None of these
and line II persons facing to each other. 35. Who is second to the right of G?
B is second to the left of D. R is sitting to next who is (a) A (b) D
facing D. Only one person is sitting between R and P.C. is (c) E (d) B
not facing to R. Two persons are sitting between R and Q.
25. Who is facing to P ? Distinct Questions
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D Directions (36 - 43) : Read the following informations
carefully and answer the questions given below it:
26. Which of the following is sitting to next to the left
Eight family members A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are
who is facing D?
sitting in a circle facing centre. 'F' the wife of 'D' is sitting
(a) P (b) Q
third to the right of C. 'A' is the son of H. A is second to the
(c) R (d) S left of D. D is not an immediate neighbour of F or C. Also
27. Which of the following is sitting to next to the left no male family member is immediate neighbour of D. 'G'
who is facing B? is second to the left of the son of D. Between H and the
(a) P (b) Q brother of A only two persons are sitting. C and D are not
(c) R (d) S the brother of A. The son of 'D' and the wife of D are not
28. Which of the following statement is true about S? sitting immediate. 'F' is the mother of H. F is not an
(a) S is the last person in a line immediate neighbour of B and 'G'. G is the sister of E. C is
wife of D's son.
(b) S is second to the right of Q.
36. Who is second to the left of G?
(c) S is not an immediate neighbour of P
(a) Brother of A (b) Mother of A
(d) None of these
(c) D (d) Mother of B
29. Four of the following five are a like in a certain way
37. Who is the son of D?
and makes a group. Which is one that does not
belong to that group? (a) E (b) G
(a) DS (b) PB (c) A (d) B
38. How many persons are there between A and his
(c) QB (d) RA
brother?
30. A, B, C, D, E , F and G are sitting in a row facing
(a) None (b) One
north. F is sitting next to the right of E. C is the
neighbour of B and D. The person who is sitting (c) Two (d) Three
third to the left of D is Ist of an end of row, E is fourth 39. Who is sitting between H and F?
to the right of G. Then which position for A is? (a) the wife of D (b) the son of D
(a) between C and E (b) Ist from right end (c) C (d) A
(c) Ist from left end (d) Data inadequate 40. Who is the brother of 'A'?
Directions (31 - 35) : Read the following information (a) E (b) G
carefully and answer the question given below it: (c) A (d) B
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting in a circle facing 41. Based on the given information above, what is the
centre. C is third to the left of A and second to right of E. B relation of A to D?
is second to the right of C.D is second to the right of F, who (a) Grandfather (b) Son
is second to the right of A. G is not an immediate neighbour (c) Grandson (d) Wife
of C. 42. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way
31. Who is immediate right of C? based on the information given above which is one
(a) H (b) G that does not belong to that group?
(c) D (d) Data inadequate (a) B (b) C
32. Who is immediate right of H? (c) H (d) G
(a) D (b) G 43. Which of the following information given below
(c) A (d) None of these about 'H' is definite true.
33. Who is immediate left of D? (a) H is a man (b) H is cousin of C
(c) H is the wife of D
(a) C (b) H
(d) To left and right of H, immediate sitting members
(c) F (d) E
both are man.

230 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
44. In a straight line, some boys are standing facing 46. What will be true about 'G' in the given option?
north. A is third from the right end. B is second from (a) G is a male person
the left end. C is fourth to the left of A. B is sixth to the (b) G is sitting between 'F' and 'H'
left of C. Then how many boys are there in the line?
(c) G is third to the left of E
(a) 13 (b) 14
(d) G is second to the right of B
(c) 15 (d) 16
47. Who is third to the left of B?
45. In a row, there are 50 students standing facing (a) F (b) H
towards north. 'X' is the 5th from right end. 'Y' is 9th
(c) D (d) A
from the left end. Then how many students are there
between X and Y? 48. How many persons are there between B and F if they
want to move anti-clockwise direction from B?
(a) 38 (b) 34
(a) One (b) Two
(c) 36 (d) 33
(c) Three (d) Four
(e) None of these
49. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way
Direction (46 to 50) : The questions are based on the and makes a group. Which is one that does not
information given below: belong to that group?
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a round (a) H (b) F
table facing centre. There are four male person and four (c) E (d) G
female person in the group. But no two male and no two
50. Which of the following options is related to only
female are immediate neighbour.
female person?
A is the wife of H and she is sitting third to the left of
(a) A, B, H (b) G, F, C
E. F is second to the right of D. D is not immediate neighbour
of A and E. H is sitting beside C. F and his wife B are not (c) C, H, G (d) None of these
sitting beside.

1. There are five friends- Satish, Kishore, Mohan, Anil 5. In a row of 16 boys, when Prakash was shifted by
and Rajesh. Mohan is the tallest. Satish is shorter two place towards the left, he became 7th from the
than Kishore but taller than Rajesh. Anil is little left end. What was his earlier position from right
shorter than Kishore but little taller than Satish. Who end of the row?
is taller than Rajesh but shorter than Anil? (a) 7th (b) 8th
(a) Anil (b) Kishore (c) 9th (d) 10th
(c) Rajesh (d) Satish 6. In a row of children, A is 9th from the left and B is
2. Banu is twice as old as Anehu but twice younger fifth from right. When A and B interchange their
than Fathima. Caroline is half the age of Anehu but position A will be 18th from the left. What will be B's
is twice order than Dayana. Which two persons from position from the right?
the pair of the oldest and youngest ? (a) 9 (b) 5
(a) Banu and Dayana (c) 18 (d) 14
(b) Fathima and Anehu 7. In a row, Ram is 7th from the left and Sita is 5th from
the right. When they interchange their position then
(c) Fathima and Dayana
Sita will be 19th position from the right. What will
(d) Banu and Caroline
be Ram's position from the left?
3. Raju walks slower than Raghu and Raghu walks as (a) 20 (b) 21
fast as Guru and Krishna walk faster than Guru. (c) 22 (d) 23
Who walks the fastest?
8. In a row, Ram rank is 18th from the top. Sita is five
(a) Raghu (b) Raju rank below Ram. Laxman is 19th from the bottom.
(c) Krishna (d) Both Raghu and Raju Sita is sitting equal distance from Ram and Laxman.
4. In a class, Rajan got the 11th rank and he was 31st Then how many children are there in row?
from the bottom of the boys passed. Three boys did (a) 45 (b) 44
not take the examination and one failed. What is the (c) 43 (d) 46
total strength of the class? 9. Sohan ranks fourteenth from top in a class and
(a) 35 (b) 42 twelfth from bottom. How many students are there
(c) 45 (d) 46 in the class?

231 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
(a) 25 (b) 26 Directions (18 - 22): Read the information given below
(c) 24 (d) None of these and then answer the questions that follow:-
Eight friends M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are sitting in a
10. Mohan ranks thirteenth in a class of twenty students.
circle facing the centre. P is third to the right of M and
What is his rank from the bottom?
second to the left of S. T is third to the left of S. Q is not
(a) 7 (b) 8 immediate neighbour of S. N is not immediate neighbour
(c) 6 (d) 9 of M. O is second to the right of N. Q is also not immediate
11. In a queue, Sadiq is 14th from the front and Joseph is neighbour of T.
17th from the end, while Jane is in between Sadiq 18. Who is third to the right of N?
and Joseph. If Sadiq be ahead of Joseph and there be (a) Q (b) T
48 persens in the queue, how many persons are there (c) P (d) R
between Sadiq and Jane? 19. Who is second to the left of M?
(a) 5 (b) 6 (a) N (b) R
(c) 7 (d) 8 (c) S (d) None of these
12. In a row of children Mihir is third to right of Sunil, 20. Who is sitting between P and S?
who is ninth from the left end of the row. What is (a) Only R (b) R and N
Sunil's position from the right end of the row? (c) Only N (d) None of these
(a) Twelfth (b) Thirteenth 21. How many persons are sitting between Q and S?
(c) Fourteenth (d) Data inadequate (a) Only 2 (b) Only 3
13. In a class of 40 children, Surender's rank is eight (c) Only 4 (d) None of these
from the top. Sujit is five ranks below Surender. What 22. Who is sitting between T and M?
is the Sujit's rank from bottom? (a) Only R (b) Only N
(a) 27 (b) 29 (c) Q and P (d) None of these
(c) 28 (d) 26 23. Six persons A, B, C, D, E and F and sitting in a circle
facing centre. B is sitting between F and C. A is sitting
14. In the class of 35 students, Shyam is fifteenth position between E and D. F is sitting to the left of D. Who is
from top. According to series five students are below sitting between A and F?
Amit. How many students are there between Amit
(a) B (b) C
and Shyam?
(c) E (d) D
(a) 20 (b) 15
24. Five persons P, Q, R, S and T are standing on a circle,
(c) 14 (d) 12 facing centre. Q is standing between T and S. P is not
15. In a row of children, Neeta is fifteenth from the left nearest left of S. Then who is second to the right of
end of the row. If she shifted towards the right end Q?
of the row by four places, she becomes eighth from (a) P (b) R
the right end. How many children are there in the (c) S (d) Data inadequate
row? 25. Five members of a interview committee are sitting in
(a) 27 (b) 26 a line. B is sitting to the left of E and to the right of
(c) 28 (d) 24 A.D is sitting to the right of C but to the left of A. Who
is sitting in the middle of the line?
16. Mahesh is 5th from left and Rakesh is 7th from right
(a) B (b) A
in a row of children. If they both interchange their
position then Rakesh will be 25th from right end of (c) D (d) C
the row. Then how many children are there between 26. Four children, P, Q, R and S are sitting on a ladder. P
Rakesh and Mahesh? is sitting above from Q. Q is sitting between P and R.
If S is sitting above P then who is sitting third from
(a) 19 (b) 22 the bottom?
(c) 17 (d) 25 (a) Q (b) R
17. In a row, Vishesh is 11th from the left and Garima is (c) P (d) S
15th from right, If they both interchange their 27. An accused is more powerful than the deceased.
position then Vishesh will be 15th from left then Police are less powerful than the court but more
what will be Garima's position from right? powerful than the lawyer. Accused bends his head
(a) 17 (b) 18 before police. Who is the most powerful?
(c) 19 (d) 20 (a) Court (b) Accused
(c) Police (d) Lawyer

232 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
28. X is mightier than Y and Y is mightier than Z. P is (a) 29 (b) 31
mightier than Q but inferior to Y. Q is mightier than (c) 28 (d) 30
Z. Who is the weakest among all ? 35. Karthick is 6 ranks ahead of Subash who ranks
(a) X (b) Z sixteenth in a class of 42. What is karthick's rank
(c) Q (d) P from the last?
29. Few students are sitting in a row. In that row Ram is (a) 33 (b) 32
15th position from left and 23rd position from right. (c) 31 (d) 30
Find out the total no. of students in row? 36. A ranks fourth in a class. B ranks ninth from the last,
(a) 38 (b) 37 If C is ninth after A and just in the middle of A and B,
(c) 40 (d) 36 How many students are there in the class?
30. In a row, 50 girls are sitting. Sita's position is 27th (a) 33 (b) 32
from left then find out the position of Sita from right? (c) 31 (d) 30
(a) 22 (b) 23 37. Akhil ranked seventeenth from the top and thirty
(c) 24 (d) 25 seventh from the bottom in a class. How many
31. Saran is eighteenth from the right end in a row of 50 students are there in the class?
boys. What is his position from the left end? (a) 53 (b) 45
(a) 32 (b) 35 (c) 54 (d) 52
(c) 33 (d) 34 38. Shakthi ranks eleventh in a class of 54 students.
32. In a class of 90, where girls are twice that of boys, What is his rank from last?
Shridar ranked fourteenth from the top, if there are (a) 43 (b) 44
10 girls ahead of Shridar, how many boys are after (c) 42 (d) 40
him in rank? 39. Naresh is 22nd from left end in a row of 47 boys.
(a) 23 (b) 26 What is his position from right end?
(c) 25 (d) 22 (a) 24 (b) 25
(e) None of these (c) 23 (d) 26
33. Sita ranks nineteeth in a class of 68 students. What 40. Reshma and Praveena are ranked ninth and
is her rank from last? thirteenth from the top in a class of 57 students. What
(a) 50 (b) 51 will be the respective ranks from the bottom of the
(c) 49 (d) 48 class?
34. Raji is 5 rank ahead of Raj in a class of 46 students. (a) 48, 44 (b) 49, 45
If Raj's rank is twelth from the last, what is Raji's (c) 45, 49 (d) 47, 43
rank from the start?

1. (b); rank from bottom [(total no. of students + 1) – 11. (c); Number of boys in front of Sonu = 14. Number of
rank from top)] = [(45+ 1) – 12] = 34th boys behind Sonu = (14 * 3) = 42. So, Total number
2. (a); (42 + 1) – 22 = 21 of boys in the column =(14 + 1 + 42) = 57. In a
3. (d); cannot be determined column of 57 boys, the seventh boy from the end
4. (c); total no. of student = [(rank from top + rank from is clearly 51st from the start. Thus, we have to
bottom) – 1] = 15 + 12 – 1 = 26 find the number of boys between the 15th and
5. (d); [(80+1)-48] = 81 – 48 = 33 the 51st boy, which is clearly 35.
6. (a); [(80 + 1) – 79] = 2
12. (c); Number of boys to the left of Sanjay = (40 - 31) =
7. (b); Mamta Rank from top = 8 + 7 = 15
From below her rank = (41 + 1 – 15) = 27 9. So, Sanjay is 10th from the left end. Shreya is
8. (a); Ajay rank from top = 12 + 8 = 20 third to the right of Amit. So, Shreya is 14th from
Ajay rank from bottom = (34 + 1 – 20 ) = 35 – 20 the left end. Clearly, Shreya is fourth to the right
= 15 of Sanjay.
9. (d); in first row = (7 + 11 – 1) = 17 students 13. (b); Amisha is 22nd from the top and Anuja is 5 ranks
In second row = (10 + 12 – 1) = 21 students below Amisha. So, Anuja is 27th from the top.
Total = 21 + 17 = 38 students Also, Anuja is 34th from the bottom. So, Number
10. (b); Clearly, Priya is 13th from the left and 11th from of students passed = (26 + 1 + 33) = 60; Let the
the right end of the row. So, number of girls in
number of students passed and the number
the row = (13 + 11 –1) = 23. Now, Dauli is 17th
failed be 4x and x respectively. Then, 4x =60 or
from the right. Number of girls to the left of Dauli
= [(23 + 1) – 17] = 7. Hence, Dauli is 7th from the x= 15. Hence, number of students in the class =
left end of the row. (60 + 15) = 75.

233 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
14. (b); Pallavi is 21st from right and Soni is 10th to the The number of girls = 18
left of Pallavi. So, Soni is 31st from right. Malini So, girls above Neelam = 18—6=12
is 4th to the right of Soni. So, Malini is 27th from 22. (c); Total number of student = B's position from top
the right. Also, Malini is 17th from the left. So, and from
Number of girls in the row = (26 + 1 + 16) = 43. bottom is = (25+27) – 1 = 52 – 1 = 51
15. (d); Vilas is 26th from left and Kewal is 10th places to So A's position from bottom is = (51–10) + 1 = 41
the left of Vilas. So, kewal is 16th from left. Now, + 1 = 42
there are three boys between kewal and Aditya.
So, Aditya may be 12th or 20th from left. Since the 29+1+10
10
exact position of Aditya can not be ascertained, 23. (b); X
Left Right
so the given data are inadequate. Y
13+1+26
16. (a); Karan is 17th from the right end. Number of boys
to the left of Karan = (29 – 17) = 12. So, Karan is So, no. of students between X and Y
13th from the left end. Also, Raj is 17th from the = 40 – (10+13) – 2 = 40 – 23 – 2 = 15
left end. Clearly, there are 3 boys between Raj 24. (b); Hockey ball > Cricket ball
and Karan. football > Volleyball
17. (c); Q is 9th from the right end and R is fourth to the football > Hockey ball > Tennis ball
left of Q. so, R is 13th from the right end. Number
So, Football > Hockey ball > Cricket ball
of children to the left of R = (40 – 13) = 27. Thus,
Volley ball Tennis ball
R is 28th from the left end. Also, A is 13th from
the left end. Clearly, there are 14 persons between Directions (25 - 29):
A and R. A D C B
18. (c); There are two possible arrangements : Right Left

Left Right
R S P Q

But since Priya is nearer than Natasha to the 25. (c); C is facing to P.
right end of the row, so only arrangement II 26. (c); S is facing to D. So R is left to S.
follows. 27. (a);
Number of girls to the left of Natasha in II = [ 31 28. (d);
– (1 + 16) = 14. Clearly, Natasha is 15th from the
29. (b); All except (b) are facing to each other.
left end of the row.
G B C D E F A
19. (d); Clearly, George lies towards the left end while 30. (b); Left Right
Peter lies towards the right end of the row. So,
when Peter shifts towards George, he shifts 3 Clearly, A is first from fight end.
places to the left. Thus, Peter is now 15th from Directions (31 - 35) :
the right end. But, Peter is 10th from the left end. D
So, Number of children in the row = (14 + 1 + 9) C E
= 24.
20. (a); Clearly, A’s new position is 15th from the left. H F
But this is the same as B’s earlier position which
is 9th from the right. So total boys = 15 + 9 – 1
B G
= 23 A
21. (c); Total number of students in class 31. (a); H is immediate right of C.
= (14+32) – 1 = 46 – 1 = 45 32. (d); B is immediate right of H.
Q Ratio Þ 2 : 3 33. (d); E is the immediate left of D.
2x + 3x = 45 34. (d); B is the third to the right of D.
5x = 45 35. (c); E is second to the right of C.
x =9

234 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Distinct Solutions 44. (b); Left Right
B C A
Directions (36 - 43): 6th from C 4th from A
So, total number of boys are
(son of H)
= 1 + 6 + 4 + 3 = 14
A
(wife of D and
(mother of A) H F 45. (c); left right
mother of H)
Y X
9th from left 5th from right
(father of H) D E (brother of A)
So clearly = 50 – (9+5) = 50 –14 = 36
Direction (46 to 50) :
G B (the son of D)
(sister of E) A Female wife of H
C
(the wife of D's son) B Female wife of F A
C Female H F
36. (b); Mother of G is the second to left of G because A,
D Male
E and G are brother-sister and H is mother of A.
E Male C G
37. (d); B is the son of D.
38. (b); Only one person is sitting between A and his F Male husband of B
brother. G Female E D
39. (d); A is sitting between F and H. H Male husband of A B
40. (a); E is the brother of A. 46. (d); G is second to the right of B.
41. (c); A is the grandson of D. 47. (b); H is third to the left of B.
42. (a); All except 'B' are women. 48. (b); Two
49. (d); All except 'G' are male person.
43. (d); To left and right of H immediate sitting both are
50. (d); None of these.
men.

1. (d); Tallest Þ Mohan Prakash earlier position from left is 9th.


Kishore > Satish > Rajesh Total no. of students is = 16
Kishore > Anil > Satish \ Prakash position from right=(16–9)+1=7+1= 8th
So, Mohan > Kishore > Anil > Satish > Rajesh 6. (d); Total number of children = (18+5)–1 =23–1 =22
2. (c); Fatima > Banu > Anehu So, B's position from right = (22–9)+1 =13+1
Anehu > Caroline > Dayana =14th
Fatima > Banu > Anehu > Caroline > Dayana 7. (b); Total number of boys = (19+7) – 1 = 26 – 1 = 25
3. (c); Raghu > Raja So, Ram position from left =(25–5)+ 1 = 20 + 1=21
Kishna > Raghu = Gure 18th from
8. (d);
So, clearly Krishna walks fastest. top
4. (c); Rajan rank from top = 11
Rajan rank from bottom = 31
Ram
Total students = (11 + 31) – 1
= (42 – 1) = 41 Sita
did not take the exam = 3
Laxman
failed = 1
19th from
total = 41 + 3 + 1 = 45
bottom
Prakash
5. (b); left right So, the total number of children = 18 + 4 + 1 + 4
+ 19 = 46
Prakash 9. (a); Student in the class = (14+12)–1=26–1=25
earlier position 10. (b); Mohan's ramk from bottom=(20–13)+1=7+1=8th

235 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
11. (d); Number of persons between Sadiq and Joseph 18. (a); Q is third to the right of N.
= 48 – (14+17) = 17 19. (d); O is second to left of M.
As, Jane is in between Sadiq and Joseph. 20. (c); Only 'N' is sitting between 'P' and 'S'.
So, there are 8 persons between Sadiq and Jane. 21. (d); None of these.
12. (d); Data is inadequate 22. (a); 'R' is sitting between 'T' and 'M'.
23. (d);
8th from
13. (c); top A
S E D

40 Surendra
5 rank below
C F
Sujit
B
So, Sujit rank from the
bottom = 40 – (8 + 5) + 1 = 28 \ D is sitting between A and F.
24. (d);
14. (c); 15th from top
R P P R
(Shyam)
or
S
S T T S
35
students
Amit 6th position
5 Q Q

No of students = 35 –(15+6) = 35 –21=14 Above both two position are true. So, we can not
define that who will be the second to the right of
N N Q.
15. (b); left right
25. (b); left right
15th from left 8th right end C D A B E
(15+4+8) –1=27–1 = 26 clearly, in the middle of line A is sitting
So, clearly there are 26 children in the row.
26. (c); S
16. (c); Total number of children = (25+5)–1=30– 1=29
P
Children between Rakesh and Mahesh
Q
= 29 – (both sitting position)
R
= 29 –(7+5)
= 29 –12 = 17 So, P is third from bottom.
17. (c); Total number of students = (15+15)–1=(30–1)=29 27. (a); accused > deceased
So, garima position from right = (29–11)+1 court > police> lowyer
=18+1=19
police > accused
(18 - 22) :
so, court > police > lawyer
Q > accused > deceased
M O so court is most powerful.
28. (b); X>Y>Z
R S Y>P>Q
Q>Z
T N so, X > Y > P > Q > Z
P Z is the weakest among all.

236 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
29. (b); T = 15 + 23 – 1 34. (d); No of students ahead of Raji in a rank=46–17=29
= 37 Raji is 30th rank from the first
30. (c); R=T–L+1 35. (a); Number of students behind Karthick=42–10=32
= 50 – 27 + 1 Karthick rank 33rd from the last.
= 24
31. (c); 50 – 18 = 32; Saran is 33 from the left. 36. (d); - - - -A- - - - - - - - - -C- - - - - - - - - -B - - - - - - - - - -
32. (b); No of boys = x; No. of girls = 2x; 3+1+8+1+8+1+8 = 30
x + 2x = 90 = > 3x = 90 37. (a); 16 + 1 + 36 = 53 students.
x (Boys) = 30 ; 2x (Girls) = 60 38. (b); 54 – 11 = 43, Hence 44th rank from last.
Number of student behind Shridar =90–14=76 39. (d); 47 – 22 = 25, Hence 26th from the right end.
No of girls behind Shridar = 60 – 10 = 50 40. (b); Reshma rank = 57 – 9 = 48, Reshma 49th from
the bottom.
No of boys behind Shridar = 76 – 50 = 26
Praveena rank = 57 – 13 = 44, Praveena 45th from
33. (a); 68 – 19 = 49, Hence 50th rank from last. the bottom

237 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Part B
Non-Verbal Reasoning

238 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter Embedded Figure and Formation of Figures
1
The embedded figure is a part of non-verbal reasoning. A figure suppose, figure (A) is said to be embedded if
figure (A) contains a part of that figure. In this chapter, we deal with questions in which an original figure is hidden
in followed by four/five alternative answers. One of the answer figures is embedded or hidden in the original figure.
You are required to select from the alternatives which clearly shows the embedded portion in the original figure.
But in these questions we find all the options look similar. So there, we will find difficulty in solving the
problem. For solving this problem candidates need to note the diagram accurately and compare it with all the
options.
Here you are required to understand the general structure of the figure, then choose the correct alternative.

In case of formation of figures, first, a question figure is given in which two or three parts of a figure are there. Out
of four options given below the question figure, we have to decide through which option figure can be formed.

Direction (1 - 3): In the following illustration question (1) as show below.


figure (X) is embedded or hidden in any one of four option
figures (a), (b), (c), (d). Find the option which contains
question figure (X), as a part.
3. Question Figures.
1. Question Figures.

X
X Answer Figures.
Answer Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d) Sol. (b); Clearly, fig (X) is embedded in fig (b) as shown
Sol. (b); By close observation figure (X) is embedded in below :
figure (b) as show below.

Hence, the answer is (b)


2. Question Figure
4. In the question given below select the option in the
element of the question figure are found.
Question Figure
X
Answer Figures.

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Sol. (a); By close observation figure (X) is embedded in
figure (a) (b) (c) (d)

239 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Sol. (d); The same elements of question's figure are in
option (d).
5. In the following question find out which figure can
be formed from the parts given in the question figure.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Question Figure
Sol. (b); By using all parts given in question figure, we can
form the figure as

Answer Figures

Direction (1 to 32) :- In each of the following questions, choose Answer Figures


the option figure in which the question figure is embedded.
1. Question Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


5. Question Figure
Answer Figures

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


2. Question Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6. Question Figure

Answer Figures

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


3. Question Figure (a) (b) (c) (d)
7.

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


8.

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


4. Question Figure 9.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

240 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
10. 21.

(a) (c) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


11. 22. Question Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures
12.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
13.
23. Question Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


14.
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


15.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
24. Question Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
16.
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


17.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


25. Question Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
18.

Answer Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
19.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
26. Question Figures
20.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

241 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Answer Figures Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


27. Question Figure 32. Question Figure

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d) Direction (33 - 34): In the following questions, find out which
28. Question Figure of the figures can be formed from the pieces given in the problem
Figure
33. Question Figure

Answer Figures ++

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


29. Question Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
34. Question Figure

Answer Figures

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


30. Question Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Direction (35 - 38): In each of the following question select the
option in the elements of the question figure are found.
Answer Figures 35. Question Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figures


31. Question Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)

242 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
36. Question Figure 41. Question Figure

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


37. Question Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
42. Question Figure

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figures


38. Question Figure

Answer Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
43. There are two dots placed in the question figure. Find out
the answer figure which has the possibility of placing the
(a) (b) (c) (d) dots satisfying the same condition as in the question
39. Which of the answer figure is not made up of only the figure.
components of the key figure. (Question Figure) Question Figure
Question Figure

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


Direction (40 - 43): In the following questions, find out which Directions (44 - 45): In each following question a question
of the figures can be formed from the pieces given in the prob- figure is given and four options. Select the option when the
lem Figure elements rotate or fold the question figure.
40. Question Figure 44. Question Figure

Answer Figures Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

243 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
45. Question Figure 48. Question Figure

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


Direction (46 - 50): In the following questions, find out which 49. Question Figure
of the figures can be formed from the pieces given in the prob-
lem Figure
46. Question Figure

Answer Figures

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


50. Question Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
47. Question Figure

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)

1. (d); By close observation, we find that the question 4. (b); By close observation, we find that the question
figure is embedded in figure (d) as shown below. figure is embedded in figure (b) as shown below.

2. (b); By close observation, we find that the question


figure is embedded in figure (b) as shown below. 5. (c); By close observation, we find that the question
figure is embedded in figure (c) as shown below.

3. (b); By close observation, we find the question figure 6. (d); By close observation, we find that the question
is embedded in figure (b) as shown below. figure is embedded in figure (d) as shown.

244 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
7. (a); 8. (d); 9. (d); 10. (c); 30. (a); By close observation, we find that the question
11. (d); 12. (d); 13. (b); 14. (d); figure is embedded in figure (a) as shown below.
15. (d); 16. (b); 17. (b); 18. (d);
19. (d); 20. (a); 21. (b);
22. (b); By close observation, we find that the question
figure is embedded in figure (b) as shown below.
31. (b); By close observation, we find that the question
figure is embedded in figure (b) as shown below.

23. (c); By close observation, we find the question figure


is embedded in figure (c) as shown below.
32. (b); By close observation, we find that the question
figure is embedded in figure (b) as shown below.

24. (d); By close observation, we find that the question


figure is embedded in figure (d) as shown below.
33. (b); By using all the parts given in question figure, we
can form the figure as.

25. (d); By close observation, we find that the question


figure is embedded in figure (d) as shown below.

34. (d); By using all the parts given in question figure,


we can form the figure as.
26. (a); By close observation, we find that the question
figure is embedded in figure (a) as shown below.

35. (a); 36. (b); 37. (c); 38. (d);


39. (d);
27. (c); By close observation, we find that the question 40. (a); By using all the parts given in question figure, we
figure is embedded in figure (c) as shown below. can form the figure as.

28. (b); By close observation, we find; that the question 41. (b); By using all the parts given in question figure, we
figure is embedded in figure (b) as shown below. can form the figure as.

29. (c); By close observation, we find that the question 42. (b); By using all the parts given in question figure,
figure is embedded in figure (c) as shown below. we can form the figure as.

43. (d); 44. (d); 45. (c);

245 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
46. (b); 49. (c); Using all the parts given in question figure, we
47. (a); Using all the parts given in question figure, we can form the figure as.
can form the figure as.

48. (c); Using all the parts given in question figure, we 50. (d); By Using all the parts given in question figure,
can form the figure as. we can form the figure as.

246 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Missing Figure
2
In this topic, there is a figure containing a set of figures following a particular sequence or pattern is given in
which a part, is left blank. There are four options in the answer figure, out of which we have to select the correct
option, which is fitted correctly into the blank space to complete the original figure.

Direction (1 - 3): Select a figure from the given four options, Sol. (a); Clearly option (a) will complet the figure.
which when placed in the blank space of problem figure 4- Select a figure from amongst the four alternatives, when
(?) world complete the pattern. placed in the blank space of fig. (X) would complete
1. the pattern.

Answer Figures.

(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)


Sol. (b); Clearly, fig. (b) will complete the pattern when
(a) (b) (c) (d) placed in the blank space of fig. (X) as shown
Sol. (b); Clearly option (b) will complete the figure. below :

2.

Hence, the answer is (b).

Answer Figures.
5.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Sol. (b); Clearly if we put option (b) it will complete the (X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
problem figure. Sol. (a); Clearly, fig. (a) will complete the pattern when
3. placed in the blank space of fig. (X) as shown
below :

Answer Figures.
Hence, the answer is (a).

(a) (b) (c) (d)

247 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Direction (1 - 25): In each of the following questions, select a 5. Problem Figures
figure from the given four alternatives, which when placed in
the blank space of problem figure (?) would complete the pattern.
1. Problem Figures.

Answer Figures Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


2. Problem Figures 6. Problem Figures

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


3. Problem Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)
7. Problem Figures

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


4. Problem Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
8. Problem Figures.

Answer Figures.
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

248 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
9. Problem Figures. 14. Problem Figures.

Answer Figures. Answer Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


10. Problem Figures. 15. Problem Figures.

Answer Figures. Answer Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


11. Problem Figures. 16. Problem Figures.

Answer Figures. Answer Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


12. Problem Figures. 17. Problem Figures.

Answer Figures. Answer Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


13. Problem Figures. 18. Problem Figures.

Answer Figures. Answer Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

249 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
19. Problem Figures. 24. Problem Figures.

Answer Figures. Answer Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d) 25. Problem Figures.
20. Problem Figures.

Answer Figures.
Answer Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
Direction (26 - 40): In each of the following questions,
21. Problem Figures. select a figure from amongst the four alternatives, which
when placed in the blank space of figure (X) would
complete the pattern
26.
Answer Figures.

(x) (a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d) 27.
22. Problem Figures.

(x) (a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures. 28.

(a) (b) (c) (d) (x) (a) (b) (c) (d)


23. Problem Figures. 29.

(x) (a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures.
30.

(a) (b) (c) (d) (x) (a) (b) (c) (d)

250 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
31. 36.

(x) (a) (b) (c) (d) (x) (a) (b) (c) (d)
37.
32.

(x) (a) (b) (c) (d)


(x) (a) (b) (c) (d)

38.
33.
(x) (a) (b) (c) (d)
(x) (a) (b) (c) (d)
39.
34.

(x) (a) (b) (c) (d) (x) (a) (b) (c) (d)
40.
35.

(x) (a) (b) (c) (d) (x) (a) (b) (c) (d)

1. (b); If option (b) is placed in the missing of original 6. (b); If we put option (b) the figure will complete.
figure it completes the original figure.

2. (a); If we put option (a) in figure it will complete. 7. (c); If we put option (c), it will complete the problem
figure.

3. (a); If option (a) is placed in the missing of the


original figure, it completes the original figure.
8. (b); If option (b) is placed in the missing of the
4. (a); If we put option (a) in problem figure it will
original figure it completes the original figure
complete.

5. (b); If option (b) is placed in missing of the original 9. (b); If option (b) is placed in the missing of original
figure, it completes the original figure. figure it completes the original figure.

251 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
18. (a); If we put option (a) in problem figure it will
complete the problem figure.

10. (b); If we put option (b) in problem figure, it will


complete the original figure.
19. (c); If we put option (c) in problem figure, it will
complete the problem figure.

11. (d); If we put option (d) it will complete the problem


figure.
20. (c); If we put option (c) in problem figure, it will
complete the problem figure.

12. (b); If we put option (b), it will complete the problem


figure.
21. (d); If we put option (d), it will complete the problem
figure.

13. (b); If we put (b) option in problem figure it completes


the problem figures.

22. (c); If we put option (c), it will complete the problem


figure.

14. (c); If we put option (c) in problem figure it will


complete the problem figure.

23. (a); If we put option (a), will complete the problem


figure.

15. (b); If we put option (b), it will complete the problem


figure.

24. (c);

16. (c); If we put option (c), it will complete the problem


figure.

25. (b);

17. (d); If we put (d) option in problem figure, it will


complete the problem figure. 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (d) 32. (d) 33. (d) 34. (d) 35. (d)
36. (c) 37. (d) 38. (d) 39. (d) 40. (d)

252 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Paper Cutting
3
In this chapter, at first a paper sheet is given then it is folded by two or three times. Then paper is cut from a
particular section. Then paper is opened and you have to find what kind of figure will be on paper after opening it.
Note :- The dotted line is the reference line along which the paper is to be folded and the arrow indicates the
direction of the fold.

In the following questions, a piece of paper is folded and 3. Question Figure


cut and then unfolded. One of the four alternatives
resembles the unfolded paper. Select it as correct option.
1. Question Figures.

Sol. Clearly when we open paper step by step we fond the


figure given below.
Answer Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d) 4. Question Figure


Sol. (b); The punch is made at the corner of the folded
paper near the top of the left end. So, the unfolded
paper shows equidistant punches . hence the
correct option is b.
2. Question Figure
Answer Figure

(X) (Y) (Z)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
Sol. (a); Note ; students should take paper and after folding
properly make punches to get the answer.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Sol. (c);

253 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Direction : In each of following questions first questions figures Answer Figures
are given, showing a sequence in which paper is folded and cut
from a particular section below these figure a set of answer
figures showing the paper actually acquires when it is unfolded
are also given. Select your best answer.
1. Question Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)
6. Question Figures

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


2. Question Figures 7. Question Figures

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d) 8. Question Figures
3. Question Figures

Answer Figures

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


9. Question Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


4. Question Figures
Answer Figures

Answer Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
10. Question Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


5. Question Figures Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)

254 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
11. Question Figures Answer Figures

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


17. Question Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures
12. Question Figures

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


18. Question Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) X Y Z


13. Question Figures Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures 19. Question Figures

P X Y Z
(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figures
14. Question Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures 20. Question Figures

X Y Z
(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figures
15. Question Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


21. Question Figures
Answer Figures

X Y Z
(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figures
16. Question Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)

255 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
22. Question Figures 27. Question Figures

X Y Z
Answer Figures P X Y Z
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


23. Question Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
28. Question Figures

X Y Z
Answer Figures
X Y Z
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


24. Question Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
29. Question Figures

X Y Z
Answer Figures
X Y Z
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


25. Question Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
30. Question Figures

X Y Z
Answer Figures
X Y Z
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


26. Question Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
31. Question Figures

P X Y Z
Answer Figures X Y Z
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

256 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
32. Question Figures Answer Figures

X Y Z (a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures
37. Question Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


33. Question Figures X Y Z
Answer Figures

X Y Z
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Answer Figures
38. Question Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


X Y Z
34. Question Figures
Answer Figures

X Y Z
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Answer Figures
39. Question Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


X Y Z
35. Question Figures
Answer Figures

X Y Z (a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures 40. Question Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) P X Y Z


36. Question Figures Answer Figures

X Y Z (a) (b) (c) (d)

257 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
1. (d);
10. (d);

2. (c);
11. (c);

12. (a);
3. (b);

13. (b);

4. (c);
14. (a);

5. (d);

6. (b);

15. (b);

7. (a);
16. (b);

8. (c);
17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (b) 21. (b)
22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (c) 26. (d)
27. (b) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (d) 31. (d)
32. (d) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (b)
37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (c)
9. (c);

258 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Paper Folding
4
The problems based on paper folding involve the process of selecting a figure which would most closely
resemble the pattern that would be formed when a transparent sheet carrying designs on either side of a dotted line,
is folded along this line. This figure has to be selected from a set of four alternatives.

Directions (1-3): In each one of the following examples, Sol. (c); In each of the Answer figures, the right halves
find from amongst the four Answer figures, the one which are dotted, which indicates that the right half of
resembles the pattern formed when the transparent sheet,
the transparent sheet has been folded and placed
carrying a design, is folded along the dotted line.
1. Transparent Sheet over the left half. Taking into consideration the
design on the right half of the sheet, the design
formed on the folded sheet will be a combination
of the designs on the two halves. Note here that
the mirror image of the design on the right half of
Answer Figure the sheet will reach the left half. Clearly, fig. (C) is
the answer.
3. Transparent Sheet

(A) (B) (C) (D)


Sol. (d); Clearly, the upper half of the square sheet has
been folded over the lower half. The combination
of the design in the lower half and the water image
of the design in the upper half will appear as the
resultant design when the sheet is folded. Answer Figures
Visualising this combination we get the design
shown in fig. (D) Hence fig. (D) is the answer.
2. Transparent Sheet

(A) (B) (C) (D)


Answer Figure Sol. (c); The circular sheet of transparent paper has been
folded among the dotted line such that left half
overlaps the right half and consequently the
smaller arrows will appear to penetrate inside the
larger ones. Fig (C) is the answer.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

259 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Direction (1 - 10): Choose the alternative which is closely 5. Problem Figures
resembles the Paper Fold of the given figure.
1. Problem Figures

Answer Figures

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


6. Problem Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2. Problem Figures

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d) 7. Problem Figures
3. Problem Figures

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
8. Problem Figures
4. Problem Figures

Answer Figures Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

260 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
9. Problem Figures 13. Problem Figure

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d) 14. Problem Figure
10. Problem Figures

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


15. Problem Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Direction (11 - 20): Find out from amongst the four
alternatives as to how the pattern would appear when the
transparent sheet is folded at the dotted line.
11. Problem Figure Answer Figures

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


16. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


12. Problem Figure Answer Figures

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


17. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures

261 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
22. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


18. Problem Figure Answer Figures

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


23. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


19. Problem Figure Answer Figures

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


24. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


20. Problem Figure Answer Figures

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


25. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


21. Problem Figure Answer Figures

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


26. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)

262 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Answer Figures 29. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figures


27. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures 30. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figures


28. Problem Figure

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

1. (b); The actual image of folded paper is 5. (a); The actual image of folded paper is

2. (b); The actual image of folded paper is 6. (a); The actual image of folded paper is

3. (a); The actual image of folded paper is 7. (a); The actual image of folded paper is

8. (a); The actual image of folded paper is


4. (b); The actual image of folded paper is

263 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
9. (b); The actual image of folded paper is 11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (a)

16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (d)

21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (a)
10. (a); The actual image of folded paper is
26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (c)

264 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Mirror Image and Water Image
5
Mirror image :- When the image of any object is seen in a mirror is called mirror image. When we see an object in a
mirror then, right side of the obect appears on the left side and the left side of the object appears on
the right side. This phenomenon is also called Lateral Inversion

Mirror Images of capital letters

Following letter have identical mirror image A, H, I, M, O,T, U, V, W, X, Y.


Mirror Images of small letters

Mirror Images of Numbers

Water image :- When we look the reflection of an object into water it is called water image.

Water images of capital letters

Water image of small letters

Water images of Numbers

265 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
1. What will be mirror image of word '15UP5062' Sol. (a); The water image of 'HINDUSTANI' will be
(a) 5062UP15 (b) 26O5PU51
(c) (d)
Sol. (c);
5. What will be water image of the given figure below?
2. What will be mirror image of word 'FIXING'
(a) GNIXIF (b)
(c) (d)
Sol. (b);
3. What will be mirror image of the given figure below?
Answer Figures

Answer Figures (A) (B) (C) (D)


Sol. (b);

(A) (B) (C) (D)


Sol. (d); If we divide by vertical line it looks same both
side but letter B would change so option (d) is
right answer.
4. What will be water image of word HINDUSTANI?
(a) (b)
Clearly option (b) will be right answer.
(c) (d)

Direction (1-36): What will be the mirror image of the given


figure below?
1. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


3. Problem Figure

Answer Figures

Answer Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Answer Figures

266 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
4. Problem Figure 8. Problem Figure

Answer Figures

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


9. Problem Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5. Problem Figure

Answer Figures

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


10. Problem Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6. Problem Figure

Answer Figures Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
11. Problem Figure
7. Problem Figure

Answer Figures Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

267 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
12. Problem Figure 23. Problem Figure

Answer Figures

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


24. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


13. AMBULANCE
(a) (b) Answer Figures
(c) (d)
14. HARYANA
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
15. DEFENCE (a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) (b) 25. Problem Figure
(c) (d)
16. HONDA 100CC
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
17. USA17786 Answer Figures
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
18. 9 F 8 W 6 M M
(a) (b)
(c) (d) None of these (a) (b) (c) (d)
19. Roaming 26. Problem Figure
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
20. dussehra
(a) (b) Answer Figures
(c) (d) None of these
21. power
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
22. Problem Figure (a) (b) (c) (d)
27. Problem Figure

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)

268 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
28. Problem Figure 33. Problem Figure

Answer Figures Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


29. Problem Figure (a) (b) (c) (d)
34. Problem Figure

Answer Figures
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


30. Problem Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
35. Problem Figure

Answer Figures

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


31. Problem Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
36. Problem Figure

Answer Figures

Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


32. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Direction (37-60): What will be the water image of the given
question below?
Answer Figures 37. DIRECTION
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
38. RECRUIT
(a) (b)
(a) (b) (c) (d) (c) (d)

269 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
39. FROG Answer Figures
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
40. EXAMINATION
(a) (b)
(c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)
41. MANAGEMENT 47. Problem Figure
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
42. Problem Figure

Answer Figures

Answer Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
48. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


43. Problem Figure
Answer Figures

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


49. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


44. Problem Figure Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures 50. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures
45. Problem Figure

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


51. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


46. Problem Figure Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)

270 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
52. Problem Figure Answer Figures

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


57. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


53. Problem Figure
Answer Figures

Answer Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
58. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


54. Problem Figure Answer Figures

Answer Figures (a) (b) (c) (d)


59. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


55. Problem Figure
Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figures
60. Problem Figure

Answer Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
56. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)

271 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
1. (c); 12. (d);

2. (b);
13. (b);

3. (d);
14. (b);

15. (d);
4. (c);

16. (b);

5. (d);

17. (d);

6. (b);
18. (a);

19. (b);
7. (c);

20. (a);

8. (d);
21. (a);

22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (d) 25. (c) 26. (c)
27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (c) 31. (d)
9. (c); 32. (c) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (b)
37. (a);

38. (c);
10. (a);

39. (b);

11. (b);
40. (c);

272 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
44. (d);
41. (a);

42. (a);

45. (a);

43. (c);

46. (b) 47. (b) 48. (d) 49. (a) 50. (c)
51. (d) 52. (c) 53. (d) 54. (c) 55. (b)
56. (b) 57. (b) 58. (c) 59. (a) 60. (d)

273 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter

6 Series
In this chapter, a series of four or five figures are given called problem figure. In each problem figure, there are small
part called element/design. The elements/designs are changing according to some specific rules. Then candidates
are asked to select one of the figures from the set of option, called answer figure.

Directions: – In each of the questions given below which Problem Figure


one of the five answer figure on the right should come
after the problem figures, if the sequence was continued?
1. Elements are increasing in a particular order.
Problem Figuers.
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


Answer Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Sol. (d); Above in problem figures, the elements of figure
Ist, IIIrd and Vth are moving with specific rule. In
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) the same way in IInd, IVth and also in answer
Sol. (e); Clearly there is increase in symbol ‘X’ as 1, 4, 6, 9, figure (VI) will be moving. So answer will be (d).
11. 4. If there is a relation between I and II, III and IV figures.
So, in answer figure no. of ‘X’ will 14. Thus, the Then there must be relation between Vth and answer
correct option is (e). figure.
2. Movement of elements in clockwise or Anti-clockwise. Problem Figure
According to this rule some elements are moving
clockwise direction. Where as some elements are
moving anti-clockwise direction.
Problem Figure
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


Answer Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Sol. (c); Clearly that in figure Ist and IInd, the elements are
moving in a specific rule. In the III and IV ele
ments are also moving according to previous rule.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) So in the same way figure (c) will be answer.
Sol. (c); Elements ¬ is moving 45° angle in anticlockwise 5. If in problem figures, Ist figure is same to 5th figure
direction. Elements is moving 90° angle in then 2nd figure will be the answer.
clockwise direction. Element is moving 90° Problem Figure
angle in anticlockwise direction. So (c) is the right
answer.
3. The elements are moving in (I), (III) and (V) figure by
specific rule, then same kind of rule, will be followed
in (II), (IV) and (VI) figures. (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)

274 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Answer Figure 8. Increasing in series with new elements.
Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
Sol. (c); In problem figures, figure Ist and V are same, then Answer Figure
problem figure (II) will be same as our answer
figure (c).
6. If in given problem figures (I) is same to (IV) and (II) is
same to (V). So, the (III) figure in problem figures will
be same as our answer. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Problem Figure Sol. (d); In problem figures from I to IInd, two elements are
interchanged and one element goes up and then
change. From 2nd two element are moving anti-
clockwise and third changes. In the same way.
This rule will be continue respectively. So option
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (d) is your answer
Answer Figure 9. Rotation of elements with specific rules.
Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


Sol. (b); In above problem figures, figure (I) is same to (IV)
and figure (II) is same to figure (V) then answer (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
will be (III) figure in given problem figure it is (b) Answer Figure
in answer figures.
7. If there is no relation among in the problem figure but
the elements are increasing according to specific rule
Problem Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Sol. (e); Elements are changing as shown in the diagram
given below.

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


Answer Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


1 to 2 2 to 3
Sol. (d); In each figure, the elements are increasing one by
3 to 4 4 to 5
one in clockwise direction. So option (d) is the
right answer. 5 to 6

Directions :– In each of the questions given below whcih Answer Figure


one of the five answer figure on the right should come after
the problem figures if the sequence were continued?
1. Problem Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
2. Problem Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)

275 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Answer Figure 7. Problem Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Answer Figure
3. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


8. Problem Figure
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


Answer Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
4. Problem Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
9. Problem Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


Answer Figure
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
Answer Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


5. Problem Figure (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
10. Problem Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


Answer Figure
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
Answer Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


6. Problem Figure (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
11. Problem Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
Answer Figure Answer Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

276 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
12. Problem Figure Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Answer Figure 17. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


13. Problem Figure (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


Answer Figure (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
18. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


14. Problem Figure (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


Answer Figure (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
19. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


15. Problem Figure (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Answer Figure 20. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
16. Problem Figure Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

277 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
21. Problem Figure Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Answer Figure
26. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
22. Problem Figure Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


Answer Figure (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
27. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


23. Problem Figure (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


Answer Figure (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
28. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


24. Problem Figure (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)


Answer Figure (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
29. Problem Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
25. Problem Figure Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

278 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
30. Problem Figure Answer Figure

(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

1. (a); In a series, a straight line is increasing 17. (a); From 1 to 2, figures at the corners are moving half
continuously. sides in clockwise direction. From 2 to 3, figures
2. (a); Three and four lines are added respectively. are moving in same pattern but two figures are
3. (b); Elements are moving in clockwise direction also replacing from new. Same pattern is followed
increasing one more element. further. Also ­ is moving clockwise 45°, 90°, 135°,
4. (d); Elements are moving clockwise direction at 45° 45°, 90° and 135° respectively.
angle, 90° angle, 45° angle, 90° angle respectively. 18. (b); Here, 1 and 5 are same so, 2 and answer figure (b)
Also new element is increasing. will be same
5. (d); If figure Ist and 4th are same and 2nd and 5th are 19. (c); Element ‘­’ and ‘T’ both are rotating 90° and 45°
same then 3rd and 6th will be same. anticlockwise respectively. In figure 1, 3, 5 there is
6. (a); Whole figure is rotating 45° angle anti-clockwise element .
direction respectively.
7. (c); In 2, 4 and there is element .
8. (b); 20. (c); 5th figure is related to 1st figure in the same way
9. (d); By close observation we can say that the elements 6th figure will be related to answer figure (b).
are increasing in a systematic order. 21. (a); Element are changing as shown in the diagram
10. (c); Each time element ‘·’ is moving at 45° angle in given below.
clockwise direction and one element is also
increasing.
11. (b); In every problem figure elements ‘o‘ and ‘·’ are
added respectively then by adding a line, the
elements are inverted.
12. (b); Clearly, in every figure one element remain at its
place while second is moving by 90° angle 22. (b); Elements ‘W’ and ‘C’ are moving in a systematic
clockwise after each two figures, two new elements order. In each figure a new element is added.
are coming. 23. (d); In every problem figure whole elements rotate
13. (a); In each figure all elements are moving 90° anti- through 90° clockwise and change their places in
clockwise and elements ‘·’ and ‘–’ are ending the following order.
with systematic order.
14. (c); Elements are changing as shown in the diagram
given below

24. (e); In every problem figure whole elements rotates


through 90°, 135°, 180°, 225° and 270° clockwise
respectively and each time black part reverses at
the same place.
15. (b); In each figures all elements rotate by a systematic 25. (b);
order. Each element is coming in the middle of the 26. (e); In every problem figure, the elements, change in
figure respectively now in the sixth figure element following order.
‘o’ will come.
16. (c); In figures 1, 3, 5 element ‘C’ is increasing by 2 and
in figures 2, 4, 6 elements ‘C’ is decreasing by 2
also element ‘O’ is moving clockwise by systematic
order. 1 to 2 2 to 3 3 to 4 4 to 5 5 to 6

279 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
27. (d); In each time in problem figure a more element ‘ ’
increases, which reverses in the next problem
figure and a curve produces downward.
28. (d); In problem figure small multiple element moves
one step ahead and a new similar element
increases further. Thus the answer will be figure 30. (d); Element ‘O’ is moving clockwise 45°, 90°, 135°,
4th. 180°, 225° angle respectively. Element * is moving
29. (e); Elements are changing as shown in the diagram anticlockwise. 45°, 90°, 135°, 180°, 225° angle
given below. anticlockwise. Elements ‘B’ also moving in a
specific rule.

280 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Analogy
7
In Analogy, there are two sets of figures in the given question. One set is called the “Problem figure” while the other
as “Answer figure”. The problem figure is presented in two units. The first unit contains two figures and the second
unit contains one figure and a question mark in place of the fourth figure. There is a relationship between the two
figures of the first unit. The same relationship exists between the two figures of the second unit. The candidate has to
find out which one of the answer figures, should be in place of the question mark.

1. Replacement of positions of elements. Sol. (b); In first pair whole figure is moving at 90° angle
Problem Figures. towards clockwise direction same kind of rule will
follow in second pair.
4. Mirror Image to each other
Problem Figures.
Answer Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figure


Sol. (c); In problem figures, it is clear that small elements
are interchanging their position, also element ®
and are interchanging so same kind of rule
will apply in 3rd and 4th figure. Then option (c)
is right answer.
2. Water image to each other.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Problem Figures.
Sol. (b); In problem figure, in first pair figure is mirror im-
age of each other same kind of rule will apply in
second pair also, so option (b) is right answer.
5. Rotation of figures.
Answer Figure Problem Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Sol. (a); In first pair of problem figure. One is water image
of other same kind of rule will apply in second
Answer Figure
pair of figures so option (a) is the right answer.
3. Movement of figure
Problem Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Answer Figure
Sol. (a); The elements are rotating in such way

and same rotation will apply in second pair and


answer will be option (a).
(a) (b) (c) (d)

281 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Direction (1-30): The second figure in the first part of the 5. Problem Figures
problem figures bears certain relationship to the first figure.
Similarly, one of the figures of answer figures bear the
same relationship to the first figure of the second part. You
have to select a figure from the set of answer figures which
would replace the question mark (?)
1. Problem Figures Answer Figure

Answer Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6. Problem Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


2. Problem Figures
Answer Figure

Answer Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


7. Problem Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


3. Problem Figures

Answer Figure

Answer Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


8. Problem Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4. Problem Figures

Answer Figure

Answer Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

282 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
9. Problem Figures. Answer Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figure
14. Problem Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figure


10. Problem Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figure 15. Problem Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figure


11. Problem Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figure 16. Problem Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figure


12. Problem Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figure 17. Problem Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figure


13. Problem Figures.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

283 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
18. Problem Figures Answer Figure

Answer Figure (a) (b) (c) (d)


23. Problem Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figure
19. Problem Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figure 24. Problem Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figure
20. Problem Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figure 25. Problem Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figure


21. Problem Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Answer Figure 26. Problem Figures

Answer Figure
(a) (b) (c) (d)
22. Problem Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)

284 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
27. Problem Figures 29. Problem Figures

Answer Figure Answer Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


28. Problem Figures 30. Problem Figures

Answer Figure Answer Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

1. (a); Rule of water-image is applied. 11. (b); In first pair elements and interchange their
2. (b); In first pair of problem figure, elements rotate 180° position and element ® rotates opposite side.
angle anti-clockwise, same rule will follow in Similar concept is used in second pair.
second pair. 12. (b); In first problem figure pair 2nd is water image of
3. (c); Rule of mirror-image is applied. 1st then option (b) will be water image of third.
4. (c); In first pair all elements rotate 90° angle in anti- 13. (c); By close observation, we can say that option (c)
will be suitable answer.
clockwise direction, same rule will follow in
14. (c); Only heads of figure are changing.
second pair of problem figures.
15. (b); In first problem pair design goes to opposite side
5. (c); In first pair all elements are moving in opposite and it becomes black. In second pair also this rule
direction with an arc. In second pair, it will replace will be applied.
in ‘¯’ element according to rule 1 : 2 : : 2 : 1. 16. (b); One line is added respectively.
6. (b); The element in first two pair is opposite, same 17. (b); In first pair middle four sign or elements are
concept is used in second pair. removed. Also in second pair four sign will be
7. (a); All elements are moving 90° angle towards removed and option (b) will be right answer.
clockwise in first pair of problem figure. Same kind 18. (c);
of rule will be followed in second problem figures 19. (b); The rule of mirror-image is applied.
pair. 20. (d); The rule of water-Image is applied.
8. (a); In first pair of problem figures elements rotate by 21. (b); In first pair, all elements are moving in a certain
90° in clockwise direction. 2 elements remain in direction. All three elements are moving 90° anti-
place of 3, also some parts of elements become clockwise direction. This rule will follow in second
black from up and down in alternate figure. Similar pair also.
concept is used in second pair. 22. (b); The elements are changing like
9. (d); One line is subtracted in first pair of problem
figure and also a circle is coming. Similar, concept
is used in second pair.
10. (b); In figure ‘K’ there are three lines so it makes
but first and third element after changing their
triangle and figure , there are six lines so it will place rotate opposite side. So same kind of rule
make hexagon. will be applied.

285 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
23. (d); Elements in first pair of figure is inverted and then 26. (d); Elements are changing and also one side is
middle line is moved to outward and then ‘N’
becomes water-image.
24. (b); In first pair of problem figure pentagon is increased in outer figure .
changing into hexagon and inside one element is
decreasing. In the same way in second pair triangle 27. (c); Clearly from figure, option C is right answer.
will change into quadrilateral and inside the figure 28. (c); In first pair, element ‘ ’ is related to mirror-image
one element will decrease. and element ‘ ’ is related to water-image. This
25 (b); In first pair of problem figures all elements are rule will be followed in second pair also and
moving anti-clockwise direction with specific rule. option (c) will be right answer.
In the same way this rule will be followed in 29. (b); By close observation we can say that option (b)
second question pair. will be right answer.
30. (d); clearly from figure, option D is right answer.

286 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Chapter
Classification
8
In this chapter, four or five figures are given, out of which all except one are same in nature. You have to choose the
figure from given set. Given four figures may be similar by their rotation, position of elements, number of elements
but in four figures, one will not follow the rules that figure will be our answer.

Direction :- Out of these four or five figure, except one are Sol. (b); Except (b) figure, in all others figures, we move
similar in a certain way. Find out the figure which does anti-clockwise.
not belong to this group.
3.
1.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
Sol. (c); All except figure (c), two arrows are going in same Sol. (d); Except figure (d), a line divides all the figures in
direction and one is going in opposite direction. equal parts.
2.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Directions: In the following questions three figures


resemble each-other you have to identify the odd one. 6.

1.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
7.
2.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
3. 8.

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


4. 9.

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)


5. 10.

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

287 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
11. 22.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
12.
23.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


13. (a) (b) (c) (d)
24.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


14.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
25.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
15.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
16. 26.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


17. (a) (b) (c) (d)
27.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

18.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
28.
19.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
29.
20.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)
30.
21.

(a) (b) (c) (d)


(a) (b) (c) (d)

288 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
1. (c); Except figure (c), two elements are black. 17. (c); Except figure (c), in all figures black colour is
2. (a); In all figures except in figure (a), black colour is inside the elements.
close with triangle. 18. (c); Except figure (c), in all figures element ‘ ’and ‘ ’
3. (d); In all figures except (d), elements are same. are in one side.
4. (d); In all figures except figure (d) elements are in one 19. (b); Except figure (b), In all figures one box is empty
side but in figure (d) elements are in opposite side. and next is black respectively but in second figure
5. (c); Except figure (c), all letters are made of three lines. two adjacent boxes are black.
6. (d); In figurs a, b and c black part rotate clockwise by
20. (a); Except figure (a), in all figures five blocks are black
specific rule but this rule is not followed in figure
while in figure (a) six blocks are black.
(d).
7. (c); Except figure (c), in all figures one third part is 21. (a); Except figure (a), all are in same direction.
black. 22. (c); Except figure (c), in all figures two arrows are going
8. (b); Clearly, figure (b) is odd. along with in same direction.
9. (a); Except figure (a), in all figures letters are closed 23. (c); Except figure (c), in all figures elements are same
from all side. but in figure (c) one element is in opposite
10. (d); Except figure (d), in all figures a line divides the direction.
circle into two parts. 24. (a); Clearly, figure (a), is odd.
11. (d); In first three figure, element are moving 180° anti-
clockwise direction but in figure (d) this rule is 25. (d); In all the other figures, element on the same
not applied. line.
12. (d); Except figure (d), in all figures hour hand is just 26. (c); Clearly figure (c), is odd because there is no vertical
right to minute hand. line in it as the vertical lines are in other figures.
13. (b); Except figure (b), in all figures elements are moving 27. (c); Except figure (c), in all figures there are 8 elements.
in opposite direction. 28. (d); Except figure (d), all figures are water-image.
14. (b); Except figure (b), all other figure are made of six
29. (c); Two elements are same, one inside and one
lines.
outside and some link lines are there but in figure
15. (b); Except figure (b), all other figures are fixed in each-
(c) two link lines are less.
other.
16. (c); Except figure (c), all other figures are fixed in 30. (b); Except figure (b), a line divides the elements in
middle to other but not in figure (c). equal parts.

289 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
Part C
20 Practice Sets
(Based on Latest Pattern)

290 Adda 247 Publications For More Study Material


Visit: adda247.com
01
1. Select the option that is related to the third 7. Select the option in which the given figure is
number in the same way as the second number is embedded (rotation is NOT allowed).
related to the first number.
223 : 350 :: 519 : ?
(a) 736 (b) 687
(c) 654 (d) 645
2. Mohit and Sudesh bought pens and notebooks (a) (b)
from the same shop. Mohit bought 3 pens and 6
notebooks by paying an amount of ₹180. Sudesh
bought 5 pens and 2 notebooks by paying an
amount of ₹116. How much did Mohit spend on (c) (d)
buying notebooks?
(a) ₹84 (b) ₹122
(c) ₹115 (d) ₹138
3. Gaurav exits from the backdoor of his north – 8. Select the correct combination of mathematical
facing house and walks 25 m straight, then he signs that can sequentially replace * signs and
takes a left turn and walks 36 m then he turns left balance the given equation.
and walks 47 m . He turns left again and walk 36 60 * 48 * 36 * 6 * 15 * 53
m . How far and in which direction is he from his (a) ×,÷, + , –, = (b) ÷, +, ×, –, =
house now? (c) +, ÷, ×, –, = (d) +, ÷, –, ×, =
(a) 11 m, South (b) 11 m, North
(c) 22 m, North (d) 22 m, South 9. In a certain language, CHHAPAK is coded as
DJKEUGR. How will MALANGA be coded in that
4. Saloni is the daughter of the only son of Kartik. language?
Nirupama is the mother of Deepak. Yamini’s only
(a) NCOESMH (b) NCOCMSC
son, Ankit, is married to Nirupama. Kartik is the
(c) NCEOSMC (d) NCOCSMC
paternal grandfather of Deepak. How is Kartik
related to Ankit? 10. Select the figure from among the given options
(a) Paternal uncle (b) Son that can replace the question mark (?) in the
(c) Father (d) Brother following series.
5. Select the option that is related to the third term
in the same way as the second term is related to
the first term.
BACTERIA : EXFWBUFX :: WOUNDS : ?
(a) ZLRQGV (b) ZLSQFW (a) (b)
(c) YLRQFV (d) ZRXQGV
6. Select the combination of letters that when
sequentially placed in the blanks of the given (c) (d)
series will complete the series.
_ Z _ C _ LZ _ C _ L _ X _ VL _ _ _ V
(a) L, X, V, X, V, Z, C, Z, X, C 11. Amit, Gaurav, Hatim, Varun, Yukti and Zaid are
(b) X, Z, L, X, V, Z, C, C, C, L
sitting in a straight line, all facing the north.
(c) L, X, C, X, V, C, Z, C, Z, C
Gaurav is fourth to the left of Amit. Yukti is sitting
(d) L, X, V, V, X, C, C, X, Z, Z
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
291
Visit: adda247.com
at one end. Hatim is fourth to the left of Yukti. 16. In a certain code language, ‘CROWD’ is coded
Zaid is third to the right of Gaurav. Who is sitting as 23415924 and ‘TRHICK’ is coded as
at the second place to the left of Zaid? 162491997. How will ‘FRUGAL’ be coded in that
(a) Varun (b) Amit language?
(c) Hatim (d) Yukti (a) 1226761821 (b) 1521012291
(c) 1221021186 (d) 1512021921
12. Select the correct option that indicates the
arrangement of the given words in the order in 17. Six letters and symbols, H, h, I, @, % and $, are
which they appear in an English dictionary written on the different faces of a dice. Two
positions of this dice are shown. Select the letter
1. Petitionary 2. Petitioning
or symbol that will be on the face opposite to the
3. Petition 4. Petitioners
one having ‘H’.
5. Petitioned
(a) 3, 1, 4, 5, 2 (b) 3, 1, 5, 4, 2
(c) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (d) 4, 1, 2, 3, 5

13. The sequence of folding a piece of paper and the (a) @ (b) %
manner in which the folded paper has been cut is (c) $ (d) h
shown in the following figures. How would this
18. Select the correct water image of the given
paper look when unfolded?
combination of letters.
DFNZSR
(a) (b)
(c) (d)

(a) (b) 19. Read the given statements and conclusions


carefully. Assuming that the information given in
the statements is true, even if it appears to be at
variance with commonly known facts, decide
(c) (d) which of the given conclusions logically follow(s)
from the statements.
Statements: All flowers are beautiful.
14. Select the set of classes the relationship among Vaidehi is beautiful.
Conclusions: I. Vaidehi is a flower.
which is best illustrated by the following Venn
II. Some beautiful are flowers.
diagram.
(a) Either conclusion I or II follows.
(b) Both the conclusions follow.
(c) Only conclusion II follows.
(d) Only conclusion I follows.

(a) Literates, Engineers, Farmers 20. Select the number from among the given options
(b) Fathers, Brothers, Males that can replace the question mark (?) in the
(c) Grandfathers, Fathers, Males following series.
(d) Mothers, Aunts, Doctors 237, 196, 155, 114, ?
(a) 64 (b) 73
15. Select the letter-cluster from among the given (c) 98 (d) 47
options that can replace the question mark (?) in
21. Select the number from among the given options
the following series.
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
TSF, RPJ, PMN, NJR, ?
following series.
(a) LGV (b) LGN 5, 18, 70, 278, ?
(c) KGU (d) JFV
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
292
Visit: adda247.com
(a) 1110 (b) 328 (a) GTQ (b) SPK
(c) 298 (d) 592 (c) JGT (d) PMN
22. Study the given pattern carefully and select the 24. If '@' means 'addition', '%' means 'multiplication',
number from among the given options that can '$' means 'division' and '#' means 'subtraction',
replace the question mark (?) in it. then find the value of the following expression.
48 63 56 29 @ 128 $ 16 % 7 # 22
42 18 8 (a) 58 (b) 47
45 15 21 (c) 23 (d) 63
51 ? 8
25. In a certain code language, 6219 means ‘Sachin is
14 9 17
a cricketer’ and 2646 means ‘He played from
(a) 18 (b) 19
Mumbai’. Which of the following is the code for
(c) 17 (d) 21
‘Mumbai is very famous’?
23. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which (a) 6285 (b) 2458
three are alike in some manner and one is (c) 7945 (d) 6246
different. Select the letter-cluster that is different.

Solutions
1. (a): 223 : 350 : : 519 : x 4. (c):
Logic is → (6³ + 7): (7³ + 7)
Similarly (8³ + 7) : (9³ + 7)
= 9³ + 7 = 736
2. (d): According to Question
3P + 6N = 180 ___________ (1)
5P + 2N = 116 ___________ (2)
Multiplying 3 in equation (2) we get Kartik is father of Ankit
15P + 6N = 348 _________ (3)
5. (a):
From 𝐸𝑞𝑛 (1) and (3)
12P = 168 ⟹ P = 14
Mohit’s spending on buying notebooks = 180
- 3 × 14 = 138
Logic → Subtract 3 from the vowels , Add 3
3. (c): to the consonant .
Ending point Similarly,

= ZLRQGV

6. (a): The Series


LZXCV/LZXCV/LZXCV/LZXCV
⟹ Answer is L X V X V C Z X C
Gaurav 22 m North from his house 7. (d):

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


293
Visit: adda247.com
8. (c): 60 + 48 ÷ 36 × 6 - 15 = 53 19. (c):
48
60 + 36 × 6 - 15 = 53
⟹ 68 - 15 = 53 ⇒ 53 = 53
Hence (+, ÷, ×, -, =) is Answer.
9. (a): Logic is →

20. (b):

Similarly,
MALANGA is NCOESMH Hence 73 is Answer.
21. (a):

⟹ 278 × 4 - 2 = 1110
10. (a):
22. (d): Format should be :
11. (c): The sitting is →
One number from 1st series
Gaurav, Hatim, Varun, Zaid, Amit, Yukti
Hatim is sitting at second place. Three numbers from 2nd series
One nubers from 3rd series
12. (b): Arrangement as English dictionary
⇒ Petition, Petitionary, Petitioners, Petitioning
3, 1, 5, 4, 2
13. (c):
14. (c):
23. (a):

Hence G T Q is Answer
24. (d): 29 + 128 ÷ 16 × 7 – 22 = 29 + 56 – 22 = 63
15. (a): 25. (d): Sachin is a Cricketer = 6219
He played From Mumbai = 2646
Code to a word is given as per the number of
letter in the word
Sachin = 6
Hence, LGV is Answer. Is = 2
A=1
16. (d): CROWD is coded as 23415924 Cricketer = 9
Logic → opposite of the consonant value , He = 2
put vowels in the same alphabetical order Played = 6
and reverse the number . From = 4
Similarly, FRUGAL → 1512021921 Mumbai = 6
17. (a): Thus
𝑂𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑒𝑠 → 𝐼 𝐻 % Mumbai = 6
↓ ↓ ↓ Is = 2
𝐼 @ ℎ Very = 4
Hence (a) is Answer. Famous = 6
18. (a): Hence , Mumbai is very famous = 6246

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


294
Visit: adda247.com
Quantitative Aptitude

1. Select the option in which the words share the same


relationships as that shared by the given pair of
words.
(a) (b)
Horse: Neigh ∷
(a) Pigs: Buzz (b) Parrots: Squawk
(c) Hares: Boom (d) Duck: Low
2. Read the given statements and conclusion carefully.
(c) (d)
Assuming that the information given in the
5. A cube is made by folding the given sheet. In the
statement is true, even if it appears to be at variance
cube so formed, what would be the symbol on the
with commonly known facts, decide which of the opposite side of the % symbol?
given conclusion logically follow from the
statements.
Statements:
All Apples are Animals (a) $ (b) +
All Animals are Birds (c) & (d) @
All Table are T.V 6. Select the number from among the given options
All T.V are Bad that can replace the question mark(?) in the
No birds are T.V. following series.
Conclusions: 28, 39, 55, 77, 106, ?
(a) 143 (b) 157
I. Some birds are Apples.
(c) 131 (d) 149
II. All Birds are Bad
7. Select the option that is related to the third number
III. No Apples are Table in the same way as the second number is related to
IV. Some T.V are Animals. the first number.
(a) both conclusion II and IV follow. 13: 65 ∷ 19: ?
(b) Both conclusion I and III follow. (a) 121 (b) 210
(c) Both conclusion I and II follow. (c) 152 (d) 201
(d) Only conclusion I follow. 8. Select the correct option that indicates the
3. Select the figure among the given options that can arrangement of the given words in the order in
replace the Question mark in the following series. which they appear in an English dictionary.
1. Affection 2. Appeal
3. Arid 4. Antic
5. Attire 6. Accumulate
(a) 6, 2, 3, 5, 1, 4 (b) 6, 1, 4, 2, 3, 5
(c) 6, 1, 4, 3, 2, 5 (d) 6, 1, 4, 5, 2, 3
9. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which
three are alike in some manner and one is different.
(a) (b) Select the letter-cluster that is different.
(a) A V R L (b) C Y U Q
(c) T P L H (d) F B X T
10. Punit, Lalit, Tanshu, Babita, Neha and Deepak are six
(c) (d) members of a business family. Neha is the son of
4. The triangle of folding a piece of paper and the Babita, Who is not the mother of Neha. Lalit is the
manner in which the folded paper has been cut is brother of Babita. Deepak and Babita are a married
shown in the following figures. How would this couple. Tanshu is the daughter of Deepak, who is the
paper look when unfolded? sister of Punit. How is Neha related to Tanshu?
(a) Sister (b) Mother
(c) Father (d) Brother
11. Select the correct combination of mathematical
signs that can sequentially replace the signs balance
the given equations

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


295
Visit: adda247.com
49* 7* 70* 12* 3* 41 Men, Researchers, Introverts.
(a) ×, +, –, ÷, = (b) ÷, –, +, ×, =
(c) ÷, +, –, ×, = (d) ×, –, +, ÷, =
12. Select the option figure that is embedded in the
given figure. (a) (b)

(c) (d)

19. Study the given pattern carefully and select the


number that can replace the question mark(?) in it.
(a) (b) 5 9 6
17 ? 21
60 45 75
(a) 19 (b) 20
(c) (d) (c) 18 (d) 14
13. Select the correct mirror image of the given 20. Four number-pars have been given, out of which
combination when the mirror is placed to ‘PQ’ as three are alike in some manner and one is different.
shown. Select the number pair that is different.
(a) 7: 392 (b) 8: 576
(c) 3: 36 (d) 4 : 84
21. Select the option in which the number one related in
(a) (b) the same way as are the numbers of the following
(c) (d) set.
14. There of the following four words are alike in a (23, 16, 184)
certain way and one is different. Pick the odd one (a) (27, 28, 378) (b) (25, 16, 250)
out. (c) (16, 20, 170) (d) (19, 9, 102)
(a) Dispur 22. Select the combination of letters that when
(b) Thiruvananthapuram
sequentially placed in the blanks of the given series
(c) Kerala
will complete the series,
(d) Amaravati
S_AR_A_H_RM_S__RM_
15. Select the option that is related to the third word in
the same way as the second word is related to the (a) H M S A A A A H (b) H M S A A H A A
first word. (c) M S H A A H A A (d) H A A A A S H M
Insomnia: Sleep ∷ Depression: ? 23. In a certain code language ‘SAJIT’ is coded as
(a) Mood (b) Night 1652343614 and FIX is coded as ‘42366’. How will
(c) Thinking (d) Dream ‘PLASTIC’ be coded in that language?
16. How many triangles are there in the given figure? (a) 223052141664836
(b) 22305216143648
(c) 364816520322
(d) 22305216143684
24. Four words have been given, out of which three are
(a) 13 (b) 16 alike in some manner and one is different. Select the
(c) 12 (d) 11 world that is different.
17. Select the letter-cluster from among the given (a) Intelligent (b) Aptitude
options that can replace question mark(?) in the (c) Memory (d) Love
following series. 25. in a certain code language ‘INERTIA’ is written as
HLLA, JNNE, LPPI, NRRM, ?
OMYIZRU. How will ‘PANCHAL’ be written in that
(a) PTTQ (b) XWWV
language?
(c) RUUT (d) RTTU
(a) VZHXNZF (b) UZHXNZR
18. Select the venn diagram that best illustrates the
relationship among following classes. (c) VZHXZFZ (d) VZHXZFZ

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


296
Visit: adda247.com
Solutions
1. (b): Neigh is the sound of horse whereas squawk is 18. (c):
the sound of parrots.
2. (b):

19. (c): 17 – 5 = 12 × 5 = 60
21 – 6 = 15 × 5 = 75
18 – 9 = 9 × 5 = 45
20. (d): (a) (7)³ + (7)² = 343 + 49 = 392
(b) 8³ + 8² = 512 + 64 = 576
I. ✓ II.  III. ✓ (c) 3³ + 3² = 27 + 9 = 36
IV.  (d) (4)³ + (4)² = 80
3. (a): 16
21. (a): (23 × 2 = 184)
4. (d):
In the same way
5. (b): & ↔ # 28
%↔+ (27 × 2 = 378)
@↔$ 22. (b): S H A R M A S H A R M A S H A R M A
7. (c): 65 is multiple of 13, in the same way 152 is 23. (b):
multiply of 19.
8. (b): 6. Accumulate
1. Affection 4. Antic
2. Appeal 3. Arid
5. Attire.
9. (a):

Now,

10. (a):

11. (c): 49 ÷ 7 + 70 – 12 × 3 = 41
7 + 70 – 36 = 41 Ans. 24. (d): Except love all belongs to same category.
12. (d): 13. (a): 25. (a):
14. (c): Except C , all others are capital of states.
15. (a): Insomnia indicate sleep and Depression
indicate mood.
16. (d): 17. (a):
Similarly,

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


297
Visit: adda247.com
Quantitative Aptitude

1. Select the correct combination of mathematical 7. Select the combination of letters that when
signs that can sequentially replace the signs balance sequentially placed in the blanks of the given series
the given equations will complete the series,
65 * 5 * 45 * 2 * 30 * 73 f _ ma _ e _ e _ _ le _ em _ l _ f _ m _ le
(a) ÷, ×, +, -, = (b) +, ÷, ×, =, - (a) e, l, f, m, a, f, a, e, a
(c) ÷, +, ×, =, - (d) ÷, +, ×, -, = (b) e, l, f, m, a, f, a, e, e, a
2. Select the option in which the number one related in (c) f, l, m, a, f, e, a, m, l, e
the same way as are the numbers of the following (d) e, l, f, m, a, f, a, e, a, e
set. 8. Select the figure among the given options that can
(36, 10, 1352) replace the questions marks (?) in the following
(a) (29, 8, 882) (b) (13, 4, 552) series.
(c) (14, 3, 293) (d) (39, 8, 1661)
3. Four number-pars have been given, out of which
three are alike in some manner and one is different.
Select the number pair that is different.
(a) 15 : 675 (b) 13 : 507 9. Select the option that is related to the fourth number
(c) 9 : 244 (d) 11 : 363 in the same ways as the first number is related to
4. Select the option figure that is embedded in the the second number and the fifth number is related
given figure to the sixth number.
18 : 328 : : ? : 445 : : 22 : 488
(a) 21 (b) 20
(c) 28 (d) 24
(a) (b) (c) (d) 10. Three different positions of the same dice are
5. Read the given statements and conclusion carefully. shown. Select the letter / number that will be on the
Assuming that the information given in the face opposite to the face having the letter ‘U’ :
statement is true, even if it appears to be at variance
with commonly known facts, decide which of the
given conclusion logically follow from the
statements. (a) I (b) A
Statement : (c) E (d) 9
All teachers are students. 11. Select the number from among the given options
No Students is Principal. that can replace the question mark(?) in the
All Engineers are teachers. following series.
Conclusion : 8.5, 19, 36, 74 ?
I. No Engineer is Principal. (a) 154 (b) 146
II. Some Student are Engineers. (c) 152 (d) 160
III. No teacher is a Principal. 12. Select the correct option that indicates the
(a) All the conclusion follows. arrangement of the given words in the order in
(b) Only conclusion I and II follow. which they appear in an English dictionary.
(c) Only conclusion III and II follow. 1. Painkiller Parking
(d) Only conclusion II follow. 2. Passion
6. Select the Venn diagram that best illustrates the 3. Positivity
relationship among following classes. 4. Pancreas
Musicians, Males, Sons. (a) 2, 5, 1, 4, 3 (b) 1, 5, 2, 4, 3
(c) 1, 5, 4, 3, 2 (d) 1, 5, 2, 3, 4
13. In a certain code language, ‘COOMEN’ is coded as
(a) (b) ‘291’ and ‘FIX’ is coded as ‘42’. How will ‘PROFANE’
be coded in that language.
(a) 342 (b) 345
(c) (d) (c) 329 (d) 333

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


298
Visit: adda247.com
14. Four words have been given, out of which three are
like in some manner and one is different. Select the
word that is different. (a) (b)
(a) Growth (b) Development
(c) Expansion (d) Insurance
15. Select the option in which the number one related in (c) (d)
the same way as are the numbers of the following 21. Find the number of triangles in the given figure.
set.
(35, 14, 441)
(a) (34, 25, 81) (b) (24, 25, 35)
(c) (21, 45, 441) (d) (95, 101, 49)
16. Select the letter-cluster from among the given (a) 15 (b) 24
options that can replace question mark(?) in the (c) 21 (d) 28
following series. 22. In a certain code language, ELEPHANT is written as
HDOE, GFLI, FHIM, EJFQ ? DKDOIBOU. How will MONKEY be written in that
(a) ELCU (b) DLCE language?
(c) DLCUC (d) DLCU (a) LLNMFZ (b) LNLMFZ
17. The average age of Ram, Shayam and Krishna 10
(c) LNMLZF (d) LNMLFZ
years from now will be 33 years. Seven years from
23. ‘P 8 Q’ means ‘P is the father of Q’
now, Ram will be as old as Shayam was 4 years ago.
If Krishna was born 2 years ago. What is the present ‘P 7 Q’ means ‘P is the sister of Q’
age of Ram ? ‘P 6 Q’ means ‘P is the brother of Q’
(a) 30 years (b) 31 years ‘P 2 Q’ means ‘P is the wife of Q’
(c) 29 years (d) 28 years Which of the following expressing represents ‘A is
18. Select the option that is related to the third word in the mother of B’?
the same way as the second word is related to the (a) A 8 M 2 B (b) A 7 M 6 O 2 B
firs word. (c) A 2 M 8 O 2 B (d) A 2 M 8 B
Dearth : Scarcity : : Substitute : ? 24. Select the correct mirror image of the given
(a) Rumor (b) Assume combination when the mirror is placed to ‘PQ’ as
(c) Replace (d) Destroy
shown
19. Select the option in which the words the same
relationship as the shared by the given pair of
words.
Angle : Radians
(a) Work : Joule (b) Ampere : Current (a) (b)
(c) Force : Watt (d) Angle : Joule (c) (d)
20. The sequence of folding a piece of square paper and 25. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which
the manner is which the folded paper has been cut is three are alike in some. Manner and one is different.
shown. How would this paper look when unfolded? Select the letter-cluster that is different.
(a) PQRS (b) LMNP
(c) BCDE (d) IJKL

Solutions
1. (d): 65 ÷ 5 + 45 × 2 – 30 = 73 (c) 9 ⟹ (9)² × 3 = 243
⟹ 13 + 90 – 30 = 73 (d) 11 ⟹ (11)² × 3 = 363
⟹ 103 – 30 = 73 4. (d): Clearly, the question figure is embedded in
73 = 73 figure (d) only.
2. (a): 36 – 10 = (26)² × 2 = 1352
29 – 8 = (21)² × 2 = 882
3. (c): (a) 15 ⟹ (15)² × 3 = 675
(b) 13 ⟹ (13)² × 3 = 507

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


299
Visit: adda247.com
5. (a):

similarly

I. ✓ II. ✓ III. ✓
6. (a):
17. (d): Ram + 7 = Shayam - 4
Shayam = Ram + 11
Krishna = 2 years
The average of, Ram, Shayam and Krishna 10
7. (b): f e m a l e/ f e m a l e/ f e m a l e/f e m a l e years from now will be 33.
𝑅𝑎𝑚 + 𝑆ℎ𝑎𝑦𝑎𝑚 + 𝐾𝑟𝑖𝑠ℎ𝑛𝑎
8. (b): So, present age = = 23
3
9. (a): ⟹ (18)² + 4 = 328 Ram + Shayam + Krishna = 69
⟹ (21)² + 4 = 445
⟹ (22)² + 4 = 488 Now by substituting the above values.
10. (c): Ist dice ⟹ I → E → A Ram + Ram + 11 + 2 = 69
IIIrd dice⟹ I → U → 9 Ram = 28 years
11. (b): 18. (c): Dearth is synonymous of scarcity, similarly
substitute is synonymous of replace.
19. (a): Angle is measured in radians whereas work is
12. (d): 1, 5, 2, 3, 4 measured in Joule.
13. (a): 20. (d):
21. (d):
22. (d):

= 97 × 3 = 291

Similarly,

(21 + 18 + 3) × 1 = 42
similarly

23. (d): By option

(11 + 9 + 12 + 21 + 26 + 13 + 22) × 3 = 342


14. (d): Growth, Development & Expansion are
Synonymous.
15. (a): 35 – 14 = 21 = (21)² = 441
34 - 25 = 9 = (9)² = 81 24. (c):
16. (d): 25. (b): All except ‘LMNP’ have four consecutive letter.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


300
Visit: adda247.com
Quantitative Aptitude

1. Choose the correct alternative that will continue the (c) UU53 (d) VV54
same pattern and replace the question mark (?) 7. In the following figure there is a problem figure
RE : 198 :: ST : ? which is followed by four answer figures one of the
(a) 90 (b) 56 answer figures is the water image of the problem
(c) 59 (d) 62 figure, find the water image.
2. Select the option that is related to the third word in
the same way as the second word is related to the
first word.
Scotophobia : Darkness :: Stygiophobia : ?
(a) Heaven (b) Hell 8. Select the figure from among the given options
(c) Stars (d) Speed
3. In the following questions, select the number which
can be replaced the sign of the questions mark (?)
from the given alternatives.
9. In a certain code language, the word BREAKDOWN
is written as DQGCJFQVP. How will the word
MENSTRUAL be written in that code language?
(a) ODPRVQWZN (b) ODPUSTWZN
(c) OPDUSTWZN (d) None of these
10. Pointing to Harbhajan, Sonakshi says, “He is the
paternal grandfather of my eldest son Mukesh”. How
(a) 46 (b) 40 is Harbhajan related to Sonakshi?
(c) 49 (d) 45 (a) Father (b) Uncle
4. In the given figure, which letter represents (c) Brother – in – law (d) Father – in – law
Psychiatrists who are Clinical Psychologists, but not 11. In the following question, four words are alike in
Psychiatric Social Workers? some manner, and make a group. Choose the one
which does not fit in the given group.
(a) 7200 (b) 5040
(c) 4032 (d) 5240
12. Which one set of letters when sequentially placed at
the gaps in sequentially placed at the gaps in the
given letter series shall complete it?
G_JG_IJGGI_GG_JG
(a) IGJI (b) GIGI
(a) G (b) F (c) IGIJ (d) GJGJ
(c) H (d) E 13. A set of sequence is given. Select the option which
5. Two positions of the same dice are given. Which shows similar relationship.
number will be at the top if '6' is at the bottom? 5026 : 6205 ; 5197 : 7915 ; 8322 : ?
(a) 2723 (b) 2328
(c) 2238 (d) 2732
14. Which one of the following represents Food, Curd,
Spoons?
(a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 1 (d) 4
6. A set of sequence is given. Select the option which
shows similar relationship. (a) (b)
AA23 : CC25 ; PP61 : RR63 ; TT52 : ?
(a) UV54 (b) VV51

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


301
Visit: adda247.com
(a) ZIVP (b) ZVJP
(c) ZKXS (d) ZKXP
20. Select the odd pair from the given alternatives:
(c) (d) (a) 15-36 (b) 26-64
15. If signs ‘+’ and ‘- ‘and numbers 4 and 8 interchange (c) 84-144 (d) 83-169
between each other, which one of the following four 21. If Chirag’s age is twice the average age of Akash,
equations would be correct? Balraj and Chirag. Akash’s age is half the average of
(a) 4-8+12=0 (b) 8-4÷12=8 Akash, Balraj and Chirag and if Balraj is 5 years old,
(c) 4÷8-12=16 (d) 8÷4-12=24 then find the average age of Akash, Balraj and
16. Three statements are given in the following Chirag:
questions, followed by three conclusions numbered (a) 13 years (b) 10 years
I, II and III. You have to take the given statements to (c) 8 years (d) 11 years
be true even if they seem to be at variance from 22. Select the correct combination of mathematical
commonly known facts. Read all the conclusions and signs to replace ‘*’ signs and to balance the given
then decide which of the given conclusions logically equation.
follows from the given statements, disregarding 24 * 34 * 2 * 5 * 12
commonly known facts. (a) + ÷ × = (b) × ÷ = +
Statements (c) = ÷ - + (d) + ÷ = ×
Some ear drops are eye drops. 23. DIRECTION- A piece of paper is folded and punched
All ear drops are liquids. as shown below in the question figures. From the
Some liquids are drinkable. given answer figures. Indicate how it will appear
Conclusions when opened?
I. Some ear drops are drinkable.
II. Some eye drops are drinkable
III. All liquids are ear drops.
(a) I and II follow
(b) II and III follows
(c) All follows
(d) None follows
17. In the below question, a word has been given,
followed by four other words, one of which cannot 24. Select the option in which the numbers are related
be formed by using the letters from the given word. in the same way as are the numbers of the following
Find that word. set.
PORTFOLIO (4.5, 20, 20.5)
(a) RIFT (b) ROOF (a) 6, 17.5 , 17 (b) 4.7, 5.9, 6.3
(c) FORT (d) PORTICO (c) 5.5, 30, 30.5 (d) None of these
18. Select the option in which the words share the same 25. Arrange the following words as per order in the
relationship as that shared by the given pair of dictionary.
words. 1. Defect
Pigs : Oink 2. Defence
(a) Parrots : Quack (b) Ducks : Buzz
3. Hawker
(c) Hares : Boom (d) Horses : Neigh
4. Defensive
19. Complete the following series by replacing the
question mark. (a) 1,2,4,3 (b) 3,1,2,4
TBLD, VEPI, XHTN, ? (c) 2,3,4,1 (d) 1,4,3,2

Solutions
1. (b): R → Reverse value → 27 – 18 = 9 2. (b): We know,
E → Reverse value → 27 – 5 = 22 Fear of Darkness is known as Scotophobia.
RE = R * E = 9 * 22 = 198 Similarly, fear of Hell is known as Stygiophobia.
Similarly, 3. (b): All the rows add to 132
S → Reverse value → 27 – 19 = 8 → 43 + 48 + 41 = 132
T → Reverse value → 27 – 20 = 7 → 42 + 44 + 46 = 132
ST = 8 * 7 = 56 → 47 + 40 + 45 = 132

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


302
Visit: adda247.com
4. (a): G represents the psychiatrists who are clinical 17. (d): Except Portico, all other words can be formed
Psychologists but not Psychiatric Social by using the letters of Portfolio.
Workers. Hence, option d is the correct answer.
18. (d): Oink is the sound made by pigs. Similarly,
5. (d): In both dice no. 5 is common
Neigh is the sound made by Horses.
Hence, option d is the correct answer.
19. (c): Given series is: TBLD, VEPI, XHTN, ?
Now,
6. (d): In each successive term of the different T + 2 = V, V + 2 = X, X + 2 = Z
sections, the letters are changed to a letter B + 3 = E, E + 3 = H, H + 3 = K
occurring two places after in the alphabetical L + 4 = P, P + 4 = T, T + 4 = X
series, and the numbers are changed by adding D + 5 = I, I + 5 = N, N + 5 = S
two to them. A → C 23 → 25 Hence, the next term should be ZKXS.
Thus, the missing term should be: 20. (d):
T → V 52 → 54 15-36 1 + 5 = 6 → 62 = 36
Hence, the term is VV54.
7. (a): 26-64 2 + 6 = 8 → 82 = 64
8. (c): 84-144 8 + 4 = 12 → 122 = 144
9. (b): B + 2 = D M+2=O
R–1=Q E–1=D 8 + 3 = 11 → 112 = 121
83-169
E+2=G N+2=P instead of 169
A+2=C S+2=U Hence, ’83-169’ is odd one out.
K–1=J T–1=S 21. (b): Suppose the average age of Akash, Balraj and
D+2=F R+2=T Chirag is x. Then
O+2=Q U+2=W Chirag’s age = 2x
𝑥
W–1=V A–1=Z Akash’s age = 2 = 0.5x
N+2=P L+2=N Balraj’s age = 5 years
Hence, option b is correct. Now, A.T.Q
10. (d): Paternal grandfather of Sonakshi’s son implies 𝐴𝑘𝑎𝑠ℎ+𝐵𝑎𝑙𝑟𝑎𝑗+𝐶ℎ𝑖𝑟𝑎𝑔
father of Sonakshi’s husband i.e., Sonakshi’s or, 3
=X
father – in – law. or,
0.5𝑥+5+2𝑥
=x
3
11. (d): (a) ( 7 + 2 + 0 + 0 = 9)
or, 2.5x + 5 = 3x
(b) (5 + 0 + 4 + 0 = 9)
or, 0.5x = 5
(c) (4 + 0 + 3 + 2 = 9)
Therefore,
(d) (5 + 2 + 4 + 0 = 11)
12. (a): GIJG/GIJG/GIJG/GIJG x = 10
13. (c): In the given sequence the next term is found by Hence, the average age of Akash, Balraj and
reversing the first number. Chirag is 10 years.
Thus, the missing number should be 8322 → 22. (c): 24 = 34 ÷ 2 – 5 + 12
2238. 24 = 17 – 5 + 12
14. (d): 24 = 29 – 5
24 = 24
23. (c):
24. (c): We know,
15. (a): On interchanging signs ‘+’ and ‘- ‘and numbers 9, 40, 41 is a Pythagorean triplet
4 and 8 in option (a) If we divide the triplet by 2 we get,
8+4-12=0 4.5, 20, 20.5
⇨ 12-12 = 0 ⇨ 0=0 Similarly,
16. (d): 11, 60, 61 is also a Pythagorean triplet
If we divide the triplet by 2 we get,
5.5, 30, 30.5
Hence, option c is the correct answer.
25. (a): Defect, Defence, Defensive and Hawker is the
correct sequence. Hence, option a is the correct
Clearly, none of the given conclusions follows. answer.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


303
Visit: adda247.com
05
1. Select the option in which the given figure is
embedded (rotation is NOT allowed).

(a) (b)

(a) (b)
(c) (d)

(c) (d) 6. Select the combination of letters that when


sequentially placed in the blanks of the given
series will complete the series.
2. Study the given matrix carefully and select the _LH__U_H__U_H_NU__EN
number from among the given options that can (a) U, E, N, L, E, N, L, E, L, H
replace the question mark (?) in it. (b) U, E, L, E, N, N, L, H, N, E
7 13 174 (c) E, U, N, L, N, E, L, E, H, L
9 25 104 (d) U, E, N, L, E, L, H, L, E, H
11 30 ?
(a) 335 (b) 100 7. In a certain code language, MONEY is written as
(c) 431 (d) 129 PRQHB. In the same code language,
3. Select the option that is related to the third CREDIT will be written as:
number in the same way as the second number is (a) FHGULW (b) FUHGLW
related to the first number. (c) FUHGWL (d) FUGHLW
23 : 441 :: 28 : ?
8. Four different positions of the same dice are
(a) 494 (b) 692
shown, the six faces of which are numbered from
(c) 676 (d) 528
1 to 6. Select the number that will be on the face
4. Select the correct mirror image of the given opposite to the one having the number ‘1’.
combination when the mirror is placed at ‘PQ’ as
shown.

(a) 2 (b) 6
(a) (c) 3 (d) 4

(b) 9. Select the number from among the given options


(c) that can replace the question mark (?) in the
(d) following series.
10, 14, 31, 35, 73, 77, ?
5. Select the figure from among the given options (a) 81 (b) 157
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
(c) 90 (d) 154
following series.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


304
Visit: adda247.com
10. Select the number from among the given options (c) (d)
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
following series.
16, 33, 100, 401, ?
(a) 1235 (b) 1588
(c) 804 (d) 2006 16. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which
11. In a certain code language, 'RAKHI' is coded as 36- three are alike in some manner and one is
2-22-16-18 and 'SHALU' is coded as 38- 16-2-24- different. Select the one that is different.
42. How will 'MANJU' be coded in that language? (a) FIMRX (b) ZCGLS
(a) 13-2-14-10-24 (b) 26-1-14-20-42 (c) NQUZF (d) LOSXD
(c) 13-2-28-10-24 (d) 26-2-28-20-42
17. The sequence of folding a piece of paper (figure i)
12. Which two numbers and which two signs should
and the manner in which the folded paper has
be interchanged to balance the following
been cut (figure ii) is shown in the following
equation?
figures. Select the option that would most closely
24 ÷ 16 – 96 + 48 × 12 = 195
(a) 12 and 16, × and ÷ (b) 24 and 48, × and ÷ resemble the unfolded form of figure (ii).
(c) 24 and 16, – and ÷ (d) 12 and 48, × and +
13. Five persons are sitting in a row facing the north.
One of the two persons at the extreme ends is an
introvert and the other one is an extrovert. A thin
person is sitting to the immediate right of an (i) (ii)
intelligent person. A weak person is sitting to the (a) (b)
immediate left of the extrovert person. The
intelligent person is sitting exactly between the
introvert and the thin persons. Which of the
following persons is sitting at the centre? (c) (d)
(a) Thin (b) Intelligent
(c) Extrovert (d) Weak
14. Select the correct option that indicates the
arrangement of the given words in a logical and 18. Select the letter-cluster from among the given
meaningful order. options that can replace the question mark (?) in
1. Starfish 2. Blue whale the following series.
3. Shark 4. Giant tortoise KYBA, FTEE, AOHI, VJKO, ?, LZQA
5. Penguin (a) PFNU (b) QENU
(a) 1, 5, 3, 2, 4 (b) 1, 5, 4, 2, 3 (c) QDNI (d) QEMI
(c) 1, 5, 4, 3, 2 (d) 4, 5, 1, 3, 2
19. Read the given statements and conclusions
15. Two orientations of the same box are shown. How carefully. Assuming that the information given in
will this box look when unfolded? the statements is true, even if it appears to be at
variance with commonly known facts, decide
which of the given conclusions logically follow(s)
from the statements.
Statements: No pink is yellow.
(a) (b) No yellow is white.
All reds are yellows.
Conclusions: I. No red is pink.
II. No red is white.
III. No white is yellow.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


305
Visit: adda247.com
(a) Only conclusions I and III follow 23. Select the option that is related to the third term
(b) Only conclusions II and III follow in the same way as the second term is related to
(c) Only conclusions I and II follow the first term.
(d) All the conclusions follow PATELS : BQFUTM :: NECTAR : ?
20. In a certain code language, 'her father is okay' is (a) FOVDBS (b) OEUDQB
coded as 6583, 'my father is well' is coded as 5137 (c) FODUSZ (d) FOUDSB
and 'her arm is injured' is coded as 2839. How
will ‘okay’ be coded in that language? 24. In the following Venn diagram, the hexagon
(a) 5 (b) 8 stands for ‘police officers’, the pentagon stands for
(c) 3 (d) 6 ‘graduates’, the circle stands for ‘females’, and the
square stands for ‘Indians’. The given numbers
21. A side of a square-shaped park is 12 m. If a
represent the number of persons in that
squared-shaped garden with a side of 24 m is
developed around the park, what will be total particular category.
area of the park including the garden?
(a) 324 m² (b) 288 m²
(c) 144 m² (d) 576 m²
22. Pamila is the granddaughter of Akun who is
married to Nikita. Murali is the brother-in-law of
Akun who has two daughters but no son. Rahul is How many Indian police officers are graduates
the cousin of Kamal and brother of Pamila. Uday but NOT females?
and Vanmay are the sons-in-law of Nikita. (a) 19 (b) 8
Vanmay is married to Yamini and they have two (c) 11 (d) 13
daughters and one son. Uday has one son and one
daughter. Tina and Smita are the daughters of 25. Which two digits should be interchanged to make
Yamini. Murali is unmarried. How is Yamini the given equation correct?
related to Rahul? 384 ÷ 16 – 72 + 9 × 10 = 2
(a) Mother (b) Daughter (a) 4 and 8 (b) 7 and 9
(c) Aunt (d) Sister (c) 6 and 9 (d) 3 and 7

Solutions
1. (b): 7. (b): The pattern is
𝑀 𝑂 𝑁 𝐸 𝑌
2. (c): The logic here is → (7)³-(13)² = 174 ↓ +3 ↓ +3 ↓ +3 ↓ +3 ↓ +3
(9)³ - (25)² = 104 𝑃 𝑅 𝑄 𝐻 𝐵
Similarly, (11)³- (30)² = 431 Similarly,
𝐶 𝑅 𝐸 𝐷 𝐼 𝑇
3. (c): 23 : 441 : : 28 : ? ↓ +3 ↓ +3 ↓ +3 ↓ +3 ↓ +3 ↓ +3
Logic is → (23 – 2)² = 441 𝐹 𝑈 𝐻 𝐺 𝐿 𝑊
Similarly, → (28 - 2)² = 676
8. (c): Opposite faces are
4. (a): 4 5 1
↓ ↓ ↓
5. (c): Logic : Here in each figure add 45 degree 4 2 3
more. Hence 3 is opposite face of 1.

6. (a): The pattern followed here is 9. (b): Logic→


ULHEN/ULHEN/ULHEN/ULHEN
Hence option (a) is answer
Hence 157 is Answer.
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
306
Visit: adda247.com
10. (d): 19. (d):

Hence as pattern follows, 2006 replace the


question mark

11. (d):
𝑅 𝐴 𝐾 𝐻 𝐼
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ All the conclusions follow
36 2 22 16 18
𝑆 𝐻 𝐴 𝐿 𝑈 20. (d): Her father is okay = 6583
Similarly, ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ My father is well = 5137
38 16 2 24 42 Her arm is injured = 2839
Hence Hence Okay be coded ‘6’
𝑀 𝐴 𝑁 𝐽 𝑈
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ 21. (d): Total area of park
26 2 28 20 42 = (24)² = 576 m²
Logic → double each place value of
alphabets.

12. (a): 24 ÷ 16 – 96 + 48 × 12 = 195


⟹ 24 × 12 – 96 + 48 ÷ 16 = 195
⟹ 288 – 96 + 3 = 195
⟹ 195 = 195
Hence [12 and 16, × and ÷ Interchanged]

13. (a): According to Question 22. (c):

Hence thin sitting at the centre

14. (c): 1. Starfish, Penguin, Giant tortoise, Shark,


Bule Whale So Yamini is aunt of Rahul.
Hence correct order is 1, 5, 4, 3, 2
23. (d): PATELS : BQFURTM : : NECTAR
15. (c):

16. (b): The pattern follow here is


Similarly,

Hence option (b) is Answer 24. (c): Indian officer are graduates but not females
17. (d): = 11

18. (b): 25. (b): 384 ÷ 16 – 72 + 9 × 10 = 2


⟹ 384 ÷ 16 - 92 + 7 × 10 = 2
24 – 92 + 70 = 2
Hence option (b) is Answer 94 – 92 ⟹ 2 = 2
Hence 9 and 7 interchanged

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


307
Visit: adda247.com
Quantitative Aptitude

1. Select the Venn diagram that best illustrates the 8. The sequence of folding a piece of square paper and
relationship among following classes. the manner in which the folded paper has been cut
Utensil, Pressure Cooker, Bowl is shown in the figures X. Y and Z. How would this
paper look when unfolded?

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
2. Select the number from among the given options (a) (b)
that can replace the question mark(?) in the
following series.
9, 17, 26, 38, 55, 79, 112, 156, ?
(a) 219 (b) 198 (c) (d)
(c) 213 (d) 225 9. Select the correct mirror image of the given figure
3. Select the letter-cluster from among the given when the mirror is placed on the right of the figure.
options that can replace question mark(?) in the
following series
HPN KUQ NZT QEW ?
(a) TJV (b) TJU
(c) TJZ (d) TJM
4. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which
three are alike in some manner and one is different. (a) (b)
Select the letter-cluster that is different.
(a) FINL (b) MNLB
(c) PIHJ (d) NGHL (c) (d)
5. Find number of squares in the given figure. 10. Select the option that is related to the third number
in the same way as the second number is related to
the first number and the sixth number is related to
the fifth number.
14 : 252 : : 17 : ? : : 21 : 525
(a) 257 (b) 573
(a) 20 (b) 18 (c) 357 (d) 375
(c) 16 (d) 17 11. Four words have been given, out of which three are
6. Select the letter from the given options that can like in some manner and one is different. Select the
replace the question mark (?) in the following series. word that is different.
F, I, K, N, P, ? (a) Neigh (b) Squawk
(a) S (b) T (c) Coo (d) Cub
(c) U (d) V 12. Two different positions of the same dice are shown,
7. The present age of a mother is three times that of the six faces of which are marked as PQ, TV, RS, CW,
her elder daughter. Six years hence, the age of XY and DE. Select the word that will be on the face
mother will be four time that of her younger opposite to the face showing the word PQ.
daughter. If the difference between the present ages
of the elder and younger child is 12 years, what is
the present age of the mother ?
(a) 90 years (b) 95 years
(c) 65 years (d) 55 years (a) DE (b) RS
(c) TV (d) CW

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


308
Visit: adda247.com
13. In a certain code language, ‘MANISH’ is coded as 320 20. Select the option in which the given figure is
and ‘AJIT’ is coded as 200. How will ‘PUNDIR’ be embedded.
coded in that language?
(a) 520 (b) 780
(c) 350 (d) 410
14. Select the correct option that indicates the
arrangement of the given words in the order in
which they appear in an English dictionary.
1. Unanimous 2. Umbrella
3. Ultimate 4. Unaltered
(a) (b)
5. Umbilical
(a) 3, 5, 2, 4, 1 (b) 3, 5, 2, 1, 4
(c) 3, 5, 4, 2, 1 (d) 5, 2, 3, 4, 1
15. Select the option that is related to the third word in (c) (d)
the same way as the second word is related to the 21. How many triangles are there in the following
firs word. figure?
Nyctophobia : Dark :: Aquaphobia
(a) Width (b) Water
(c) Loss (d) Fall
16. In a certain language, ‘MORBID’ is written as
‘INGWTR’. How will ‘VASHU’ so written in that
language ? (a) 30 (b) 26 (c) 28 (d) 24
(a) ZMXAF (b) ZMXAE 22. Select option in which the words share the same
(c) ZMXFA (d) MZXAF relationship as that shared by the given pair word.
17. Four number – pairs have been given, out of which Vir Bhumi : Rajiv Gandhi
three are alike some manner and one is different. (a) Ray Ghat : Mahatma Gandhi
Select the number – pair that is different. (b) Shanti Vana : Lal Bahadur Shastri
(a) 225 : 24 (b) 324 : 63 (c) Shakti Sthal : Sanjay Gandhi
(c) 196 : 65 (d) 169 : 34 (d) Vijay Ghat : Atal Bihari Vajpayee
18. Introducing Vijay to a guest, ‘Abhishek said, “He is 23. Study the given pattern carefully and select the
the only son of my father’s daughter – in – law.” How number that can replace the question mark(?) in it.
is Abhishek related to Vijay? (a) 49 (b) 34
(a) Paternal Grandfather (c) 36 (d) 39
(b) Maternal Grandfather 24. Two statements are given, followed by three
(c) Brother conclusions numbered I, II, III, Assuming the
(d) Either Father or uncle. statements to be true, even if they seem to be at
19. Select the figure that will come next in the following variance with commonly known facts, decide which
figure series of the conclusions logically follow (s) from the
statements.
Statements -
All rice are curd. All white are curd.
Conclusion -
I. Some rice are curd II. Some curd are not rice
III. Some curd are white
(a) All follows
(b) Only conclusion I & II follows
(c) Only conclusion III follows
(a) (b) (d) None follows
25. Radhika goes towards East from a point P and then
turns left. She walks some distance then turns her
right. Which direction is she facing now?
(c) (d) (a) North (b) East
(c) West (d) South.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


309
Visit: adda247.com
Solutions
1. (b): 13. (d): Logic used
MANISH ⟹ (13 + 1 + 14 + 9 + 19 + 8) × 5 = 320
AJIT ⟹ (1 + 10 + 9 + 20) × 5 = 200
Similarly,
PUNDIR ⟹ (16 + 21 + 14 + 4 + 9 + 18) × 5 =
2. (c): 410
14. (a): 3. Ultimate
5. Umbilical
2. Umbrella
3. (c): 4. Unaltered
1. Unanimous
15. (b): Fear of Darkness is known Nyctophobia.
Similarly, Fear of water is known as
Aquaphobia.
16. (c):

4. (c): (a) FINL ⟹ 6 + 9 + 14 + 12 = 41


(b) MNLB ⟹ 13 + 14 + 12 + 2 = 41
(c) PIHJ ⟹ 16 + 9 + 8 + 10 = 43 Similarly,
(d) NGHL ⟹ 14 + 7 + 8 + 12 = 41
17. (d): (a) 225 = √225 = 15 ⟹ 24 ÷15 = 9 Remainder
5. (d):
6. (a): (b) 324 = √324 = 18 ⟹ 63 ÷ 18 = 9 Remainder
(c) 196 = √196 = 14 ⟹ 65 ÷ 14 = 9 Remainder
(d) 169 = √169 = 13 ⟹ 34 ÷ 13 = 8 Remainder
7. (a): Let the Present age of Mother, elder daughter 18. (d): (1.) If Abhishek is the only son of his father,
and young daughter be M, E and Y respectively. then the family tree is :
Given,
M = 3 × E __________ (i)
6, years later
M + 6 = 4(y + 6) ____________ (ii)
Difference of age
E – y = 12 Then, Abhishek is the father of Vijay.
E = 12 + y _____________ (iii) (2.) If Abhishek has a brother, then family tree is
Put (iii) in (i) :
M = 3 × (12 + y)
M = 36 + 3y
𝑀−36
y=( 3 )
𝑀 − 36
Put, y= in (ii) Equation
3
𝑀−36
M + 6 = 4( 3 + 6)
3M + 18 = 4M – 72 Then, Abhishek is the uncle of Vijay.
M = 90 19. (b): 20. (a): 21. (d):
Present age of mother = 90 years. 22. (a): As Vir Bhumi related to Rajiv Gandhi, Similarly
8. (d): Raj Ghat related to Mahatma Gandhi.
9. (d): 23. (c): 22 – 16 = 6 = 6 × 6 = 36
10. (c): Logic used. 34 – 29 = 5 = 5 × 5 = 25
14 ⟹ (14 + 4) = 18 × 14 = 252 Similarly,
21 ⟹ (21 + 4) = 25 × 21 = 525 9 – 3 = 6 = 6 × 6 = 36
Similarly, 24. (c):
17 ⟹ (17 + 4) ⟹ 21 × 17 = 357
11. (d): ‘Cub’ is the child of Lion Rest are the sound of
any animal or bird.
12. (a):
25. (b):

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


310
Visit: adda247.com
07
1. Select the correct mirror image of the given (a) 2 (b) 3
combination when the mirror is placed at ‘PQ’ as (c) 4 (d) 6
shown.
7. Select eh figure from among the given options
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
following series.
(a) (b)
(c) (d)

2. ‘A % B’ means ‘A is the sister of B’.


‘A $ B’ means ‘A is the brother of B’. (a) (b)
‘A @ B’ means ‘A is the son of B’.
‘A & B’ means ‘A is the mother of B’.
If ‘R % T & Z $ S @ V @ C % Y’, then which of the (c) (d)
following statements is NOT correct?
(a) C is the paternal grandmother of Z.
(b) T is the mother of S.
8. Select the Venn diagram that best represents the
(c) T is the daughter of C.
relationship between the following.
(d) V is the father of Z.
Doctors, Married, Females
3. Select the letter-cluster from among the given (a) (b)
options that can replace the question mark (?) in
the following series.
KMTC, EVOM, OQXG, IZSQ, ?
(c) (d)
(a) TVBK (b) SUCL
(c) SUBK (d) SVCK
4. Select the option in which the two numbers are
related in the same way as are the two numbers 9. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which
of the following number-pair. three are alike in some manner and one is
14: 450 different. Select the one that is different.
(a) 22: 490 (b) 31: 961 (a) UFQ (b) YJB
(c) 18: 722 (d) 30: 902 (c) RCN (d) EPA

5. If 90% of a number is 621, what will be 50% of 10. Read the given statements and conclusions
20% of that number? carefully. Assuming that the information given in
(a) 79 (b) 54 the statements is true, even if it appears to be at
(c) 74 (d) 69 variance with commonly known facts, decide
which of the given conclusions logically follow(s)
6. A cube is made by folding the given sheet. In the
from the statements.
cube so formed, which number will be on the face
Statements: Some printers are colours.
opposite to the face having the number ‘1’?
No colours is a telephone.
All machines are telephones.
Conclusions: I. Some printers are machines.
II. No machine is a colours.
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
311
Visit: adda247.com
(a) Neither conclusion I nor II follows (a) (b)
(b) Both the conclusions follow
(c) Only conclusion II follows
(d) Only conclusion I follows
(c) (d)
11. Select the number from among the given options
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
following series.
17, 16, 32, 29, 116, ? 16. If ‘A’ denotes ‘addition’, ‘B’ denotes
(a) 121 (b) 71 ‘multiplication’, ‘C’ denotes ‘subtraction’ and ‘D’
(c) 111 (d) 81 denotes ‘division’, then what will be the value of
the following expression?
12. Select the correct option that indicates the
arrangement of the given words in the order in 8 B (4 A 5) C (99 A 27) D 14 A 5 B (112 D 16)
which they appear in an English dictionary. (a) 107 (b) 98
1. Junketeered 2. Junction (c) 116 (d) 85
3. Junketers 4. Junketeering 17. In a certain code language, ‘SANCTION’ is written
5. Junctures as ‘TZOBUHPM’. How will ‘TELEVISE’ be written
(a) 1, 4, 2, 3, 5 (b) 2, 5, 1, 4, 3 in that language?
(c) 2, 5, 4, 3, 1 (d) 2, 5, 3, 1, 4 (a) UDMDWHTD (b) UDNDWGTF
13. Select the combination of letters that when (c) UDMDUHTF (d) SFKGUHRD
sequentially placed in the blanks of the given 18. Select the option that is related to the third letter-
series, will complete the series. cluster in the same way as the second letter-
S P _ _ _ PS TS _ _ _ SP S _ cluster is related to the first letter-cluster.
(a) P S SP PSS (b) S TS P S TT PDK : QFN :: SJQ : ?
(c) T SS P T SS (d) P S T S P TT (a) UNT (b) TMS
14. Select the option that is embedded in the given (c) ULS (d) TLT
figure (X) (rotation is NOT allowed). 19. In a certain code language, 'do or die' is written as
'su ru ko', 'let us do it' is written as 'ko mo vo zu'
and 'this or that' is written as 'ga tu ru'. How will
'die' be written in that language?
(a) su (b) ku
(c) ru (d) ko

(a) (b) 20. Study the given matrix carefully and select the
number from among the given options that can
replace the question mark (?) in it.
6 18 42
(c) (d) 5 15 ?
7 36 61
(a) 45 (b) 53
(c) 30 (d) 25
15. The sequence of folding a piece of paper and the
manner in which the folded paper has been cut is 21. Reeta is standing facing south-east. First, she
shown in the following figures. How would this turns 135° clockwise. After that, she turns 90°
paper look when unfolded? anticlockwise. Then she turns 45° clockwise,
followed by a 135° anticlockwise turn. In which
direction is she facing now?
(a) North-east (b) South
(c) South-east (d) East

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


312
Visit: adda247.com
22. Select the number from among the given options 24. Which two signs should be interchanged to make
that can replace the question mark (?) in the the given equation correct?
following series. 32 + 24 × 4 ÷ 16 – 64 = 90
45, 68, 99, ?, 187, 246, 313 (a) ÷ and + (b) + and ×
(a) 105 (b) 140 (c) ÷ and × (d) + and –
(c) 166 (d) 117 25. Six houses, A, B, C, D, E and F, are situated in a
colony. D is 60 m south of E. F is 40 m south of B.
23. In a certain code language, ‘TURKEY’ is written
A is 30 m north of E. F is 50 m east of A. C is 50 m
as ‘76911525’. How will ‘BREATH’ be written in
west of B. Find the location of C with reference to
that language?
A.
(a) 218526208 (b) 251841208 (a) 40 m north (b) 30 m east
(c) 259221197 (d) 259221208 (c) 50 m north (d) 40 m south

Solutions
1. (b): 9. (b):
2. (c): Options a, b and d are correct
So, option (b) is not the same.
10. (c):

I. ×
3. (c): The pattern is II. ✓
Hence only conclusion II follows.
11. (c):

4. (c): (14)² × 2 + 14 × 4 + 2 = 450 12. (b): 2,5,1,4,3


Similarly
13. (b): S P S T / S P S T / S P S T / S P S T
(18)² × 2 + 18 × 4 + 2 = 722
So, only option (c) follows the same logic 14. (c):

5. (d): Let number =x 15. (b):


90% of x = 621
621×100
16. (b): A.T.Q,
then, x = 90
= 690 8× (4 + 5) – (99 + 27) ÷ 14 + 5× (112 ÷ 16)
A.T.Q, = 8 × 9 - 9 + 5 × 7 = 72 – 9 + 35
50 20
50% of 20% of x = 690 × × = 69 = 63 + 35 = 98
100 100

6. (a): The focus of the cube will be in the below 17. (a):
𝑆 𝐴 𝑁 𝐶 𝑇 𝐼 𝑂 𝑁
pattern. +1 ↓ −1 ↓ +1 ↓ −1 ↓ +1 ↓ −1 ↓ +1 ↓ −1 ↓
𝑇 𝑍 𝑂 𝐵 𝑈 𝐻 𝑃 𝑀
(𝑂𝑛𝑒 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑒) → 6 1 3 Similarly,
↓ ↓ ↓ 𝑇 𝐸 𝐿 𝐸 𝑉 𝐼 𝑆 𝐸
(𝑂𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑒) → 4 2 5 +1 ↓ −1 ↓ +1 ↓ −1 ↓ +1 ↓ −1 ↓ +1 ↓ −1 ↓
𝑈 𝐷 𝑀 𝐷 𝑊 𝐻 𝑇 𝐷
Hence option (a) is correct answer.
18. (d):
7. (c): 𝑃 𝐷 𝐾 𝑆 𝐽 𝑄
8. (a): +1 ↓ +2 ↓ +3 ↓ +1 ↓ +2 ↓ +3 ↓
𝑄 𝐹 𝑁 𝑇 𝐿 𝑇

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


313
Visit: adda247.com
23. (d):
19. (a):
𝑇 𝑈 𝑅 𝐾 𝐸 𝑌
20 21 18 11 5 25
7 6 9 11 5 25
27 27 27
then, ‘die’ will be written as ‘su’ Similarly,
18 𝐵 𝑅 𝐸 𝐴 𝑇 𝐻
20. (c): First row → (6)² + = 42
3 2 18 5 1 20 8
36 25 9 22
Third row → (7)² + 3
= 61 1 20 8
15 27 27 27
Similarly, Second row → (5)² + = 30
3
24. (d): After changing ‘+’ and ‘-’
21. (d): ⟹ 32 – 24 × 4 ÷ 16 + 64
= 32 – 6 + 64
= 90
25. (a):

22. (b):

Here, the pattern follows every second prime


number

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


314
Visit: adda247.com
08
1. Select the figure from among the given options 6. Read the given statements and conclusions
that can replace the question mark(?) in the carefully. Assuming that the information given in
following series. the statements is true, even if it appears to be at
variance with commonly known facts, decide
which of the given conclusions logically follow (s)
from the statements.
Statements: All fruits are leaves.
(a) (b) Some mangoes are rotten.
All rotten are fruits.
Conclusions: I. Some leaves are rotten.
II. Some mangoes are fruits.
(b) (d)
III. All leaves are either rotten or
mangoes.
(a) All the conclusions follow
(b) Only conclusions II and III follow
2. Select the option that is related to the third (b) Only conclusion II follows
number in the same way as the second number is (d) Only conclusions I and II follow
related to the first number.
52 : 91 : : 72 ? 7. Select the combination of letters that when
(a) 98 (b) 126 sequentially placed in the blanks of the blank’s
(b) 109 (d) 138 series will complete the series.
C_B N _ _ V _ _ H C_ B _ H
3. If the signs ‘ + ’ and ′ ÷ ′ are interchanged, then (a) VCBHNVN (b) HVCNBVN
which of the following equations can be correctly (b) VHCBNVN (d) VHDBNCHV
balanced?
(a) 12 + 4 − 8 ÷ 3 = 11 8. Select the number from among the given options
(b) 24 − 12 ÷ 6 + 3 = 20 that can replace the question mark (?) in the
(b) 16 + 4 × 8 ÷ 3 = 45 following series.
(d) 22 + 11 × 8 ÷3=19 16, 35, ? , 217, 653, 1309
(a) 72 (b) 128
4. In a certain code language, ‘your attention please’ (b) 77 (d) 107
is written as ‘puw cuw zuw’, ‘kind attention’ is
written as ‘muw zuw’, and ‘please pay attention’ is 9. Select the Venn diagram that best illustrates the
written as ‘puw zuw ruw’. How will ‘pay’ be relationship between the following classes.
written in that language? Planets, Mars, Venus
(a) puw (b) zuw (a) (b)
(b) ruw (d) cuw
5. Select the option that is related to the third in the
same way as the second term is related to the first
term. (b) (d)
FRONTIER : GSNOUHDS :: CLOSING : ?
(a) DMNTHOH (b) BMPTHOH
(b) DMNRHLH (d) DKNTJOH
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
315
Visit: adda247.com
10. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which 15. Select the option that is NOT embedded in the
three are alike in some manner and one is given figure (X) (rotation is NOT allowed).
different. Select the letter-cluster that is different.
(a) TVYCH (b) NPSWB
(b) UWZBI (d) ACFJO

11. Select the correct mirror image of the given


combination when mirror is placed at ‘PQ’ as (a) (b)
shown.

(b) (d)

(a)
(b)
16. A is 25 years younger than B. The age of B would
(b)
be double the age of C after 15 years. The current
(d) age of B is three times the current age of C. What
is the current age of A?
12. ‘ A# B’ means ‘A is the father of B’
(a) 25 years (b) 20 years
‘ A% B’ means ‘A is the mother of B’.
(b) 15 years (d) 30 years
‘A @B’ means ‘A is the sister of B’.
‘ A & B’ means ‘A is the son of B’. 17. Eight north-facing restaurants named P, Q, R, S, T,
U, V and W are located in a straight line. S is
If ‘G # M# T% S @ H & R & W @ U’, then which of
second to the left of T. W is third to the left of P.T
the following statements is NOT correct?
is between P and V. S is third to the left of V. W is
(a) G is the paternal grandfather of T. to the immediate right of U.R is third to the right
(b) W is the maternal grandmother of H. of P. Who is sitting fourth to the right of S?
(b) R is the husband of T. (a) U (b) W
(d) M is the maternal grandfather of S. (b) R (d) V

13. Select the correct option that indicates the 18. Study the given pattern carefully and select the
arrangement of the given course of actions in a number from among the given options that can
replace the question mark (?) in it.
logical and meaningful order.
11 15 9
1. Open email account 2. Compose email
14 16 ?
3. Start computer 4. Enter email address 75 31 88
5. Write the content 6. Send the mail (a) 13 (b) 22
(a) 3,1,2,4,5,6 (b) 2,5,1,3,4,6 (b) 18 (d) 25
(b) 3,2,6,1,5,4 (d) 3,1,2,6,5,4
19. Three different positions of the same dice are
14. Select the letter-cluster from among the given shown, the six faces of which are numbered from
options that can replace the question mark (?) in 1 to 6. Select the number that will be on the face
the following series. opposite to the face having the number ‘5’.
HDMS, OVVI, VNEY, CFNO, ?
(a) JYWF (b) JXWE
(b) KXWE (d) JXXE

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


316
Visit: adda247.com
(a) 3 (b) 1 22. Select the number from among the given options
(b) 6 (d) 2 that can replace the question mark (?) in the
20. Srinija walked 9 km towards the west from her following series.
home, then turned towards the south and walked 62, 74, 80, 86, 95, ?, 158
11 km. Then she walked 13 km towards the east, (a) 100 (b) 108
and finally walked 4 km towards the west. How (b) 122 (d) 113
far is Srinija from her initial position?
23. In a code language, SOUP is written as TNVO. How
(a) 11 km (b) 15 km
will BOWL be written in that language?
(b) 13 km (d) 10 km
(a) CPVM (b) ANVK
21. The sequence of folding a piece of paper and the
(b) APVM (d) CNXK
manner in which the folded paper has been cut is
shown in the following figures. How would this 24. If A denotes ‘addition’, B denotes ‘multiplication’,
paper look when unfolder? C denotes ‘subtraction’, and D denotes ‘division’,
then what will be the value of the following
expression?
46C (6 A 7) B 5 A 24 D 6 B (27 D (9 D 3))
(a) 21 (b) 17
(a) (b) (b) 39 (d) 65
25. In a code language, if PEN is written as 17717,
then how will CAP be written in the same
(b) (d) language?
(a) 4319 (b) 2320
(b) 4219 (d) 2319

Solutions
1. (d): 5. (a): The pattern is,
FRONTIER → GSNOUHDS
2. (b): The pattern is
Consonant →+ 1
52 : 91 → (13 × 4) : (13 × 7)
vowel → -1
Similarly 72 : 126 → (18 × 4) : 18 × 7
126 is the correct answer. Similarly, CLOSING → DMNTHOH

3. (d): Option (d) 6. (d):


22 + 11 × 8 ÷ 3 = 19
Interchange + and ÷
⟹ 22 ÷ 11 × 8 + 3 = 19 ⟹ 2 × 8 + 3 = 19
19 = 19
Option (d) is the correct answer.
Only conclusion I and II follow.
4. (c):
7. (c): The series is →
CVBNH/CVBNH/CVBNH
8. (d):

Hence pay written as rum 107 is the correct one answer.


Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
317
Visit: adda247.com
9. (b): 18. (a): Row I → (11, 14, 75) = (14)² - (11)² = 196 –
121 = 75
Row II → (15, 16, 31) = (16)² - (15)² = 256 –
225 = 31
Similarly, Row III → (9, 13, 88) = (13²) – (9)²
= 169 – 81 = 88
10. (c): The pattern is 13 is correct answer.
19. (b): Opposite face’s → 2 4 5
↓ ↓ ↓
Option (c) is the answer. 3 6 1
Hence 1 is the correct answer.
11. (b):
12. (b): 20. (a):

Srinija is 11 km far from her initial position


21. (a):
22. (d): The pattern is
13. (a): Start computer – Open email account –
Compose email – Enter email address -
Write the content – send the mail
3, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 is the meaningful order
113 is the correct answer.
14. (b): The pattern is
23. (d): The pattern is

Hence JXWE is the correct answer.


Similarly,
15. (b):
16. (b): According to given information
A + 25 = B ______..........___ (1)
and 24. (b): 46 – (6 + 7) × 5 + 24 ÷ 6 × (27 ÷ (9÷ 3)
B + 15 = 2(C + 15) = 46 – 65 + 4 × 9 = 82 – 65 = 17
⟹ B = 2C + 15 __________ (2)
Now, B = 3C 25. (a): The logic is
From 𝑒𝑞𝑛 (2)
3C = 2C + 15 ⟹ C = 15 years
Now, B = 3C = 3 × 15 = 45 years
Current age of A = A + 25 = B
Similarly,
= A = 45 – 25 ⟹ A = 20 years
17. (c): The correct sitting arrangement is

R is the correct answer. ‘4319’ is the correct answer.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


318
Visit: adda247.com
Quantitative Aptitude

1. Which two numbers should be interchange to make (a) (b)


the given equation correct? (c) (d)
20 × 21 ÷ 7 - (122 + 44) + 36 + (37 + 8) = 7 6. Study the given pattern carefully and select the
(a) 36 and 20 (b) 7 and 21 number that can replace the question mark(?) in it.
(c) 20 and 37 (d) 7 and 20 15 9 25
2. Read the given statements and conclusion carefully. 18 4 81
Assuming that the information given in the 21 ? 63
statement is true, even if it appears to be at variance (a) 8 (b) 6
with commonly known facts, decide which of the (c) 7 (d) 9
given conclusion logically follow from the 7. Select the Venn diagram that best illustrates the
statements. relationship among following classes.
Statement : Raptiles, Mammals, Insect
No house is an cinema hall.
All cinema hall is a Logistic factory.
Conclusion : (a) (b)
I. No house is a Logistic factory.
II. No Logistic factory is a house.
III. Some Logistic factory are cinema hall.
IV. All the Logistic factory is cinema hall. (c) (d)
(a) Only conclusion I follow. 8. Select the number from among the given options
(b) Both conclusion I and II follow. that can replace the question mark(?) in the
(c) Only conclusion I, II and III follow. following series.
(d) Only conclusion IV follow. 8, 17, 27, 29, 58, 23, ?
3. The sequence of folding a piece of square paper and (a) 105 (b) 103
the manner in which the folded paper has been cut (c) 134 (d) 113
is shown in the figures X. Y and Z. How would this 9. In certain code language, ‘ROMAN’ is written as
paper look when unfolded? ‘SZRLW’. How will ‘PRINT’ be written in that
language.
(a) YMNIT (b) YMNIU
(c) YMNJU (d) YNMJU
10. Select the correct option that indicates the
arrangement of the given words in the order in
which they appear in an English dictionary.
1. Sodium
2. Solution
(a) (b)
3. Satire
4. Sarkari
5. Sophisticate
(c) (d) (a) 4, 3, 1, 2, 5 (b) 4, 3, 2, 1, 5
4. Four words have been given, out of which three are (c) 4, 3, 2, 5, 2 (d) 4, 2, 3, 5, 2
like in some manner and one is different. Select the 11. Select the letter-cluster from among the given
word that is different. options that can replace question mark(?) in the
(a) Treason (b) disillusion following series
(c) Undeceive (d) Oink DHNQ, GKKN, JNHK, MQEH, ?
5. Select the correct mirror image of the given (a) PTEB (b) PETB
combination when the mirror is placed to ‘PQ’ as (c) PQRB (d) PTBE
shown 12. Select the combination of letters that when
sequentially placed in the blanks of the given series
will complete the series,
M _ B _ L _ _ OB _ L _ M _ _ ILE

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


319
Visit: adda247.com
(a) O, I, E, M, I, O, E, B 19. Select the correct mirror image of the given figure
(b) O, I, E, M, I, B, E, O when the mirror is placed on the right of the figure.
(c) O, E, I, M, I, O, E, B
(d) O, I, E, M, I, E, O, B
13. Select the option that is related to the third word in
the same way as the second word is related to the
firs word.
Pig : Oink : : Horse :
(a) Neigh (b) Moo
(c) Squawk (d) Snort.
14. Select the option in which the given figure is
(a) (b)
embedded

(c) (d)
20. What was the day of the week on 17 April, If
Tuesday was on the 1st April.
(a) Thursday (b) Friday
(c) Monday (d) Wednesday
(a) (b) 21. Select the option in which the words the same
relationship as the shared by the given pair of
words.
Pomegranate : Fruits
(c) (d) (a) Television : Entertainment
15. Five letter-clusters have been given, out of which (b) Anger : Emotion
three are alike in some. Manner and one is different. (c) Bed : Good
Select the letter-cluster that is different. (d) Cycle : Road
(a) EOQM (b) GRML 22. Select the option in which the number one related in
(c) VWCB (d) DQMF the same way as are the numbers of the following
16. Select the option that is related to the third number set.
in the same way as the second number is related to (11, 12, 23)
the first number. (a) (6, 8, 60) (b) (2, 8, 46)
18 : 180 :: 14 : (c) (7, 4, 48) (d) (13, 15, 56)
(a) 128 (b) 112 23. Find the number of triangles in the given figure.
(c) 200 (d) 144
17. Four number pair have been given, out of which
three are alike in some manner and one is different.
Select the number pair that is different. (a) 14 (b) 18
(a) 15 : 213 (b) 20 : 205 (c) 15 (d) 16
(c) 8 : 193 (d) 45 : 230 24. ‘A # B’ means ‘A is the son of B’
18. Select the boxes that can be formed by folding the ‘A @ B’ means ‘A is the mother of B’
given sheet along the lines. ‘A & B’ means ‘A is the wife of B’
‘A % B’ means ‘A is the sister of B’
If ‘P @ Q % R # S # T & U’, then which of the
following statement is not correct?
(a) R is the grandson of T.
(b) T is wife of U
(c) U is husband of Q.
(d) Q is sister of R.
25. In a certain language, BRIDE is coded as 102 and
CAT is coded as 60. How will ‘COURSE’ be coded in
that language?
(a) Only I and II (b) Only II and III (a) 103 (b) 120
(c) Only IV (d) Only III (c) 81 (d) 87

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


320
Visit: adda247.com
Solutions
1. (a): 36 × 21 ÷ 7 - (122 + 44) + 20 + (37 + 8) = 7 13. (a): Oink is sound of Pig, Similarly Neigh is sound of
⟹ 108 - 166 + 20 + 45 = 7 horse.
⟹ 173 - 166 = 7 ⟹ 7 = 7 14. (b):
2. (c): 15. (d): E O Q M ⟹ 5 + 15 + 17 + 13 = 50
G R M L ⟹ 7 + 18 + 13 + 12 = 50
V W C B ⟹ 22 + 23 + 3 + 2 = 50
D O M F ⟹ 15 + 17 + 13 + 6 = 51
16. (b): 18 : 180 → 18 × (18 ÷ 2) + 18 = 180
I. ✓ II. ✓ III. ✓ IV. × 14 → 14 × (14 ÷ 2) + 14 = 112
3. (d): 17. (a): 213 - 15 = 198
4. (d): Oink is sound of pig and rest are the synonyms.
5. (a):
6. (c): (15)² = 9 × 25 = 225
(18)² = 4 × 81 = 324 18. (a): 6 ↔ 5
Similarly, 4↔1
(21)² = 7 × 63 = 441 2↔3
7. (d):

By option elimination.
Opposite faces cannot be seen together.
8. (d): 1st term in the series is 8. 19. (d):
Second term in the series is obtained using the 20. (a):
logic 17 = 8 + 9 1st April = Tuesday , then,
Third term in the series is obtained using the 1 + 7 + 7 = 15th April will be Tuesday,
logic 27 = 17 + 9 + 1³ So,
Forth term in the series is obtained using the
logic 29 = 27 + 9 + 1³ - 2³
Fifth term in the series is obtained using the 21. (b): Pomegranate is a fruit Similarly,
logic 58 = 29 + 9 + 1³ - 2³ + 3³ Anger is an emotion.
Sixth term in the series is obtained using the 22. (d): (11, 12, 23)
logic 23 = 58 + 9 + 1³ - 2³ + 3³ - 4³ (12)² - (11)² = 144 – 121 = 23
Seventh term in the series is obtained using the Similarly,
logic 113 = 23 + 9 + 1³ - 2³ + 3³ - 4³ + 5³ (15)² - (13)² = 225 – 169 = 56
9. (B): 23. (a):
24. (c):

Similarly,
10. (a): 4. Sarkari
3. Satire 25. (d):
1. Sodium
2. Solution
5. Sophisticate
11. (d): {25 + 9 + 18 + 23 + 22 + 5 (No. of letters)}

{24 + 26 + 7 + 3(No. of letters)} = 60


Similarly,

12. (d): M O B I L E / M O B I L E / M O B I L E {24+12+6+9+8+22+6(No. of letters)} = 87

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


321
Visit: adda247.com
Quantitative Aptitude

1. Read the given statements and conclusion carefully. What is the number of families who have visited at
Assuming that the information given in the least two of the places out of Agra, Mathura and
statement is true, even if it appears to be at variance Kashi
with commonly known facts, decide which of the (a) 53 (b) 57
given conclusion logically follow from the (c) 49 (d) 69
statements. 7. Pointing to the photograph of a girl, Rajiv said, “She
Statements : is my father’s mother’s daughter’s only brother’s
All teachers are talented. daughter”. How Rajiv’s Father related to that girls
Some Boys are teachers. mother ?
Conclusion : (a) Son (b) Maternal uncle
I. Some Boys are talented (c) Husband (d) Father
II. All talented are Boys 8. Select the correct option that indicates the
III. All Boys are talented arrangement of the given words in the order in
(a) Only conclusion III follow which they appear in an English dictionary.
(b) Only conclusion II follow 1. Sufferance
(c) Only conclusion I follow 2. Sufferably
(d) Both conclusion I and II follow 3. Sufferable
2. Select the option in which the number one related in 4. Suffer
the same way as are the numbers of the following 5. Suffice
set. (a) 4, 3, 2, 1, 5 (b) 4, 3, 2, 5, 1
(25, 20, 45) (c) 3, 4, 2, 5, 4 (d) 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
(a) (36, 30, 54) (b) (49, 21, 63) 9. Four number pair have been given, out of which
(c) (64, 32, 72) (d) (16, 16, 34) three are alike in some manner and one is different.
3. Select the number from among the given options Select the number pair that is different.
that can replace the question mark(?) in the (a) 2256 : 3824 (b) 3569 : 5137
following series. (c) 1502 : 3070 (d) 1568 : 3218
49, 64, 86, 116, 155 ? 10. Select the correct mirror image of the given
(a) 200 (b) 203 combination when the mirror is placed to ‘PQ’ as
(c) 215 (d) 204 shown
4. Select the option that is related to the third word in
the same way as the second word is related to the
firs word.
Ambulant : Fugitive : : Slack : ?
(a) Gingerly (b) Alert (a) (b)
(c) heedful (d) Lax (c) (d)
5. How many triangles are there in the following 11. Select the option in which the words the same
figure? relationship as the shared by the given pair of
words.
World cancer day : 4 February : ?
(a) World Education day : 24 January
(b) World Poverty day : 11 July
(a) 35 (b) 36 (c) World Population day : 17 October
(c) 34 (d) 30 (d) World migrant day : 20 December
6. The following Venn diagram shows the number of 12. Select the letter-cluster from among the given
families who have visited three different places options that can replace question mark(?) in the
(Agra, Mathura, Kashi) following series
LIGHT, LIGHG, LIGSG, ? LRTSG, ORTSG.
(a) LITSH (b) LITGS
(c) LIISG (d) LITSG
13. Four words have been given, out of which three are
like in some manner and one is different. Select the
word that is different.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


322
Visit: adda247.com
(a) Animate (b) Energetic 19. Select the combination of letters that when
(c) Mettlesome (d) Lethargic sequentially placed in the blanks of the given series
14. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which will complete the series
three are alike in some manner and one is different. V__B_L_E_B_LVER_A_
Select the letter-cluster that is different. (a) E A R V A R L B (b) E R A V R A B L
(a) EJOT (b) CIOT (c) L B A R V A R E (d) E R A V R B A L
(c) XFIH (d) POLD 20. P is a number which is multiplied by its next
15. Find the number of Square in the given figure. number, the product 552 is obtained. When number
P is added to another number Q, a total of 88 is
obtained. What would be the value of Q.
(a) 70 (b) 65
(c) 63 (d) 71
(a) 12 (b) 10
(c) 15 (d) 8 21. Select the correct combination of mathematical
16. Select the option in which the given figure is signs that can sequentially replace the signs balance
embedded. (Rotation is not allowed) the given equations.
14 * 36 * 3 * 95 * 70 * (7 * 2) * 268
(a) ×, ÷, -, +, ÷, ×, = (b) ÷, ×, -, ÷, =, ×,+
(c) ×, ÷, +, +, ÷, ×, = (d) ÷, ×, +, =, ÷, -, ×
22. A cube is made by folding the give sheet in the cube
so formed, what would be the sign on the face
opposite the face showing the sign # ?

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
17. Select the figure that will come next in the following (a) ⋆ (b) $
figure series. (c) = (d) ?
23. In a certain code language, ‘CAT’ is written ‘E – YC -
V’ and ‘COW’ is coded as ‘E – MQ - Y’. How will ‘PUT’
be written in that language.
(a) R – SW – V (b) R – WS – U
(c) Q – TX – W (d) C – TV – W
24. In a certain code language, ‘VERBAL’ is coded as 102
(a) (b) and ‘NEW’ is coded as ‘39’ How will ‘SAFETY’ be
coded in that language ?
(a) 90 (b) 86
(c) (d) (c) 88 (d) 84
18. Select the option in which the number one related in 25. Select the option that is related to the third number
the same way as are the numbers of the following in the same way as the second number is related to
set. the first number.
(9, 36, 72) 25 : 650 : : 27 : ?
(a) (8, 32, 72) (b) (7, 28, 63) (a) 759 (b) 745
(c) (11, 44, 88) (d) (5, 20, 45) (c) 654 (d) 754

Solutions
1. (c): 2. (c): (25, 20, 45) = 5 × 5, 5 × 4, 5 × 9
Similarly
(64, 32, 72) = 8 × 8, 8 × 4, 8 × 9
3. (d):

I. ✓ II. × III. ×

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


323
Visit: adda247.com
4. (d): Fugitive is synonyms of Ambulant. And,
Similarly, Lax is synonyms of Slack P + Q = 88
5. (a): Q = 65
6. (b): Total number of family who visited all the
21. (c): 14 × 36 ÷ 3 + 95 + 70 ÷ (7 × 2) = 268
places = 111
No. of families who visited only one place = 54 14 × 12 + 95 + 5 = 268
No. of family who visited at least two places = 168 + 95 + 5 = 268
111 – 54 = 57 268 = 268
7. (c): 22. (b): $ ↔ #
@↔?
⋆↔=
23. (a):

8. (a):
9. (d): 3824 – 2256 = 1568 And,
5137 – 3569 = 1568
3070 – 1502 = 1568
3218 – 1568 = 1650
10. (c):
11. (a): World cancer day is observed on 4th February
every year. Similarly,
Similarly, World Education Day is observed on
24th January every year.
12. (d):

24. (b):
(opposite letter)

One letter starting from the last letter of the (5 + 22 + 9 + 25 + 26 + 15) = 102
word LIGHT is changed to its opposite letter in And,
each step.
13. (d): Except Lethargic, All words are synonymous of
each other.
14. (a): EJOT = 5 + 10 + 15 + 20 = 50
CIOT = 3 + 9 + 15 + 20 = 47
XFIH = 24 + 6 + 9 + 8 = 47
POLD = 16 + 15 + 12 + 4 = 47 13 + 22 + 4 = 39
15. (b): Similarly,
16. (c):
17. (a):
18. (c): (9, 36, 72) = (9 × 1, 9 × 4, 9 × 8)
Similarly,
(11, 44, 88) = (11 × 1, 11 × 4, 11 × 8)
19. (b): V E R B A L / V E R B A L / V E R B A L
20. (b): A.T.Q. (8 + 26 + 21 + 22 + 7 + 2) = 86
P × (P + 1) = 552 25. (d): 25 : 650 : : 27 : ?
P² + P = 552 (25)² = 25 × 25 + 25 = 650
By solving (27)² = 27 × 27 + 25 = 754
P= 23 and (-24)
P = 23 (as P is Positive number)

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


324
Visit: adda247.com
Quantitative Aptitude

1. Four words have been given out of which three are


alike in some manner and one is different. Select the
word that is different.
(a) Measles (b) Hepatitis
(c) Plague (d) Rubella
2. How many triangles are there in the given figure?
(a) (b)

(c) (d)
(a) 8 (b) 9 10. Select the correct mirror image of the given
(c) 11 (d) 10 combination when the mirror is placed at ‘xy’ as
3. Select the combination of letter that when shown.
sequentially placed in the blanks of the given series
will complete the series.
IJ_M_I_QMC_JQ_CI_Q_C
(a) Q C K M M M I (b) C Q K M I M M
(c) Q C J I M J M (d) Q K C I M M M (a)
4. In a certain code language, ‘OM’ is coded as ‘84’ and (b)
‘PRIYA’ is coded as ‘276’. How will ‘SITA’ be coded in (c)
that language? (d)
(a) 249 (b) 245 11. Four letter-clusters have been given out of which
(c) 240 (d) 250 three are alike in some manner and one is different
5. Select the letter-cluster from among the given select the letter-cluster that is different.
options that can replace the question mark(?) in the (a) LO (b) RI
following series (c) HS (d) NO
12. Four number pairs have been given out of which
NBM, OBN, PBO, QBP, ?
three are alike in some manner and one is different
(a) RBR (b) PBR
select the number-pair that is different.
(c) PBQ (d) RBQ
(a) (658, 361) (b) (923, 196)
6. There are two couples in a family. Deepa has two (c) (831, 121) (d) (687, 441)
children. Shelly is the wife of Romi, who is the 13. Select the option in which the numbers are related
brother of Shashank. Priya is the daughter of Deepa. in the same way as are the numbers of the following
Nitya is the sister of Ayush, who is the son of Romi. set.
Tanish is the son of Shashank, who is a male. How is (11, 100, 144)
Shelly is related to Deepa? (a) (15, 195, 256) (b) (17, 256, 324)
(a) Sister (b) Mother (c) (10, 81, 120) (d) (15, 225, 256)
(c) Aunt (d) Sister-in-law 14. Select the option in which the words share the same
7. In a certain code language, ‘ABROAD’ is written as relationship as that shared by the given pair of
‘FWSNHW’. How will ‘ACTIVE’ be written in that words.
code language? Radha nagar beach: Andaman and Nicobar
(a) GWMPRI (b) GWMPIR (a) Kappad beach: Kerala
(c) GMWPRI (d) GMWRIP (b) Chandra bhag beach: Karnataka
8. Select the number from among the given options (c) Golden beach: Punjab
that can replace the question mark(?) in the (d) Bhogave beach: Goa
following series. 15. Select the option that is related to the third word in
961, 1369, 1681, 1849,? the same way as the second word is related to the
(a) 2025 (b) 1764 first word
(c) 2209 (d) 1936 Arachnophobia: Spiders ∷ Basiphobia: ?
9. Select the figure among the given options that can (a) running (b) walking
replace the question mark(?) in the following series. (c) jumping (d) playing

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


325
Visit: adda247.com
16. Select the option that is related to the fourth number 21. Arrange the given words in the sequence in which
in the same way as the first number is related to the they occur in the dictionary.
second number and the fifth number is related to 1. Ratio
the sixth number. 2. Raise
12: 100 ∷ ? : 144 ∷ 9: 49 3. Rapid
(a) 11 (b) 13 4. Robin
(c) 14 (d) 15 5. Royal
17. Select the correct combination of mathematical (a) 2, 3, 1 ,4, 5 (b) 3, 2, 5, 4, 1
signs that can sequentially replace the * signs and (c) 2, 1, 4, 3, 5 (d) 2, 5, 4, 3, 1
make the equation correct. 22.
90 * 48 * 144 * 40 * 24 * 14
(a) ×, ÷, =, –, + (b) ÷, ×, +, –, =
(c) =, ×, +, ÷, – (d) +, ÷, –, =, ×
18. Study the given pattern carefully and select the
number that can replace the question mark (?) in it.
13 69 100
7 13 36
11 ? 102
(a) 17 (b) 15
(c) 19 (d) 21 Above diagram represents school children, artists
19. Three statements are given in the following and singers. Study the diagram and identify the
questions, followed by three conclusions numbered region which represents those school children who
I, II and III. You have to take the given statements to are artists and not singers.
be true even if they seem to be at variance from (a) a (b)b
commonly known facts. Read all the conclusions and (c) f (d) e
then decide which of the given conclusions logically 23. 5 years ago, my friend’s age was 5 times my age.
follows from the given statements, disregarding Now it is 3 times only. What is my friend’s present
commonly known facts. age (in years)?
Statements (a) 30 (b) 25
All spoons are benches. (c) 20 (d) 15
Some benches are guitars. 24. Select the option in which the given figure is
All guitars are kites. embedded. (Rotation is not allowed)
Conclusions
I. Some kites are spoons.
II. Some kites are benches.
III. Some guitars are spoons.
(a) Only I follow
(b) Only II follows
(c) All follows
(a) (b)
(d) None follows
20. Select a figure from amongst the four alternatives,
which when placed in the blank space of figure (X)
would complete the pattern.
(X) (c) (d)
25. What will be the digit opposite to 2?

(a) (b)

(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) (d) (c) 5 (d) 6

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


326
Visit: adda247.com
Solutions
1. (c): Except plague, all diseases are caused by virus 14. (a): Above mentioned beaches are Blue flag
while plague is caused by bacteria. certified
2. (d): Kappad beach: Kerala
3. (c): Chandra bhag beach: Odisha
Golden beach: Odisha
4. (b): OM → 15 + 13 → 28 × 3 = 84 Bhogave beach: Maharashtra
PRIYA → 16 + 18 + 9 + 25 + 1 → 68 × 4 = 276 Hence, option (a) is correct.
Similarly, 15. (b): Arachneophobia is the phobia of spiders
SITA → 19 + 9 + 20 + 1 → 49 × 5 → 245 Similarly,
5. (d): Basiphobia is the phobia of walking
16. (c): 12 – 2 = (10)² → 100
14 – 2 = (12)² → 144
9 – 2 = (7)² → 49
48
17. (a): 90 × = 40 – 24 + 14
144
6. (d): 30 = 30
We clearly, see from the above family tree that 18. (c): Logic is
Deepa is the sister-in-law of shelly. IIIrd number = (Ist number)² – IInd number
7. (b): → 100 = 169 – 69
→ 36 = 49 – 13
→ 102 = 121 – 19
19. (b)

Similarly

hence, option b is the correct answer.


20. (d):
8. (c): Here pattern follow is square of consecutive 21. (a): The dictionary sequence is:
prime no. Raise → Rapid → Ratio → Robin → Royal.
961, 1369, 1681, 1849, 2209 Thus, 2, 3, 1, 4, 5 will be the correct sequence.
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ 22. (b):
(31)² (37)² (41)² (43)² (47)²
9. (d):
10. (a): Correct Mirror image in option (a)
𝐿 𝑜𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑂
11. (d): ↔
(12) (15)
𝑅 𝑜𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝐼

(18) (9) So, the region is b.
𝐻 𝑜𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑆 23. (a): Let my present age be “x” years and my friend’s

(8) (19) age be “y” years.
𝑁 𝑜𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑂 𝑀 A.T.Q

(14) (15) (13) y = 3x ……….. (1)
12. (c): 6 + 5 + 8 = 19 → 19² → 361 5 years ago, the relation between their age
9 + 2 + 3 = 14 → 14² → 196 would be:
8 + 3 + 1 = 12 → 12² → 144 ≠ 121 y – 5 = 5(x-5) ……… (2)
6 + 8 + 7 = 21 → 21² → 441 Putting the value of y from equation (1) in
13. (b): Here pattern follow is equation (2)
3x – 5 = 5(x-5)
3x – 5x = 5-25
x = 10 years
present age of friend = 3x = 3 * 10 = 30 years.
Similarly,
24. (c):
25. (c): From positions I and III, we found,
2 is opposite to 5, 6 is opposite to 4, whereas 3
is opposite to 1.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


327
Visit: adda247.com
Quantitative Aptitude

1. In a certain code language ‘RESULT’ is coded as 9. Select the option in which the numbers re related in
‘765149’ and ‘PUT’ is coded as ‘219’. How will ‘TEST’ the same way as are the numbers of the following
be coded in that language. set.
(a) 9659 (b) 6599 (18, 648, 9)
(c) 5969 (d) 9496 (a) (19, 750, 9) (b) (17, 819, 8)
2. A is the brother of B, C is the father of A. D is the (c) (21, 588, 7) (d) (11, 492, 9)
brother of C. If E is the mother of D, then how A is 10. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which
related to E? three are alike in some. Manner and one is different.
(a) Uncle (b) Father Select the letter-cluster that is different.
(c) Brother (d) Grandson (a). ONC (b). RYE
3. . Four words have been given, out of which three are (c). NXG (d). LOC
like in some manner and one is different. Select the 11. Select the option that is related to the third word in
word that is different. the same way as the second word is related to the
(a) Amaravati (b) Itanagar firs word.
(c) Dispur (d) Ahmedabad Cercopithecidae : Monkey :: Loxodonta : ?
4. Select the option in which the number one related in (a) Donkey (b) Pigeon
the same way as are the numbers of the following (c) Parrot (d) Elephant
set. 12. Select the letter-cluster from among the given
(341, 12, 485) options that can replace question mark(?) in the
(a) (255, 16, 511) (b) (325, 14, 515) following series
(c) (125, 18, 448) (d) (99, 15, 320) XWP, VUO, RSN, OQM, ?
5. Select the number from among the given options (a) LOL (b) LOM
that can replace the question mark(?) in the (c) LPN (d) KPN
following series. 13. Select the letter from among the given options that
36, 72, 75, 300, 305, ? can replace the question mark (?) in the following
(a) 1840 (b) 1845 series.
(c) 1825 (d) 1830 X, V, R, P, ?
6. How many triangles are there in the following (a) L (b) M
figure? (c) N (d) O
14. Select the correct mirror image of the given figure
when the mirror is placed on the right of the figure

(a) 12 (b) 8
(c) 14 (d) 10
7. In a certain code language ‘PLAYER’ is written as
‘CNRTGA’. How will ‘ANJALI’ be written in that
language? (a) (b)
(a) LPCNKB (b) LPCKNC
(c) PCKNCL (d) PCKLMN
8. Select the option in which the given figure is
embedded. (c) (d)
15. Two different positions of the same dice are shown,
the six faces of which are marked P, D, E, F, N and O.
select the letter that will be on the face opposite to
the face showing the letter ‘P’.

(a) (b)
(a) E (b) O
(c) F (d) N
(c) (d)

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


328
Visit: adda247.com
16. The sequence of folding a piece of square paper and 21. Select the correct option that indicates the
the manner in which the folded paper has been cut arrangement of the given words in the order in
is shown in figures X, Y and Z. How would this paper which they appear in an English dictionary.
look when unfolded? 1. Introduced 2. Intercept
3. Inception 4. Injunction
5. Introduction 6. Interruption
(a) 3, 4, 2, 1, 5, 6 (b) 3, 4, 2, 6, 1, 5
(c) 3, 2, 4, 5, 6, 1 (d) 3, 2, 6, 1, 5, 4
22. Select the option that is related to the fourth number
in the same way as the first number is related to the
(a) (b) second number and the fifth number is related to
the sixth number.
517 : 5 :: ? : 6 :: 347 : 4
(a) 785 (b) 657
(c) (d)
(c) 735 (d) 651
17. Select the option in which the words share the same
23. Select the Venn diagram the best illustrates the
relationship as that shared by the given pair of
relationship between the following classes.
words.
Sister, Mother, Tax payer.
Cricket : Rishabh Pant
(a) Boxing : Mary Kom
(b) Kabaddi : Saina Nehwal
(a) (b)
(c) Wrestling : Rani Prampal
(d) Chess : Sania Mirza
18. Four number-pairs have been given out of which (c) (d)
three are like in same manner and one is different. 24. Radhika purchases 8 pineapple, 3 apple and 8
Select the number pair that is different. oranges in Rs 325. If the ratio of the cost (per piece)
(a) 276 : 15 (b) 383 : 18 of pineapple, apple, and orange is 5 : 3 : 2, what will
(c) 243 : 14 (d) 309 : 16 be the cost of 3 pineapple, 5 apple and 1 orange?
19. Select the correct combination of mathematical (a) 145 (b) 170
signs that can sequentially replace the * signs and (c) 160 (d) 175
balance the equation. 25. Read the given statements and conclusion carefully.
1448 * 8 * 19 * 50 * 14 * 0 Assuming that the information given in the
(a) ÷, ×, =, +, – (b) ÷, ×, +, –, = statement is true, even if it appears to be at variance
(c) ÷, +, –, ×, = (d) ÷, –, +, ×, = with commonly known facts, decide which of the
20. Select the figure that will come next in the following given conclusion logically follow from the
series. statements.
Statement:
Some Potato are Tomato
Some chilly are Potato
All chilly are Ginger
Conclusion:
I. Some Ginger is chilly II. All Tomato are Ginger.
III. All chilly are Potato.
(a) (b) (a) Only conclusions II and III follows.
(b) Only conclusions I and II follows.
(c) Only conclusion I follows.
(d) Only conclusion I and III follows.
(c) (d)

Solutions
1. (a): All alphabets represented as a number. So,

2. (d): A is grandson of E

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


329
Visit: adda247.com
16. (a):
17. (a): Rishabh Pant is related to cricket.
3. (d): All Except ‘Ahmedabad’ is the capital city of Similarly, Mary Kom is related to Boxing.
any state of India. 18. (a): ⇒ 15 ⇒ (15)² + 15 × 3 + 5 ⇒ 275 ≠ 276
4. (a): ⇒ 341 + (12)² = 341 + 144 = 485 18 = (18)² + 18 × 3 + 5 = 383
Similarly 14 = (14)² + 14 × 3 + 5 = 243
255 + (16)² = 255 + 256 = 511 16 = (16)² + 16 × 3 + 5 = 309
5. (d): 19. (c): 1448 ÷ 8 + 19 – 50 × 4 = 0
181 + 19 – 200 = 0
200 – 200 = 0
0=0
6. (a): 20. (a):
7. (b): 21. (b): 3. Inception
4. Injunction
2. Intercept
6. Interruption
1. Introduced
5. Introduction
22. (c): ⇒ (5 + 3)³ + 5 = 517
and = (4 + 3)³ + 4 = 347
Similarly, (6 + 3)³ + 6 = 735
23. (b):
8. (c):
9. (c): (18, 648, 9)
⇒ 18 × 9 = 162 × 4 = 648
Similarly
(21, 588, 7)
⇒ 21 × 7 = 147 × 4 = 588 24. (c): Let the cost price of pineapple, apple and
10. (c): ONC = 15 + 14 + 3 = 32 even. orange is 5x, 3x and 2x.
RYE = 18 + 25 + 5 = 48 even. 5x ×8 + 3x × 3 + 2x × 8 = 325
NXG = 14 + 24 + 7 = 45 odd. 40x + 9x + 16x = 325
LOC = 12 + 15 + 3 = 30 even. 65x = 325
11. (d): Monkey’s scientific name is Cercopithecidae. x=5
Similarly, Elephant’s scientific name is Now, the cost = 3 × 25 + 5 × 15 + 1 × 10
Loxodonta. = 75 + 75 + 10 = 160.
12. (a): 25. (c):

13. (a):

14. (b):
15. (b):

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


330
Visit: adda247.com
Quantitative Aptitude

1. Two different positions of the same dice are shown, 6. Select the number from among the given options
the faces of which are marked with the letters P, Q, that can replace the question mark(?) in the
R, S, T and U. Select the letter that will be on the face following series.
opposite to the face having the letter U. 43, 46, 53, 66, ?, 114
(a) 78 (b) 85
(c) 92 (d) 102
7. Select the option that is related to the third number
(a) T (b) Q in the same way as the second number is related to
(c) S (d) P the first number and the sixth number is related to
2. Select the option in which the words share the same the fifth number –
relationship as that shared by the given pair of 37 : 6 : : 50 : ? : : 26 : 5
words (a) 7 (b) 8
Fossils : Paleontology (c) 6.5 (d) 5.5
(a) Handwriting : Graphology 8. Select the option figure that is embedded in the
(b) Soil : Ornithology given figure
(c) Earthquakes : Pomology
(d) Human beings : Pedology
3. ‘x + y’ means ‘x is the husband of y’
‘x % y’ means ‘x is the father of y’ 9. Select the option in which the number one is related
‘x $ y’ means ‘x is the mother of y’ in the same way as are the numbers of the following
If ‘A + C $ E % G $ K + P’ then which of the following set.
statement is incorrect? (9, 86, 734)
(a) G is the mother–in–law of P. (a) (8, 69, 517) (b) (5, 30, 125)
(b) E is the maternal grandfather of K. (c) (7, 54, 345) (d) (4, 16, 64)
(c) E is the son of A 10. Select the figure among the given options that can
(d) C is the maternal grandfather of G replace the questions marks (?) in the following
4. Read the given statements and conclusion carefully. series.
Assuming that the information given in the
statement is true, even if it appears to be at variance
with commonly known facts, decide which of the
given conclusion logically follow from the
statements. 11. Find the number of triangles in the given figure.
Statement :
1. All Almira are Beds
2. All Beds are pillows
3. Some Beds are Bedsheet.
Conclusion : (a) 12 (b) 18
I. All pillows are Almira. (c) 10 (d) 13
II. Some pillows are Almira. 12. Four words have been given, out of which three are
III. All Almira are Bedsheet. alike in some manner and one is different. Select the
(a) Only conclusion II follows. odd word.
(b) Neither conclusion II nor III follows. (a) Lucknow (b) Jaipur
(c) Either conclusion I or III follows. (c) Gangtok (d) Ahmedabad
(d) Both conclusion I and III follows. 13. In a certain code language. “Horse” is coded as 125
5. Select the letter-cluster from among the given and ‘dog’ is coded as 27. How will ‘Elephant’ be
options that can replace question mark(?) in the coded in that language
following series (a) 512 (b) 343
OPQR, KTMV, GXIZ, CBED, ? (c) 506 (d) 340
(a) YFHA (b) YFHE 14. Study the given pattern carefully and select the
(c) YFAH (d) YRAM number that can replace the question mark(?) in it.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


331
Visit: adda247.com
16 81 121 20. Select the number – pair in which the two numbers
share a different relationship from that shared by
24 35 55 the two numbers in the rest of the number – pairs
(a) (135, 263) (b) (25, 153)
20 26 ? (c) (67, 195) (d) (98, 224)
21. Select the combination of letters that when
(a) 39 (b) 49
sequentially placed in the blanks of the given series
(c) 54 (d) 44
will complete the series,
15. Select the correct mirror image of the given
A_IM_LA__MA__N_MAL
combination when the mirror is placed to ‘PQ’ as
(a) N, A, N, I, L, A, I (b) N, A, N, I, L, I, A
shown (c) N, A, I, N, L, A, I (d) N, A, I, N, I, L, A
22. Five letter-clusters have been given, out of which
three are alike in some manner and one is different.
Select the odd letter cluster.
(a) (b) (a) AIOUE (b) BCDFX
(c) (d) (c) GHJKL (d) MNPQR
16. Select the option that is related to the third word in 23. What day of the week will be on the 29th of April, if
the same way as the second word is related to the 1st April is Monday?
first word. (a) Friday (b) Wednesday
Nascent : Mature : : Urgent (c) Monday (d) Saturday
(a) Against (b) Supportive 24. Select the Venn diagram that best illustrates the
(c) Trivial (d) Rigid relationship among the following classes.
17. A piece of paper is folded and folded paper has been Men, Father – in – law, Husband
cut is shown. How would this paper look when
unfolded?
(a) (b)

(c) (d)
25. The sequence of folding a piece of square paper and
the manner in which the folded paper has been cut
is shown. How would this paper look when
18. Select the correct option that indicates the unfolded?
arrangement of the given words in the order in
which they appear in an English dictionary.
1. Acme 2. Audacious
3. Abdicate 4. Abscond
5. Assassinate 6. Amaze
(a) 3, 4, 1, 6, 2, 5 (b) 3, 4, 1, 6, 5, 2
(c) 3, 4, 1, 5, 6, 2 (d) 3, 4, 1, 2, 5, 6
19. Select the correct combination of mathematical
signs that can sequentially replace the signs balance (a) (b)
the given equations
65 * 13 * 15 * 3 * 42 * 8
(a) ÷, +, ×, -, = (b) ÷, ×, +, -, =
(c) +, ÷, ×, -, = (d) =, +, ×, ÷, - (c) (d)

Solutions
1. (a): 2. (a): Study of fossils is known as Paleontology.
Similarly, study of Handwriting known as
Graphology

3. (d):

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


332
Visit: adda247.com
12. (d): Except for Ahmedabad all are the capital of any
state of India.
13. (a): “Horse” is a word of five letters.
So, (5)³ = 125
Dog is a word of 3 letter
So, (3)³ = 27
Similarly,
Elephant is a worded Eight letter.
4. (a): So, (8)³ = 512
14. (d): Difference = 24 – 20 = 4 = (4)² = 16
Difference = 35 – 26 = 9 = (9)² = 81
Similarly, = 55 – 44 = 11 = (11)² = 121
15. (d):
16. (c): Nascent is Antonym of Mature, Similarly
I. ×
Urgent is Antonym of Trivial.
II. ✓
17. (d):
III. ×
18. (b): 3. Abdicate
5. (c):
4. Abscond
1. Acme
6. Amaze
5. Assassinate
2. Audacious
19. (a): 65 ÷ 13 + 15 × 3 – 42 = 8
5 + 45 – 42 = 8
8=8
6. (b): 20. (d): 263 – 135 = 128
153 – 25 = 128
195 – 67 = 128
Prime No. at even position are added in 224 – 98 = 126
sequence to get next term in the series. 21. (a): A N I M A L / A N I MA L / A N I M A L
2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29 22. (a): All given alphabets are Vowels. (A, E, I, O, U)
7. (a): 6² + 1 = 37 23. (c): If 1st April is Monday, then 8th, 15th, 22nd and
5² + 1 = 26 29th of April will also be Monday.
7² + 1 = 50 24. (a):
8. (d):
9. (a): 9, 9² + 5, 9³ + 5 = 9, 86, 734
Similarly,
8, 8² + 5, 8³ + 5 =8, 69, 517
10. (d):
11. (a):
25. (c):

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


333
Visit: adda247.com
14
1. In a certain code language, ‘TANKER’ is written 6. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which
as ‘VCPMGT’, how will ‘SOCRATES’ be written in three are alike in some manner and one is
that language? different. Select the letter-cluster that is different.
(a) UQETCVGU (b) UQETCWGU (a) CJQY (b) MTAH
(c) UQFTCVHU (d) UQGTCVHU (c) DKRY (d) HOVC
2. Which two signs need to be interchanged to make
7. In a certain code language, ‘PARK’ is coded as
the following equation correct?
23 + 84 ÷ 14 × 8 − 3 = 5 ‘3749’, and ‘RACE’ is coded as ‘4762’. How will
(a) ÷ and − (b) − and + ‘CARE’ be coded in that language?
(c) + and × (d) − and × (a) 6742 (b) 7642
(c) 6724 (d) 7624
3. Which of the option figures when rotated 270°
anticlockwise and then 45° clockwise will result 8. Read the given statements and conclusions
in the given question figure? carefully. Assuming that the information given in
the statements is true, even if it appears to be at
variance with commonly known facts, decide
which of the given conclusions logically follow
from the statements.
(a) (b) Statements: 1. All flowers are blue.
2. All blue are good.
3. No good is red.
Conclusions: I. No red is a flower.
(c) (d)
II. No red is a blue.
III. Some good are flowers.
IV. Some good are blue.
(a) Only conclusions I and III follow
4. Seven friends, Subhi, Prince, Ketan, Vishal, (b) Only conclusions I, III and IV follow
Mahima, Krish and Naitik, are sitting around a
(c) Only conclusions I, II and IV follow
circular table with their backs towards the centre.
Subhi is sitting to the immediate right of Prince. (d) All conclusions I, II, III and IV follow
Naitik and Krish are not sitting to the immediate 9. Select the combination of letters that when
left or right of Vishal. Vishal is sitting third to the sequentially placed in the blanks of the given
left of Prince. Mahima is sitting to the immediate series will complete the series.
right of Vishal. Who is sitting third to the right of
j_mb_a__u_b_adj_m_b_d
Prince?
(a) Naitik (b) Krish (a) u b d j m b j b a (b) u b d j m b u b a
(c) Ketan (d) Mahima (c) u b m j m b u b a (d) u b d j m b u m a

5. Study the given pattern carefully and select the 10. Select the correct option that indicates the
number from among the given options that can arrangement of the given words in a logical and
replace the question mark (?) in it. meaningful order.
18 24 19 1. Chapterlist 2. Bibliography
7 8 9 3. Preface 4. Cover page
8 11 14
5. Chapters
17 ? 14
(a) 4, 5, 3, 1, 2 (b) 3, 5, 4, 2, 1
(a) 38 (b) 30
(c) 15 (d) 21 (c) 4, 3, 1, 5, 2 (d) 2, 5, 1, 4, 3

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


334
Visit: adda247.com
11. A cube of side 80 cm is painted yellow on all the (a) B 12 kg (b) D 125 kg
faces and then cut into smaller cubes of sides 8 cm (c) B 50 kg (d) A 16 kg
each. Find the number of smaller cubes having all
17. Select the set of classes the relationship among
the three faces painted.
which is best illustrated by the given Venn
(a) 32 (b) 64
diagram.
(c) 28 (d) 8
12. Select the number from among the given options
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
following series.
82, 105, 136, 177, 224, 283, ? (a) Peso, Currency, Taka
(a) 349 (b) 412 (b) Potato, Peach, Vegetables
(c) 320 (d) 350 (c) Natural numbers, Integers, Real numbers
13. There are seven members, B, C, D, E, F, G and H, in (d) Doctors, Singers, Extroverts
a family. H is the only daughter-in-law of D. E is 18. Select the number from among the given options
the sister of C. C is the only son of F, who is the that can replace the question mark (?) in the
wife of D. B and G are the sons of H. How is G following series.
related to F? 28, 32, 41, 57, ?
(a) Grandson (b) Brother (a) 74 (b) 82
(c) Son (d) Father (c) 90 (d) 68
14. Select the correct mirror image of the given figure 19. Select the option that is embedded in the given
when the mirror is placed at ‘AB’ as shown. figure (X) (rotation is NOT allowed).

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
(a) (b)

(c) (d) 20. Select the option that is related to the third term
in the same way as the second term is related to
15. In a certain code language, 'so it be' is written as
the first term.
'lor kor nor', 'it is done' is written as 'zor kor tor', UPRIGHT : PUVEKTH :: DESTROY : ?
and 'be yourself' is written as 'nor xor'. How will (a) DEWPVOY (b) EDPXNYO
'so' be written in that language? (c) EDWWUY (d) EDWPVYO
(a) xor (b) nor
(c) lor (d) kor 21. Select the option that is related to the third
number in the same way as the second number is
16. Among five boxes A B C D and E, B is thrice as related to the first number and the sixth number
heavy as A. C is 40 kg heavier than E. D is three is related to the fifth number.
and a half times as heavy as E and C is five times 3 : 17 :: 6: ? :: 9 : 47
as heavy as A. The weight of E is 40 kg. Which (a) 36 (b) 34
object is the lightest of all and what is its weight? (c) 38 (d) 32
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
335
Visit: adda247.com
22. Select the correct combination of mathematical (a) (b)
signs that can sequentially replace the * signs and
make the given equation correct.
88 * 120 * 42 * 240 * 48 * 2
(a) ×, ÷, =, –, + (b) +, ÷, –, =, × (c) (d)
(c) =, ×, +, ÷, – (d) =, –, +, ÷, ×
23. Select the letter-cluster from among the given
options that can replace the question mark (?) in 25. Select the figure from among the given options
the following series. that can replace the question mark (?) in the
FCC, UFH, OIS, LLX, FOC, ? following series.
(a) VSG (b) WTH
(c) URH (d) TRF
24. The sequence of folding a piece of paper (figures
i) and the manner in which the folded paper has (a) (b)
been cut (figure ii) is shown in the following
figures. Select he option that would most closely
resemble the unfolded from of figure (ii).
(c) (d)

Solutions
1. (a): 6. (a):
+7 +7 +8
(a) C → J→ Q→ Y
(b)
+7 +7 +7
M→ T→ A→ H
Similarly, logic follow for ‘SOCRATES’ +7 +7 +7
(c) D → K→ R→ Y
2. (d): 23 + 84 ÷ 14 – 8 × 3 = 5 (d)
23 + 6 – 24 = 5 +7 +7 +7
H→ O→ V→ C
5=5
7. (a):
3. (c):
P A R K
4. (c): ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ⟵ 𝐶𝑜𝑑𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑠
3 7 4 9
And
R A C E
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ⟵ 𝐶𝑜𝑑𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑠
4 7 6 2
Similarly,
5. (d): In column C A R E
1st Number + 2nd number – 3rd number = 4th ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ⟵ 𝐶𝑜𝑑𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑠
number 6 7 4 2

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


336
Visit: adda247.com
8. (d): Now,
C = E + 40 = 40 + 40 = 80 kg
𝐶 80
A=5= 5
= 16 kg
B = 3A = 3 × 16 = 48 kg
3 3
D = 2 E = 2 × 40 = 60 kg

I. ✓ Lightest weight = 16 kg, A


II. ✓ 17. (a):
III. ✓
IV. ✓
9. (b): J u m b b a d / J u m b b a d/ J u m b b a d
10. (c):
18. (b):
11. (d): All corner cubes are painted on three sides,
there are 8 corners in cubes. So, Cubes with
point on 3 sides = 8.
12. (d):

19. (a):
Alternate prime number is added. 20. (d):
Prime Numbers = 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23,
29, 31, 37, 41, 43, 47, 53, 59, 61, 67
13. (a):
Similarly, code is used for ‘DESTORY’

21. (d): 3 × 5 + 2 = 17
9 × 5 + 2 = 47
Similarly,
(+) Represent male and (-) Represents 6 × 5 + 2 = 32
female. 22. (d): 88 = 120 – 42 + 240 ÷ 48 × 2
14. (d): 88 = 120 – 42 + 5 × 2
88 = 120 – 42 + 10
15. (c): So it be Lor Kor Nor 88 = 130 – 42
it is done Zor Kor Tor
88 = 88
be yourself Nor Xor
‘be’ is coded as Nor, and ‘it’ is coded as ‘Kor’. 23. (c):
Then, ‘So’ is coded ‘Lor’.
16. (d): Given, E = 40 kg
C = E + 40 kg 24. (c):
3
B = 3A, D = E and C = 5A
2
25. (c):

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


337
Visit: adda247.com
15
1. The sequence of folding a piece of paper and the 6. In a certain code language, ‘SALT’ is coded as ‘16’,
manner in which the folded paper has been cut is and ‘PICKLE’ is coded as ‘36’. How will
shown in the following figures. How would this ‘PRESERVATIVE’ be coded in that language?
paper look when unfolded? (a) 72 (b) 96
(c) 144 (d) 88
7. Select the letter-cluster that can replace the
(a) (b) question mark (?) in the following series.
YZT, WXR, UVP, ?
(a) TSO (b) STN
(c) (d) (c) STM (d) TSM
8. There are six members, P, Q, R, S, T and U, in a
family. T is the brother of P’s husband. U is the
2. Select the option that represents the correct order mother of T. Q is the daughter of S and P and the
of the given words as they would appear in an granddaughter of R. How is R related to T?
English dictionary. (a) Son (b) Uncle
1. Manuscript 2. Minor (c) Brother (d) Father
3. Melody 4. Malicious
9. Select the Venn diagram that best represents the
5. Memory
relationship between the following.
(a) 4, 1, 5, 2, 3 (b) 1, 3, 4, 5, 2
Furniture, Bed, Chair, Dining table
(c) 4, 1, 3, 5, 2 (d) 1, 4, 3, 5, 2
(a) (b)
3. Avanish got 78% marks in an examination and
Kapil got 64% marks in the same examination. If
the sum of the marks obtained by Kapil and
(c) (d)
Avanish is 923, then find the marks obtained by
Kapil in the examination.
(a) 600 (b) 458
(c) 507 (d) 416 10. Select the number from among the given options
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
4. Select the correct combination of mathematical following series.
signs that can sequentially replace the * signs and 61, 70, 95, ?, 225, 346
make the given equation correct. (a) 144 (b) 136
55 * 126 * 14 * 520 * 30 * 5 (c) 182 (d) 132
(a) =, ×, +, ÷, – (b) +, ÷, –, =, ×
(c) =, –, +, ÷, × (d) ×, ÷, =, –, + 11. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which
three are alike in some manner and one is
5. Select the letter-cluster from among the given different. Select the letter-cluster that is different.
options that can replace the question mark (?) in (a) WEKP (b) SHOL
the following series. (c) FUBY (d) PKRI
LGG, PJL, KMO, OPT, LSG, ?
(a) OVK (b) NUL 12. Read the given statements and conclusions
(c) PUK (d) PVL carefully. Assuming that the information given in
the statements is true, even if it appears to be at
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
338
Visit: adda247.com
variance with commonly known facts, decide 18. Six friends, David, Bhanu, Minto, Krita, John and
which of the given conclusions logically follow(s) Nisan, are sitting in a circle with their backs
from the statements. towards the centre. David and Minto are sitting to
Statements: All bean bags are chairs. the immediate left and right of Bhanu,
All chairs are couches. respectively. John is not sitting to the immediate
All couches are sofas. left of David. Nisan is sitting third to the right of
Conclusions: I. Some sofas are couches. Bhanu. Who is sitting second to the left of Bhanu?
II. Some couches are bean bags. (a) Minto (b) Nisan
III. All couches are bean bags. (c) John (d) Krita
(a) Only conclusions I and II follow.
19. Which two signs need to be interchanged to make
(b) All conclusions I, II and III follow.
the following equation correct?
(c) Only conclusion II follows.
9 × 98 ÷ 14 + 3 – 19 = 11
(d) Only conclusions II and III follow.
(a) + and × (b) ÷ and –
13. A cube of side 125 cm is painted red on all the (c) – and × (d) – and +
faces and then cut into smaller cubes of sides 25
20. In a certain code language, ‘DURABLES’ is written
cm each. Find the number of smaller cubes having
as ‘BSVETFMC’. How will ‘FEASIBLE’ be written in
at least two faces painted.
that language?
(a) 48 (b) 52
(a) TDFGFNCJ (b) TBGHFMDJ
(c) 36 (d) 44
(c) TBFFGMJC (d) TBFGFMCJ
14. One morning, Chitrashi and Ayaan sit facing each
21. Select the option that is related to the third letter-
other. If the shadow of Ayaan falls to the left of
cluster in the same way as the second letter-
Chitrashi, then in which direction is Ayaan facing?
cluster is related to the first letter cluster.
(a) South (b) West
JLT : QPG :: SGB : ?
(c) North (d) East
(a) KJX (b) GLB
15. In a certain code language, ‘take this vaccine’ is (c) FKX (d) HKY
written as ‘892’, ‘vaccine protects us’ is written as
22. Select the option that is related to the third
‘263’, and ‘take us safe’ is written as ‘593’. How
number in the same way as the second number is
will ‘safe vaccine’ be written in that language?
related to the first number.
(a) 26 (b) 23
68 : 321 :: 525 : ?
(c) 85 (d) 25
(a) 792 (b) 778
16. Study the given pattern carefully and select the (c) 852 (d) 681
number from among the given options that can
23. Select the option in which the given figure is
replace the question mark (?) in it.
embedded (rotation is NOT allowed).
24 36 32
6 3 ?
12 2 24
12 54 24
(a) 10 (b) 18
(c) 29 (d) 15 (a) (b)

17. Select the number from among the given options


that can replace the question mark (?) in the
(c) (d)
following series.
352, 288, 252, 236, ?
(a) 232 (b) 208
(c) 192 (d) 220
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
339
Visit: adda247.com
24. Select the figure from among the given options
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
following series.

(a) (b)

(a) (b)
(c) (d)

25. Select the correct mirror image of the given figure (c) (d)
when the mirror is placed at ‘AB’ as shown.

Solutions
1. (b): 6. (c): SALT → 4² → 16
PICKLE → 6² → 36
2. (c): Arranging as per dictionary order Malicious,
Manuscript, Melody, Memory, Minor PRESERVATIVE → 12² → 144

3. (d): A.T.Q. 7. (b):


78% + 64% → 923
142% → 923
923
100% → × 100
142
100% → 650
Marks of Kapil 8. (d):
64
⟹ 650 × 100 = 416

4. (d): Picking up option (d)


After replacing the * with the symbols in the
option we get:
55 × 126 ÷ 14 = 520 – 30 + 5
⟹ 55 × 9 = 495
⟹ 495 = 495 R is father of T.
5. (d):
+4 𝑂𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 +4 9. (d):
𝐿 → 𝑃 → 𝐾 → 𝑂
𝑂𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 +4 10. (a):
→ 𝐿 → 𝑃
+3 +3 +3
𝐺 → 𝐽 → 𝑀 → 𝑃
+3 +3
→ 𝑆 → 𝑉
+5 𝑂𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 +5
𝐺 → 𝐿 → 𝑂 → 𝑇 Series of
𝑂𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 +5 (3)², (5)², (7)², (9)², (11)²
→ 𝐺 → 𝐿
95 + (7)² = 95 + 49 = 144
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
340
Visit: adda247.com
11. (a): 18. (d): David and Minto are sitting to the immediate
left and right of Bhanu, respectively.
Nisan is sitting third to the right of Bhanu
Possible arrangement till now

12. (a):

Since, John is not sitting to the immediate left


of David. Krita will sit at position (1) and
position (2) will be occupied by John.

13. (d): Total number of cubes


125 × 125 × 125 = N × 25 × 25 × 25
125 = 𝑁 19. (a): Considering option (a)
Total no. of cubes having two faces painted 9 + 98 ÷ 14 × 3 – 19 = 11
= 12(N- 2) = 12 × 3 = 36
9 + 21 – 19 = 11
Total no. of cubes having three faces painted
30 – 19 = 11
=8
Total number of cubes having at least 2 faces 11 = 11
painted, Hence, Option (a) is correct.
⟹ 36 + 8 = 44 20. (d):
14. (a):
15. (d):

Vaccine → 2
us → 3
Take → 9
Using option elimination
Safe vaccine → 25 𝑂𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 +4
21. (d): 𝐽 → 𝑄, L→ 𝑃
16. (b): 𝑂𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒
24 36 32 T→ G
6 3 𝑥 Similarly,
12 2 24 𝑂𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 +4
12 54 24 S→ H, G→ K
12×12 54×2 24×24 𝑂𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒
6
= 24 3
= 36 𝑥
= 32 ⟹ x = 18 B→ Y
17. (a): 22. (b): 68 + 253 = 321
Similarly,
525 + 253 = 778

236 – 4 = 232 23. (a): 24. (a): 25. (a):

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


341
Visit: adda247.com
16
1. Select the correct option that indicates the three games. The number of students who play
arrangement of the given words in the order in only snooker and only chess is equal. 11 students
which they appear in an English dictionary. play only snooker and tennis. 6 students play only
1. Magnetic 2. Magnify snooker and chess. How many students play only
3. Magnet 4. Magical tennis?
5. Majesty (a) 22 (b) 23
(a) 3, 1, 4, 2, 5 (b) 4, 1, 3, 2, 5 (c) 21 (d) 20
(c) 4, 3, 1, 2, 5 (d) 4, 3, 2, 1, 5 6. Two orientations of a dice are shown. This dice
can be obtained by folding which of the option
2. In a certain code language, ‘POTATO’ is coded as
figures along the lines?
32 - 30 - 40 - 2 - 40 - 30 and ‘TURNIP’ is coded as
40 - 42 - 36 - 28 - 18 - 32. How will ‘RADISH’ be
coded in that language?
(a) 36 - 1 - 4 – 20 - 19 - 16
(b) 18 - 2 - 4 – 20 - 19 - 18
(c) 18 - 1 - 8 – 18 - 38 - 18 (a) (b)
(d) 36 - 2 – 8 - 18 - 38 - 16
3. Select the figure from among the given options
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
following series
(c) (d)

(a) (b) 7. Select the letter - cluster from among the given
options that can replace the question mark (?) in
the following series.
ECDR, BGYW, YKTB, VOOG, ?, PWEQ
(c) (d) (a) RSIL (b) SRL
(c) SSKM (d) SSJL
8. Select the option in which the given figure is
embedded (rotation is NOT allowed).
4. Select the number from among the given options
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
following series.
74, 74, 72, 24, ?, 4
(a) 9 (b) 15 (a) (b)
(c) 20 (d) 21
5. In a class of 95 students, all play at least one of the
three games - snooker, chess and tennis. 42 (c) (d)
students play snooker, 49 play tennis, and 43 play
chess. The total number of students who play any
and only two games is 29. 5 students play all the
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
342
Visit: adda247.com
9. Select the option that is related to the third
number in the same way as the second number is
related to the first number.
27: 576 : : 19 : ?
(a) 256 (b) 328 (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 543 (d) 498 (c) 4 (d) 6
10. In a certain code language, “FOREST” is written 15. The sequence of folding a piece of paper (figure i)
as ‘GUSITU’, and ‘MANGROVE’ is written as and the manner in which the folded paper has
‘NEOHSUWI’. How will ‘REINCARNATE’ be been cut (figures ii) is shown in the following
written in that language? figures. Select the option that would most closely
(a) SFOFDESOBUI (b) SIOODESOEUI resemble the unfolded form of figure (ii).
(c) QIOQDESOEUF (d) SIOODESOEFF
11. Select the correct mirror image of the given figure
when the mirror is placed at ‘AB’ as shown.

(a) (b)

(a) (b)
(c) (d)

(c) (d)
16. Select the option that is related to the third term
in the same way as the second term is related to
the first term.
12. Select the number from among the given options IVORY : ZWSPJ :: CREAM : ?
that can replace the question mark (?) in the (a) SNFDB (b) NFDQB
following series. (c) BQDZL (d) DSFCN
24, ?, 52, 312, 320 17. Read the given statements and conclusions
(a) 48 (b) 35 carefully. Assuming that the information given in
(c) 30 (d) 42 the statements is true, even if it appears to be at
13. In a certain code language, ‘this is fact’ is written variance with commonly known facts, decide
as ‘cuz duz ruz’, ‘fact is fictional’ is written as ‘guz which of the given conclusions logically follow(s)
ruz cuz’, and ‘doubt is clear’ is written as ‘cuz kuz from the statements.
buz’. How will ‘this is fictional’ be written in that Statements: All employees are tax - payers.
language? Some employees are farmers.
(a) duz guz cuz (b) kuz guz ruz Some farmers are doctors.
(c) duz guz ruz (d) duz buz cuz Conclusions: I. No farmer is a tax - payer.
II. Some farmers are tax - payers.
14. Two different positions of the same dice are (a) Only conclusion I follows.
shown, the six faces of which are numbered from (b) Both the conclusions follow.
1 to 6. Select the number that will be on the face (c) Only conclusion II follows.
opposite to the face having the number ‘3’. (d) Either conclusion I or II follows.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


343
Visit: adda247.com
18. Select the Venn diagram that best illustrates the (a) 9 (b) 11
relationship between the following classes. (c) 13 (d) 16
Athletes, Boys, Students
22. Five friends, H, I, J, K and L are top rank holders of
(a) (b) a school. The rank of H is just above the rank of K
and just below the rank of L. I is at the top rank
and J is not at the lowest rank. Who among them
is at the lowest rank?
(c) (d)
(a) L (b) K
(c) M (d) J
23. Which two signs need to be interchanged to make
19. Which letter will replace the question mark (?) in the following equation correct?
the following letter series? 72 × 18 ÷ 9 + 19 - 39 = 16
E, J, N, Q, S, ? (a) + and × (b) ÷ and ×
(a) T (b) S (c) - and × (d) - and +
(c) V (d) U
24. Four letter - clusters have been given, out of
20. Pointing towards a woman, Reena said, “She is the which three are alike in some manner and one is
only daughter of my father - in - law.” different. Select the letter - cluster that is
How is the woman related to Reena? different.
(a) Daughter (b) Sister - in - law (a) WPHY (b) MFXO
(c) Sister (d) Mother (c) GZSH (d) BUMD
21. Study the given pattern carefully and select the
25. Which two signs should be interchanged to make
number from among the given options that can
the given equation correct?
replace the question mark (?) in it.
28 + 14 × 7 ÷ 5 - 18 = 20
15 81 12
(a) ÷ and - (b) + and ×
18 99 15
17 120 ? (c) ÷ and + (d) ÷ and ×

Solutions
1. (c): 5. (c): Total student = 95

2. (d):

Similarly,
RADISH will be coded as 36 – 2 – 8 – 18 – 38
– 16
3. (c):

4. (c): 6. (c):

7. (d): -3, +4, -5, +5, pattern follows.


8. (c):
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
344
Visit: adda247.com
9. (a): 17. (c):
Ist
No. – 3 =(IInd number)²
27 – 3 = (24)² = 576
Similarly,
19 – 3 = (16)² = 256
10. (b): Consonants are added +1 in alphabet order. I. ×
Vowels are added +1 in vowel order and the II. ✓
next vowel is obtained.
18. (d):
Vowel order Vowel
𝐴 𝐸 𝐼 𝑂 𝑈
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
1 2 3 4 5
This mean
A → +1 → E → +1 → I → +1 → O → +1 → U
+1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1
𝐹 𝑂 𝑅 𝐸 𝑆 𝑇 19. (a):
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
𝐺 𝑈 𝑆 𝐼 𝑇 𝑈
Similarly,

20. (b):

11. (c):

12. (a):
→ Male
→ Female
→ Husband and Wife
→ Brother Sister
13. (a):
21. (c): Row: (1st number + 3rd number) × (1st
number - 3rd number) = 2nd Number
22. (b):

14. (a): Two digits are same on the both dice. So, ‘1’
will be the opposite face of ‘3’.
15. (a): 23. (b): 72 ÷ 18 × 9 + 19 – 39 = 16
4 × 9 + 19 – 39
16. (a):
36 + 19 – 39 = 16
16 = 16
24. (c): -7, -8, -9, Pattern follows except in option (c).
25. (d): 28 + 14 ÷ 7 × 5 – 18 = 20
Similarly,
28 + 10 – 18 = 20
Same pattern followed for ‘CREAM’
20 = 20

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


345
Visit: adda247.com
17
1. Select the option that is related to the third letter- 6. The sequence of folding a piece of paper (figures i
cluster in the same way as the second letter- and ii) and the manner in which the folded paper
cluster is related to the first letter cluster. has been cut (figure iii) is shown in the following
RJB : TGF :: QPG : ? figures. Select the option that would most closely
(a) SMK (b) SOJ resemble the unfolded form of figure (iii).
(c) RMK (d) TNJ
2. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which
three are alike in some manner and one is
different. Select the letter-cluster that is different.
(a) (b)
(a) QUYCG (b) BFJNR
(c) KOSWA (d) VZDHN
3. Select the number from among the given options
that can replace the question mark (?) in the (c) (d)
following series.
61, 99, 152, 222, 312, ?
(a) 426 (b) 452
(c) 412 (d) 398 7. Five years ago, the ratio of the ages of Tarun and
Saurabh was 4: 1. After five years, the ratio of
4. Select the correct combination of mathematical
their ages will be 2: 1. What is the present age (in
signs that can sequentially replace the * signs and
years) of Saurabh?
make the given equation correct.
(a) 10 (b) 8
88 * 120 * 42 * 240 * 48 * 2
(c) 12 (d) 14
(a) +, ÷, –, =, × (b) =, –, +, ÷, ×
(c) ×, ÷, =, –, + (d) =, ×, +, ÷, – 8. In a certain code language, ‘FLASK’ is written
as ‘IPFYR’. How will ‘TOURS’ be written in that
5. Select the correct mirror image of the given figure
language?
when the mirror is placed at ‘AB’ as shown.
(a) WSYYZ (b) WTZXZ
(c) WSZXZ (d) WRZXY
9. Select the letter-cluster from among the given
options that can replace the question mark (?) in
the following series.
CAF, HEJ, SIQ, XMU, CQF, ?
(a) MUJ (b) TUK
(a) (b) (c) MUU (d) HUJ
10. Select the figure from among the given options
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
following series.
(c) (d)

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


346
Visit: adda247.com
(a) (b) 16. A cube of side 49 cm is painted purple on all the
faces and then cut into smaller cubes of sides 7 cm
each. Find the number of smaller cubes having
only one face painted.
(c) (d) (a) 100 (b) 25
(c) 50 (d) 150
17. Seven friends, E, F, G, H, I, J and K, are sitting along
a circular table facing towards the centre. F and I
11. In a certain code language, ‘ONION’ is coded as are sitting to the immediate left and right of G,
201 and ‘POTATO’ is coded as 261. How will respectively. H is sitting third to the left of G. E
‘MANGO’ be coded in that language? and I are the neighbours of J. Who is sitting to the
(a) 178 (b) 208 immediate right of H?
(c) 228 (d) 150 (a) H (b) E
(c) F (d) K
12. Read the given statements and conclusions
carefully. Assuming that the information given in 18. Select the Venn diagram that best represents the
the statements is true, even if it appears to be at relationship between the following.
variance with commonly known facts, decide Noncommunicable diseases, Cataract, Diabetes,
which of the given conclusions logically follow(s) Measles
from the statements. (a) (b)
Statements: Some pencils are pens.
All pens are papers.
All pencils are colours.
Conclusions: I. All colours are pens. (c) (d)
II. Some colours are pencils.
III. Some papers are pens.
(a) Only conclusion II follows.
(b) Only conclusions I and II follow. 19. Select the combination of letters that when
(c) All conclusions I, II and III follow. sequentially placed in the blanks of the given
(d) Only conclusions II and III follow. series will complete the series.
r_kn_c__h__bcbt_k_bcb
13. In a certain code language, ‘first of all’ is written
(a) h c b s k n b n (b) h b c q k n h n
as ‘kan dan san’, ‘who is first’ is written as ‘zan
(c) h b b s k n h n (d) h b b s k n h c
kan ven’, and ‘this is pale’ is written as ‘ven gen
len’. How will ‘who’ be written in that language? 20. Study the given pattern carefully and select the
(a) zan (b) yen number that can replace the question mark (?) in
(c) gen (d) kan it.
15 9 144
14. Select the option that is related to the third 18 12 ?
number in the same way as the second number is 22 17 195
related to the first number. (a) 188 (b) 180
68 : 19 : : 164 : ? (c) 224 (d) 255
(a) 45 (b) 43
(c) 41 (d) 39 21. Mahesh is the father of Riva and paternal
grandfather of Vansh. Aakash is the brother of
15. Which two numbers need to be interchanged to Riva and father of Vansh and Ritu. Ritu is the only
make the following equation correct? daughter of Aakash and Maya. How is Maya
7 + 56 ÷ 8 × 2 – 13 = 11 related to Mahesh?
(a) 7 and 8 (b) 8 and 2 (a) Aunt (b) Daughter-in-law
(c) 7 and 13 (d) 7 and 2 (c) Daughter (d) Sister

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


347
Visit: adda247.com
22. Select the option that is NOT embedded in the (a) 134 (b) 138
given figure (X) (rotation is NOT allowed). (c) 128 (d) 112
24. Sahasra started running from her house towards
the north. After 40 meters she turned left and ran
for 75 meters. She then turned right and ran for
30 meters, and again turned right to run 75
meters. In which direction was she running
(a) (b)
finally?
(a) North (b) West
(c) South (d) East
(c) (d) 25. Select the correct option that indicates the
arrangement of the given words in a logical and
meaningful order.
1. Treatment 2. Recovery
23. Select the number from among the given options 3. Virus 4. Symptoms
that can replace the question mark (?) in the 5. Infection
following series. (a) 2, 5, 1, 4, 5 (b) 4, 5, 3, 1, 2
298, 217, 168, 143, ? (c) 3, 5, 4, 2, 1 (d) 3, 5, 4, 1, 2

Solutions
1. (a): +2, -3, +4 Pattern follow. Similarly,
𝑇 𝑂 𝑈 𝑅 𝑆
2. (d): Except (d), all follow +4 Pattern. +3 ↓ +4 ↓ +5 ↓ +6 ↓ +7 ↓
𝑊 𝑆 𝑍 𝑋 𝑍
3. (a):
9. (d): The pattern is

10. (a):
4. (b): 88 = 120- 42 + 240 ÷ 48 × 2
88 = 120 – 42 + 5 × 2 11. (d): O N I O N
88 = 130 – 42 ⇒ 88 = 88 ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
15 14 9 15 14
5. (d): = (15 + 14 + 9 + 15 + 14)× 3 = 201
Similar, Code be used for ‘MANGO’
6. (a):
(13+1+14+7+15) × 3 =150
7. (a): Let the age of Tarun and Saurabh be 4x and x.
4𝑥+10 2
12. (d):
=
𝑥+10 1
4x + 10 = 2x + 20
2x = 10 ⇒ x = 5
Present age of Saurabh = 5 + 5 = 10 years
8. (c):
𝐹 𝐿 𝐴 𝑆 𝐾 I. ×
+3 ↓ +4 ↓ +5 ↓ +6 ↓ +7 ↓ II. ✓
𝐼 𝑃 𝐹 𝑌 𝑅
III. ✓
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
348
Visit: adda247.com
13. (a):
19. (c):

20. (b): In row,


(1st Number )2 – (2nd Number)2 = 3rd Number
(18)²-(12)²
14. (b): 19 × 4 – 8 = 68 = 324-144=180
Similarly, 21. (b):
43 × 4 – 8 = 164

15. (a): 8 + 56 ÷ 7 × 2 – 13 = 11
8 + 8 × 2 – 13 = 11
24 – 13 = 11
11 = 11
22. (d):
16. (d): Cube of one side painted = 6(n - 2)²
= 6(7- 2)² = 6 × 25 = 150 23. (a):

17. (d):

24. (d):

18. (d):

25. (d):

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


349
Visit: adda247.com
18
1. Select the number from among the given options 5. The average score (runs/match) of Mithali before
that can replace the question mark (?) in the the start of the women’s national series was 45. In
following series. the women’s national series of 10 matches, her
240, 120, ?, 180, 360, 900 total score was 500 runs. Find the total number of
(a) 148 (b) 150 matches played by her till date, if her new average
(c) 120 (d) 130 after the series is 47.5.
(a) 28 (b) 20
2. Select the number from among the given options (c) 38 (d) 30
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
6. Select the option that is related to the third
following series.
number in the same way as the second number is
7, 11, 14, 25, 29, 55, ? related to the first number.
(a) 59 (b) 95 7 : 56 :: 11 : ?
(c) 60 (d) 90 (a) 101 (b) 77
3. Select the option figure in which the given figure (c) 98 (d) 132
is embedded (rotation is NOT allowed). 7. Select the combination of letters that when
sequentially placed in the blanks of the given
series will complete the series.
Q_T_S_K_R__K_RS
(a) (b) (a) K R Q T S Q T (b) K R Q T S K T
(c) K R T R S Q T (d) K R Q T S Q R
8. Select the correct combination of mathematical
(c) (d) signs that can sequentially replace the * signs and
balance the given equation.
34 * 17 * 54 * 18 * 6 * 56
(a) ÷, −, +, ×, = (b) ÷, −, ×, +, =
(c) ×, +, ÷, −, = (d) +, ÷, ×, −, =
4. Which of the option figures when rotated 180°
clockwise and then 45° anticlockwise will result 9. Select the correct water image of the given
in the given question figure? combination of numbers.

(a) (b)
(c) (d)
10. Read the given statements and conclusions
carefully. Assuming that the information given in
(a) (b)
the statements is true, even if it appears to be at
variance with commonly known facts, decide
which of the given conclusions logically follow(s)
(c) (d) from the statements.
Statements: No police officer is a doctor.
Some doctors are specialists.
All engineers are doctors.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


350
Visit: adda247.com
Conclusions: I. Some engineers are police officers. 15. In a certain code language, ‘cool drinks available
II. No engineer is a police officer. here’ is written as ‘bhu man juk lop’, ‘available
III. Some doctors are engineers. lost objects here’ is written as ‘gan bhu nut juk’,
(a) Only conclusions II and III follow. ‘be cool search objects’ is written as ‘vax der man
(b) Either conclusion I or II and III follow(s). nut’, and ‘available drinks desert search’ is
(c) Only conclusion II follows. written as ‘but juk der lop’.
(d) Only conclusions I and II follow. How will ‘lost drinks’ be written in that language?
(a) nut gan (b) gan lop
11. The sequence of folding a piece of paper (figures i
(c) juk gan (d) lop bhu
and ii) and the manner in which the folded paper
has been cut (figure iii) is shown in the following 16. Select the option that is related to the third letter-
figures. Select the option that would most closely cluster in the same way as the second letter-
resemble the unfolded form of figure (iii). cluster is related to the first letter cluster.
KCH : GXS :: TJD : ?
(a) PNH (b) PQW
(c) QNW (d) QMX
17. Select the figure from among the given options
(a) (b) that can replace the question mark (?) in the
following series.

(c) (d)
(a) (b)

12. Select the letter-cluster from among the given (c) (d)
options that can replace the question mark (?) in
the following series.
DJRZ, HDZP, LXHF, PRPV, ?
(a) ULYL (b) TLXM
18. Five friends, Vishnu, Chirag, Raina, Kavya and
(c) TLXL (d) TMXK
Surbhi, are sitting around a circular table, facing
13. Select the number that can replace the question the centre. Vishnu is to the immediate right of
mark (?) in the given table. Kavya. Chirag is third to the left of Kavya. Surbhi
5 16 77 is not adjacent to Chirag. Who is second to the left
8 19 149 of Kavya?
13 12 ? (a) Chirag (b) Vishnu
(a) 153 (b) 155 (c) Surbhi (d) Raina
(c) 157 (d) 151 19. Select the Venn diagram that best represents the
14. Two different positions of the same dice are relationship between the following.
shown, the six faces of which are numbered from Human, Teacher, Clerk, Peon
1 to 6. Select the number that will be on the face (a) (b)
opposite to the one having 4.

(c) (d)

(a) 2 (b) 6
(c) 5 (d) 1

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


351
Visit: adda247.com
20. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which 23. If Arpita is the only daughter of Pritam’s wife’s
three are alike in some manner and one is mother’s husband, then how is Arpita related to
different. Select the letter-cluster that is different. Pritam’s son?
(a) SYGM (b) DBJH (a) Paternal granddaughter
(c) LRPV (d) CNDV (b) Sister
(c) Mother
21. In a certain code language, ‘MANIA’ is written (d) Daughter
as ‘NZOHZ’ and ‘PROUD’ is written as ‘QSNTE’.
24. In a certain code language, LOOK is coded as 2330
How will ‘DONKEY’ be written in that language? and BALL is coded as 1413. How will HELP be
(a) EPOLFZ (b) ENOLDZ coded in that language?
(c) ENPLDX (d) CNONDZ (a) 2417 (b) 3461
(c) 2415 (d) 2420
22. If the numbers 15 and 21 are interchanged, then
which of the following equations will be correctly 25. Select the correct option that indicates the
balanced? arrangement of the given words in a logical and
(a) 62 ÷ 31 – 21 + 15 × 3 = 80 meaningful order.
(b) 26 + 21 × 15 ÷ 3 – 14 = 108 1. Displaying 2. Sketching
3. Colouring 4. Framing
(c) 24 – 21 ÷ 3 + 15 – 7 = 23
(a) 4, 3, 1, 2 (b) 2, 3, 4, 1
(d) 63 ÷ 15 + 21 × 5 – 4 = 74
(c) 2, 1, 4, 3 (d) 3, 4, 2, 1

Solutions
1. (c): The Logic here is 7. (a): The series will be
QKTRS/QKTRS/QKTRS
Hence K R Q T S Q T is the correct answer.
Hence 120 is the correct answer. 8. (a): 34 ÷ 17 - 54 + 18 × 6 = 56
2. (c): The pattern fellow here is 2 - 54 + 108 = 56
⟹ 56 = 56
Hence (÷, -, +, ×, =) is the correct option

Hence 60 is the correct answer. 9. (a):

3. (b): 10. (a):

4. (a):
5. (b): Let the number of matches before national
series start = x
Now,
According to question, Hence only conclusion II and III follows.
45𝑥+500
𝑥+10
= 47.5 11. (a):
⟹ x = 10
12. (c):
The total number of matchs played = 10 + 10
= 20
6. (d): The pattern followed here is
7: 56 → 7 × 8 = 56
11: 132 → 11 × 12 = 132 Hence ‘TLXL’ is the correct option
Hence 132 is the correct answer.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


352
Visit: adda247.com
13. (a): The pattern follow is 21. (b): The pattern is
Row I→ 5, 16, 77 → 5 × 16 - 3 = 77 𝑀 𝐴 𝑁 𝐼 𝐴
Row I→ 8, 19, 149 → 8 × 19 - 3 = 149 +1 ↓ −1 ↓ +1 ↓ −1 ↓ −1 ↓
𝑁 𝑍 𝑂 𝐻 𝑍
Similarly, 13, 12, ? → 13 × 12 - 3 = 153 And,
Hence 153 is the correct answer. 𝑃 𝑅 𝑂 𝑈 𝐷
+1 ↓ +1 ↓ −1 ↓ −1 ↓ +1 ↓
14. (c): Opposite face of 4 having number 5.
𝑄 𝑆 𝑁 𝑇 𝐸
15. (b): Similarly,
𝐷 𝑂 𝑁 𝐾 𝐸 𝑌
+1 ↓ −1 ↓ +1 ↓ +1 ↓ −1 ↓ +1 ↓
𝐸 𝑁 𝑂 𝐿 𝐷 𝑍

22. (d): 63 ÷ 15 + 21 × 5 - 4 = 74
So, ‘lost drink’ means ‘gan lop’ Interchange 15 and 21
63 ÷ 21 + 15 × 5 - 4 = 74
16. (b):
3 + 75 - 4 = 74
𝐾 𝐶 𝐻 𝑇 𝐽 𝐷
−4 ↓ 𝑜𝑝𝑝 ↓ 𝑜𝑝𝑝 ↓ −4 ↓ 𝑜𝑝𝑝 ↓ 𝑜𝑝𝑝 ↓ ⟹ 74 = 74
𝐺 𝑋 𝑆 𝑃 𝑄 𝑊 Hence option (d) is the correct answer.
Hence PQW is the correct answer.
23. (c): The logic is
17. (c):

18. (d):

So, Arpita is the mother of Pritam’s Son.


24. (a): The pattern follows here is

Hence Raina is second left of Kavya.


And,
19. (c):

20. (d): Similarly,

Alphabetic sum of first and fourth letter is


equals to the sum of second and third letter.
So, Option (d) Hence HELP is coded as 2417.
25. (b): The meaningful arrangement is
Sketching - colouring - framing - Displaying

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


353
Visit: adda247.com
Quantitative Aptitude

1. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which 9. Pointing to a player in the ground, Anjali said, “He is
three are alike in some manner and one is different. my paternal grand mother’s only son’s only son – in-
Select the letter-cluster that is different. law’s Son”. How is that player’s father related to
(a) IRYB (b) LYGJ Anjali ?
(c) MGHZ (d) NCPV (a) Brother (b) Uncle
2. How many triangles are present in the given figure (c) Cousin (d) Husband
10. Select the option figure that is embedded in the
given figure below

(a) 13 (b) 15
(c) 18 (d) 19
3. In a certain code language ‘CERTAIN’ is coded as
‘HJWYFNS’ and ‘COMPARE’ is coded as ‘HTRUFWJ’.
How will ‘EDUCATE’ be coded in that language ? (a) (b)
(a) JIZHFYJ (b) JIHFTUV
(c) MKLFGHI (d) WMTVOSP
4. Select the combination of letters that when
sequentially placed in the blanks of the given series (c) (d)
will complete the series 11. Select the option that is related to the fourth number
C _ D _ _ O _ E _ O D _. in the same way as the first number is related to the
(a) OECDCE (b) OECDEC second number and the fifth number is related to
(c) EOCDEC (d) DECDEF the sixth number.
5. Select the correct combination of mathematical 13 : 160 : : ? 216 : : 18 : 315
signs that can sequentially replace the * signs and (a) 15 (b) 16
balance the equation. (c) 14 (d) 12
56 * 8 * 5 * 40 * 28 * 47 12. Select the option in which the number one related in
(a) ÷, +, ×, = - (b) ÷, ×, +, -, = the same way as are the numbers of the following
(c) ×, -, ÷, +, = (d) ÷, ×, -, +, = set.
6. Study the given pattern carefully and select the (8, 14, 260)
number that can replace the question mark (?) in it. (a) (9, 18, 410) (b) (12, 11, 966)
5 27 55 (c) (8, 17, 357) (d) (9, 15, 306)
13. Read the given statements and conclusion carefully.
9 36 99 Assuming that the information given in the
statement is true, even if it appears to be at variance
22 25 ? with commonly known facts, decide which of the
given conclusion logically follow from the
(a) 121 (b) 125 statements.
(c) 115 (d) 110 Statement :
7. Four number-pairs have been given out of which All Dogs are Pigeons.
three are like in same manner and one is different. No Pigeons are fish.
Select the number pair that is different. Some Dogs are human beings.
(a) 63 : 127 (b) 73 : 154 Conclusion :
(c) 89 : 187 (d) 25 : 146 I. Some Pigeons are human beings.
8. Select the option that is related to the third word in II. No fish is dog.
the same way as the second word is related to the III. All fish is human being.
firs word. (a) Both conclusion I and III follows.
Ophthalmology : eye :: Osteology : (b) Only conclusion III follows.
(a) Skin (b) Bones (c) Only conclusion I follows.
(c) Stomac (d) Teeth (d) Both conclusion I and II follows.

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


354
Visit: adda247.com
14. Select the letter-cluster from among the given
options that can replace question mark(?) in the
following series
(a) (b)
MCDP, RCIP, RHIU, WHNU, WMSZ, ?
(a) MBYT (b) BMSZ
(c) ZBCL (d) MSTO
15. In a certain code language, ‘WASTE’ is written as (c) (d)
‘CZYGK’. How will ‘HUMAN’ be written in that 21. Select the number from among the given options
language? that can replace the question mark(?) in the
(a) POZWN (b) NFSZT following series.
(c) CFKHN (d) SZTVN 7, 13, 27, 57, 119, 245 ?
16. Identify the missing figure in the following series. (a) 487 (b) 389
(c) 401 (d) 499
22. Select the option in which the words share the same
relationship as that shared by the given pair of
words.
Charlatan : Fraud
(a) (b) (a) Vain : Modest (b) Vivid : Delineate
(c) Tame : Harsh (d) Tranquil : Visual
23. Select the correct option that indicates the
(c) (d) arrangement of the given words in the order in
17. Four words have been given, out of which three are which they appear in an English dictionary.
like in some manner and one is different. Select the 1. Ecology 2. Electric
word that is different. 3. Escalation 4. Escapist
(a) Monitor (b) Hard disk drive 5. Escapes 6. Escapists
(c) Internet Browser (d) Memory Card (a) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (b) 1, 2, 3, 5, 4, 6
18. Three different position of the same dice are shown. (c) 3, 4, 5, 2, 1, 6 (d) 6, 3, 4, 2, 1, 5
Select the symbol that will be on the face opposite to 24. The sequence of folding a piece of paper(fig X and Y)
the face having ‘@’. the manner in which folded paper has been cut . how
will the paper appear when unfolded?

(a) % (b) &


(c) ? (d) *
19. Select the correct mirror image of the given (a) (b)
combination when the mirror is placed to ‘PQ’ as
shown
(c) (d)
25. Select the set of classes, the relationship among
which is best illustrated by following Venn diagram.
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
20. In which of the following options the given figure
embedded.
(a) India, U.P, Kashi
(b) Vegetarian, Women, Sister
(c) Girls, Boys, Intelligence
(d) Stationary, Pencil, Students

Solutions
1. (d): IRYB ⟹ 9 + 18 + 25 + 2 = 54 3. (a):
LYGJ ⟹ 12 + 25 + 7 + 10 = 54
MGHZ ⟹ 13 + 7 + 8 + 26 = 54
NCPV ⟹ 14 + 3 + 16 + 22 = 55
2. (c):
and
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
355
Visit: adda247.com
Similarly,
I. ✓ II. ✓ III. ×
14. (b):

4. (a): C O D E /C O D E/CODE
5. (b): 56 ÷ 8 × 5 + 40 – 28 = 47
7 × 5 + 40 – 28 = 47 15. (b):
35 + 40 – 28 = 47
47 = 47
6. (a): 5 + 27 = 32
Reverse it and add
23 + 32 = 55
And
Similarly,
9 + 36 = 45
Reverse it and add
54 + 45 = 99
Similarly,
22 + 25 = 47
Reverse it and add 16. (a):
74 + 47 = 121 17. (c): Except ‘Internet Browser’, all are the hardware
7. (c): 127 – 63 = 64 = (8)² device of computer.
154 – 73 = 81 = (9)² 18. (a):
187 – 89 = 98 ≠ (_)²
146 – 25 = 121 = (11)²
8. (b): Study of eye is known as ophthalmology.
Similarly study of bones is knows as osteology. 19. (c):
9. (d): 20. (d):
21. (d):

22. (b): Charlatan is synonyms of Fraud. Similarly,


Vivid is synonyms of Delineate
23. (b): 1. Ecology
2. Electric
10. (a): 3. Escalation
11. (a): (13)² ⟹ 169 – 9 = 160 5. Escapes
(18)² ⟹ 324 – 9 = 315 4. Escapist
Similarly, 6. Escapists
(15)² ⟹ 225 – 9 = 216 24. (a):
12. (d): (8)² + (14)² = 64 + 196 = 260 25. (a):
Similarly,
(9)² + (15)² = 81 + 225 = 306
13. (d):

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


356
Visit: adda247.com
20
1. If A denotes ‘addition’, B denotes ‘multiplication’, (a) VEOIVHU (b) EVOJHVU
C denotes ‘subtraction’, and D denotes ‘division’, (c) OVEJUHV (d) VOEIUVH
then what will be the value of the following
7. Select the correct option that indicates the
expression?
arrangement of the given words in a logical and
66 A (132 D 12) C (4 A 3) B (15 D 5) A 16 B (–3)
meaningful order.
(a) 10 (b) 8
1. Core 2. Atmosphere
(c) 6 (d) 56
3. Universe 4. Surface
2. In a certain code language ‘ROUBST’ is coded as 5. Galaxy
61. How will ‘FORTUNATE’ be coded in that (a) 1, 4, 2, 5, 3 (b) 4, 3, 5, 2, 1
language? (c) 1, 4, 2, 3, 5 (d) 1, 3, 4, 5, 2
(a) 141 (b) 142
(c) 124 (d) 114 8. The average salary of the entire teaching staff in a
college is Rs.2,000 per day. The average salary of
3. Select the letter-cluster from among the given the male teachers is Rs.2,500 and that of the
options that can replace the question mark (?) in female teachers is Rs.1,200. If the number of male
the following series. teachers is 16, then find the number of female
RSX, NQW, JOV, FMU, ? teachers in the college.
(a) BKT (b) BLT (a) 18 (b) 14
(c) DKS (d) CJS (c) 12 (d) 10
4. Select the option that is related to the third 9. In a certain code, 6218 means ‘Laptop is a
number in the same way as the second number is
computer’ and 8217 means ‘Computer is a
related to the first number and the sixth number
machine’. Which of the following is the code for
is related to the fifth number.
‘Machine makes our life easy’?
21 : 112 :: 36 : ? :: 51 : 272
(a) 58795 (b) 76834
(a) 198 (b) 72
(c) 75344 (d) 75894
(c) 192 (d) 252
10. Six letters A, B, C, D, E and F are written on
5. Select the set of classes the relationship among
different faces of a dice. Two positions of the same
which is best illustrated by the given Venn
dice are shown. Select the letter that will be on
diagram.
the face opposite to the face having the letter ‘C’.

(a) Eatables, Plums, Fruits (a) D (b) F


(b) Women, Gynecologists, Doctors (c) E (d) B
(c) Males, Females, Daughters
(d) Entrepreneurs, Women, Philanthropists 11. Select the number from among the given options
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
6. Select the option that is related to the third term following series.
in the same way as the second term is related to 3, 11, 31, 69, 131, ?
the first term. (a) 163 (b) 223
HARMONY : BMLGUDK :: RESOLVE : ? (c) 198 (d) 152
Adda247 Publications For More Study Material
357
Visit: adda247.com
12. ‘A + B’ means ‘A is the daughter of B’. (c) (d)
‘A $ B’ means ‘A is the husband of B’.
‘A @ B’ means ‘A is the brother of B’.
‘A & B’ means ‘A is the mother of B’.
‘A % B’ means ‘A is the son of B’. 16. The sequence of folding a piece of paper and the
If ‘W @ S % K $ G & U & T @ R + C’, then which of manner in which the folded paper has been cut is
the following statements is correct? shown in the following figures. How would this
(a) C is the father-in-law of K. paper look when unfolded?
(b) G is the father of W.
(c) G is the maternal grandmother of R.
(d) C is the wife of U.

13. If '@' means 'addition', '%' means 'multiplication', (a) (b)


'$' means 'division', and '#' means 'subtraction',
then find the value of the following expression.
23 @ 105 $ 15 % 6 # 29
(a) 36 (b) 23 (c) (d)
(c) 40 (d) 28

14. Read the given statements and conclusions


carefully. Assuming that the information given in 17. Nine employees, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R and S, are
the statements is true, even if it appears to be at sitting in the office in a straight line, all facing the
variance with commonly known facts, decide east. O is third to the right of M. K is third to the
which of the given conclusions logically follow(s) left of P. Q is between P and S. N is fourth to the
from the statements. right of M. P is to the immediate right of N. R is
Statements: All boats are birds. fourth to the left of O. Which of the following
Some rats are boats. statements is NOT correct?
Conclusions: I. Some rats are birds. (a) O is sitting between K and N.
II. Some birds are boats. (b) R and S are sitting at the corners.
III. All rats are bats. (c) Q is sitting fourth to the right of K.
(a) Only conclusion I follows. (d) L is sitting third to the left of O.
(b) Only conclusion II follows. 18. Six letters, D, d, E, e, F and f, are written on the
(c) Only conclusions I and II follow. different faces of a dice. Two positions of this dice
(d) Only conclusions I and III follow. are shown. Select the letter that will be on the face
15. Select the option in which the given figure is opposite to the face having the letter ‘D’.
embedded (rotation is NOT allowed).

(a) e (b) f
(c) d (d) E
19. Select the number from among the given options
that can replace the question mark (?) in the
(a) (b) following series.
58, 67, 83, 108, ?
(a) 144 (b) 178
(c) 139 (d) 157

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


358
Visit: adda247.com
20. Select the correct mirror image of the given figure
when the mirror is placed at ‘PQ’ as shown.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
(a) (b)

23. Select the combination of letters that when


(c) (d)
sequentially placed in the blanks of the given
series will complete the series.
g_o_dk_m_f_o_kk_gfo_d_km
(a) f o k d o d m o k (b) f o k g o d f o k
21. Study the given matrix carefully and select the (c) f o k g o d m o m (d) f o k g o d m o k
number from among the given options that can
24. Four letter-clusters have been given, out of which
replace the question mark (?) in it.
three are alike in some manner and one is
12 8 100
different. Select the one that is different.
18 6 111 (a) GJM (b) LOQ
15 4 ? (c) TWY (d) BEG
(a) 78 (b) 108
(c) 102 (d) 62 25. In a certain code language, if ESTEEM is written
22. Select the figure from among the given options as HVWHHP, then how will DOCTOR be written in
that can replace the question mark (?) in the the same code language?
(a) FQEVQT (b) GRFWRU
following series.
(c) HSGXSV (d) GRGVST

Solutions
1. (b): 66 + (132 ÷ 12)–(4 + 3) × (15 ÷ 5) + 16 × (-3) 4. (c): 21 = 3 × 7, 112 = 16 × 7
⟹ 66 + 11 – 21 – 48 ⟹ 77 – 69 = 8 51 = 3 × 17, 272 = 16 × 17
Similarly, 36 = 3 × 12, 192 = 16 × 12
2. (d):
5. (d):

= 61
Similarly, 6. (a):

= 114
3. (a): -4, -2, -1 pattern follow. Similar, code used for ‘RESOLVE’
7. (a):

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


359
Visit: adda247.com
8. (d): Let the entire staff be x. 15. (a):
A.T.Q.
16. (c):
2000 × x = 2500 × 16 + 1200 × (x - 16)
2000 x = 2500 × 16 + 1200x – 1200 × 16 17. (d):
800x = 16 × (1300)
x = 26
Female Staff = 26 – 16 = 10
9. (c):

Similarly,
Machine makes our life easy ⟹ 75344 18. (b):

10. (c):

19. (a):
11. (b):

20. (a):

21. (d): Row: (first Number × Second number)


12. (c): + 4 = Third number
Row: (first Number × Second number)
+ 3 = Third number
Row: (first Number × Second number)
+ 2 = Third number

22. (c):
13. (a): 23 + 105 ÷ 15 × 6 – 29
⟹ 23 + 7 × 6 – 29 23. (d): g f o o d k k m / g f o o d k k m / g f o o d k k
⟹ 23 + 42 – 29 m
⟹ 65 – 29 = 36
24. (a): +3, +2, Pattern follows except in ‘GJM’
14. (c):
25. (b):

I. ✓
II. ✓ Similar code used for ‘DOCTOR’.
III. ×

Adda247 Publications For More Study Material


360
Visit: adda247.com

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy